in
siPiillliyil
mm saga . «
:§rn»8«S8S
Natural History Museum Library
000193939
C^fu s \AceA
o
o
PYCNQGONIDA
by
W.T. Caiman pp.1-74.
CRUSTACEA
SL Part 1. Decapoda
by
L.A .Borradaile pp. 75-110.
5 Part II. Porcellanopagurus : an instance of
carcinization.
by
L.A .Borradaile pp. 111-126.
4- Part III. Cirripedia
by
L .a. Borradaile pp. 127-136.
B Part IV. Stnmatopoda,Cumacea,Phyllocarida 8
Cladocera
by
W.T. Caiman, pp. 137-162.
b Part V. Ostracoda
by
R.W. Barney pp. 175-190
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
BRITISH ANTARCTIC (“TERRA NOVA”) EXPEDITION, 1910.
NATURAL HISTORY REPORT.
ZOOLOGY. VOL. Ill, No. 1. Pp. 1-74.
PYCNOGONIDA.
BY
W. T. CALM AN, D.Sc.
(Assistant in the Department of Zoology , British Museum (Natural History) ).
WITH TWENTY-TWO FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
LONDON :
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM
Sold by Longmans, Gbeen & Co., 39, Paternoster Bow, London, E.C. ; B. Qcaeitch, 11, Grafton Street, New Bond Street,
London, W. ; Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37, Soho Square, London, W. ; the Midland Educational Co., Ltd.,
41 and 43, Corporation Street, Birmingham ;
AND AT THE
Bkitish Museum (Natueal Histoey), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
1915.
[ All rights reserved .]
Price Five Shillings.
[Issued 24 th July, 1915.]
■ ' = «■
‘t/' •. *? ). vc- 1 *.
■- .:•■•• r ■- • • %/- <■:.
rV-:<, ^ ~ L - C-? ' - • '
mMs
- .
■ ,p*-.v\
'i .•'l'-'-’. s
/y&pb iv
'
;/.a
Ji-.: :'M-)
=Vv:
P'W®
"vv
"
-
-;s :■
1
PYCNOGONIDA.
BY W. T. CALMAN, D.Sc.
(. Assistant in the Department of Zoology, British Museum ( Natural History) ).
PAGE
I. — Introduction ......... 1
II. — List of Stations at which Pycnogonida were obtained ... 2
III. — List of Species .......... 3
IV. Notes on Occurrence and Distribution .... 5
V. — Variation and Specific Characters ...... 6
VI. — The Significance of the Decapodous Pycnogons 7
VII. — Nomenclature and Terminology ...... 9
VIII. — Systematic Notes and Descriptions of New Species ... 9
IX. — List of Papers referred to . . • • • • .69
Index . . . • • • • • • .71
I.— INTRODUCTION.
The collection of Pycnogonida obtained by the “Terra Nova” Expedition far exceeds
in extent that of any Antarctic expedition yet reported on. It comprises no fewer
than forty-four species,* all from the Ross Sea area, with the exception of one species
(Colossencleis megalonyx, Hoek) represented by a solitary specimen dredged near
the Falkland Islands. Eleven species are described as new, while five others are
identified with species only very recently described in Mr. Hodgson’s (191 4—1 5 ) j
preliminary report on the Pycnogonida of the German South Polar Expedition.
While none of the new species can be compared, in point of morphological or
systematic interest, with the discoveries of earlier expeditions, they serve to accentuate
* It may be of interest to give the numbers for some other Antarctic expeditions. Excluding name?
subsequently withdrawn by their authors, or definitely placed as synonyms in the present report, the.
“ Discovery ” obtained twenty-six species, the “ Prangais ” seven, the “Scotia” fifteen, the “ Pourquoi
Pas 1 ” twenty-four, and the “ Gauss ” twenty-nine.
j The numbers enclosed within brackets refer to the list of papers at the end of the Report.
vol. in.
B
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
the remarkable richness of the Antarctic pycnogonidan fauna ; and, at the same time,
the fact that one species in every four in this collection has to be described as new
helps to remind us how incomplete our knowledge of this fauna still is.
I wish to acknowledge the assistance that I have received from Mr. T. V.
Hodgson, who has very kindly made available to me much of the unpublished
results of his study of the “ Gauss ” collection, and has allowed me to borrow for
examination the types of many of his new species. I am also under particular
obligations to Prof. E. L. Bouvier, of Paris, for the generous way in which he has
invariably responded to my requests for information and for specimens. 1 shall have,
in the course of this report, to differ from Prof. Bouvier on several minor points and
one or two major ones. It is the more fitting, therefore, that 1 should acknowledge
here my great indebtedness to his illuminating report on the Pycnogonida of the
“ Pourquoi Pas?”
The figures illustrating this report have been prepared by Miss Gertrude M.
Woodward.
1 1.— LIST OF STATIONS
WERE
AT WHICH PYCNOGONIDA
OBTAINED.
Si i ban i ten xt ic Zoi le.
Station 38. — 13th April, 1913, Lat. 52° 23' S., Long. 63° 50' W. (W. of Falkland
Islands). Depth, 125 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Antarctic /one.
Station 194. — 22nd February, 1911, Lat. 69° 43' S., Long. 103° 24' E. (off Oates
Land). Depth, 180-200 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 220. — 3rd January, 1912. Off Cape Adare, mouth of Robertson’s Bay. Depth,
45-50 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
O
Station 294. -15th January, 1913. Lat. 74° 25' S., Long. 179° 3' E. (Ross Sea).
Depth, 158 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 295. — 27th January, 1913. Lat. 73° 51' S. , Long. 172°57'E. (Ross Sea)
Depth, 190 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 314. — 23rd January, 1911. Five miles north of Inaccessible Island, McMurdo
Sound. 222—241 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 318. — 13th June to 1 6th September, 1911. Hole in ice between Cape Evans
and Inaccessible Island. Depth, 130-180 metres. Traps and tangles on bottom.
Station 32 1 . — 1 3th— 1 7th August, 1911. In contraction-crack between Inaccessible
Island and Barne Glacier. Depth, 180-309 metres.
PYCNOGONI DA— CALM AN.
O
O
Station 322. — 3rd-4th September, 1911. In contraction-crack between Inaccessible
Island and Barne Glacier. Depth, 20 metres. Fish-trap, dredge.
Station 331. -14th January, 1912. Off Cape Bird Peninsula, entrance to McMurdo
Sound. Depth, 250 fathoms. Dredge.
Station 338. — 23rd January, 1912. Lat. 77 13' S., Long. 164° 18' E. (entrance to
McMurdo Sound). Depth, 207 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 339. — 24th January, 1912. Lat. 77° 5' S., Long. 164° 17' E. (entrance to
McMurdo Sound). Depth 140 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 340. — 25th January, 1912. Lat. 76° 56' S., Long. 164° 12' E. (off Granite
Harbour). Depth, 160 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 349.- 15th February, 1912. Off Butter Point, western shore of McMurdo
Sound. Depth, 80 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 355. — 20tli January, 1913. Lat. 77 46' S., Long. 166° 8' E. (McMurdo
Sound). Depth, 300 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
Station 356. — 22nd January, 1913. Off Granite Harbour, entrance to McMurdo
Sound. Depth, 50 fathoms. Agassiz trawl.
1 1 1. -LIST OF SPECIES.
Family COLOSSENDEID^E.
Colossendeis scotti, sp. n.
australis , Hodgson.
,, megalonyx , Hoek.
,, rugosa, Hodgson.
,, frigtda, Hodgson.
,, wilsoni, sp. n.
,, glacialis, Hodgson.
,, drakei, sp. n.
,, robusta, Hoek.
,, lilliei, sp. n.
Family NY MPHONIDiE.
Pentanymphon antarcticum, Hodgson.
Nyrnp/ton eharcot i , Bouvier.
,, qracilhmum, sp. n.
,, hiemale , Hodgson.
,, adareanum, Hodgson.
,, proximwn, sp. n.
,, hiarticulatum (Hodgson) (?).
,, mend asm n (Hodgson).
,, australe , Hodgson.
B 2
4
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Family PHOXICHILHEE (PALLENID^).
A us f i jo pa 1 1 ei le corn ligera (Mobius ).
,, brachyura (Bouvier).
,, tibicina, sp. n.
Family PHOXICHILIDIID^.
Pallenopsis glabra (Mobius).
,, pilosa (Hoek).
,, vanhoffeni, Hodgson.
,, spicata, Hodgson.
Phoxiehil 1<I turn australe , Hodgson.
o
Family ENDEIDdE.
Endeis australis (Hodgson).
Family AMMOTHEIDiE.
Ammothea glacial ts (Hodgson).
,, gibbosa (Mobius).
,, spiaosa (Hodgson).
,, minor (Hodgson).
, , a i tsf i ■af is ( I [< )dgson ) .
,, mend tonal is, Hodgson.
,, striata (Mobius) (?).
Acludta spicata (Hodgson).
,, intermedia, sp. n.
,, brucei, sp. n.
A ustroraptus polaris, Hodgson.
,, juvenilis , sp. n.
,, prcecox, sp. n.
j 1 ust i ‘ot l ecus gl an ale, Hodgson.
Phynehothorax austral is, Hodgson.
Family PY ON OGONIDiE.
Pyenogonuin garni, Bouvier.
PYCNOGONIDA — CALM AN.
IV —NOTES ON OCCURRENCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
Prof. Bouvier has remarked (1913, p. 18) on the growing preponderance of the
Antarctic pycnogonidan fauna, as revealed by successive expeditions, over that of
the Arctic regions, hitherto regarded as the special headquarters of the group. He
states the number of Arctic and Antarctic species as 62 and 82 respectively. While
these numbers may be subject to some modification according to the limits assigned
to the geographical areas on the one hand, and to the specific groups on the other, it
is at least clear that, with some 14 species to be added to the Antarctic list from the
“ Gauss” collection and 11 here described, the Antarctic seas are already known to be
far richer in species of Pycnogonida than any similar area of the oceans.
As regards the numbers of individual specimens, it is to be noted that, out
of a total of about 600 in the present collection, no fewer than 240 belong to a
single species, Nymphon australe, and that, of these, 200 were obtained at a single
station, and presumably at a single haul of the trawl. Again, the three closely allied
species of Achelia (which are, perhaps, not more than forms of a single species) are
together represented by more than a hundred specimens, of which all except three
were taken together at a single station. Twenty-four species were obtained only at a
single station each, and mostly in very small numbers. Against this we have
Ammothea glacialis from nine stations (25 specimens), Nymphon mendosuni from
eight (37 specimens), and Colossendeis frigida and Pentanymphon antarcticum each
from seven stations (16 and 38 specimens respectively).
The depths at which Pycnogonida were obtained range from 11 to 300 fathoms.
Within these limits there are no clear indications of any marked change in the fauna.
The high proportion of new species that Antarctic collections continue to yield,
and the large number of species that are known only from one or a few occurrences,
show that our knowledge of the Pycnogonid fauna of this region is still a very long
way from approaching completeness. While it would be useless, for this reason, to
attempt a detailed analysis of the distribution of the various species within the area, or
of their relations to other species outside it, the following facts seem deserving of
attention. Of the 48 species of Pycnogonida obtained from the Ross Sea area (off the
coasts of Victoria Land) by the “Southern Cross” (Hodgson, 1902), “Discovery”
(Hodgson, 1907), and “Terra Nova” expeditions, 15 are on the list of the “Gauss”
(Hodgson, 1914-15) from Wilhelm Land, and I 7 were obtained in the region of Graham
Land (including the South Orkneys and South Shetlands) by the French (Bouvier,
1907 and 1913) and Scottish (Hodgson, 1908) expeditions. Five species are common
to all three regions, and for these, at all events, a circumpolar distribution may be
taken as proved, while it is at least highly probable in the cases of the other 12 species
common to Graham Land and Victoria Land, and of the one ( Austropalhme cristata
(Bouvier)) recorded from Graham Land and Wilhelm Land only. On the other hand,
G
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
the absence of Decolopoda from the extensive Ross Sea collections points to a restricted
area of distribution for this genus, the two species of which have hitherto been taken
only at the South Shetlands, South Orkneys, and Graham Land. A similarly limited
range is more or less probable for several less conspicuous species, but cannot be
regarded as established until a great deal more collecting has been done.
V.— VARIATION AND SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.
Prof. G. H. Carpenter (1907, p. 95) writes: “Recent systematic work on the
Pycnogonida has brought home to students that a great plasticity of structure
characterises this group, and that in large genera it becomes increasingly difficult
with advancing knowledge to form definite specific diagnoses. The publication of
new specific names is therefore attended with more than usual risk, but the very fact
that variation is so wide makes the careful study of forms from any new locality of
special obligation and interest to the naturalist.” Prof. Carpenter’s words have special
weight as coming from a zoologist experienced in the systematic study of many widely
different groups of Arthropoda ; nevertheless, it may be doubted whether, in this
respect, the Pycnogonida differ so greatly from other large groups of marine arthropods
as these words seem to suggest. The general impression gained from the study of such
a collection as the present is much the same that would result from examination of
many groups of Crustacea, for instance. Certain genera and families present large
numbers of minutely separated species, the distinguishing characters of which have at
least the appearance of inconstancy ; while other groups are composed of few species
easily and sharply defined by characters that are relatively invariable. To the first
category plainly belong many of the species of Colossendeis, Nymphon, and Achelia
discussed below. On the other hand, we have such forms as Pycnogonum gain!, the
sole representative of its genus in the Antarctic, which ranges from Graham Land to
the Ross Sea and Wilhelm Land without perceptible variation in its specific characters.
The question, however, deserves further study, since there are some reasons for
expecting the Pycnogonida to be especially inclined to specific instability. Doderlein
(1902) attributes great importance, among the factors favouring the development of
local races, varieties, and species in any group of animals, to the lack of “ Vagilitat "
or power of wandering, and Doflein has attempted to show how this “ Doderleinsche
Prinzip ” applies to the case of the deep-sea Braehyura. Now, there are probably
few groups of marine Arthropoda that are less “ vagile ” on the whole than the
Pycnogonida. Although some species have the power of swimming in the adult state,
their efforts seem to be awkward and inefficient, and none of the larvae are better
adapted for locomotion. Whatever may be the result in comparison with other
Arthropoda, the application of the principle does not meet with very encouraging
PYCNOGON I DA-CALM AN.
7
results when the Pycnogonida are compared with one another. Of all Pycnogonida
hardly any can be less “ vagile,” as adults or as larva; , than the species of Pycnogonum ;
yet not only P. gaini mentioned above, but also the common P. littorale of our own
coasts, show that the species may combine a very wide geographical range with a great
constancy of specific characters.
VI.-THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE DECAPODOUS
PYCNOGONS.
Although the present collection contains no species that throws new light on the
major problems connected with the morphology and phylogeny of the Pycnogonida,
it may not be out of place here to make a few observations on points raised in
Prof. Bouvier’s Report on the Pycnogonida of the “ Pourquoi Pas ? ”
Prof. Bouvier pays the compliment of serious criticism to a little essay (1909),
in which 1 supported the view (first put forward by Prof. Cf. H. Carpenter) that the
decapodous condition among Pycnogons is not a primitive survival but a recent
specialisation. The argument on which I chiefly relied was based on the fact that
Decolopoda and Pent am/m pi ton, the only decapodous genera then known, are by no
means nearly related to one another, but exhibit the closest affinity respectively with
Colossendeis and Ngmphon, two of the normal octopodous genera. This argument
was greatly strengthened, as I have elsewhere pointed out (1910), by Prof. Bouvier’s
discovery of Pentapycnon , a decapodous genus widely removed from the other two,
but approximating very closely indeed to Pycnogonum, ; and, while Decolopoda and
Pent any nip lion can, without much difficulty, be admitted as reasonably primitive forms,
Pycnogonum and, with it, Pentapycnon, can only be regarded as among the most
highly specialised of existing Pycnogons. On the other hand, the support which my
contention seemed to draw from the fact that all three decapodous genera occurred only
within a restricted geographical area has been quite destroyed by Prof. Bouvier’s later
discovery of a species of Pentapycnon on the coast of French Guiana — one of the last
places in the world where one would look for a fauna with antarctic affinities.
Prof. Bouvier’s argument for the primitive nature of the decapodous forms
depends, in the first place, on the admitted fact that Decolopoda is, in one respect
(apart from the number of somites), less specialised than its relative Colossendeis ;
it retains, in the adult state, the chelophores with a Inarticulate scape that are present
only in the young stages in the last-named genus. Now it may be conceded that, if
Decolopoda stood alone, it might be “simpler and perfectly logical ” to suppose that
Colossendeis had been derived from it by the loss of two primitive characters, the
chelophores and the posterior pair of legs ; but when we have to extend a similar
supposition to Pentanyniphon and, still more, to Pentapycnon, the argument, though
“TERRA NOVA ’ EXPEDITION.
8
still logical and simple, becomes inadequate to support the weighty conclusions that
must be based on it.
At this point Prof. Bouvier attributes to Prof. Carpenter and myself an opinion
that I, at least, do not hold. He writes: “An surplus si, comme le pensent
M. Carpenter et M. Caiman, la paire de pattes poste'rieures est une paire surajoutee
dans les types decapodes, les orifices sexuels des Pentapycnon devraient se trouver a la
meme place que cliez les Pycnogonum, a savoir sur les pattes de la quatrieme paire,
alors qu’ils sont situes sur la cinquieme.” He proceeds to argue that the somite which
has disappeared in the octopodous forms is not the fifth but the fourth, on the ground
that the dorsal tubercle corresponding to this somite in Pentapycnon persists in
Pycnogonum although the somite itself has disappeared. Clearly, however, this
evidence might be read in another wav. Instead of assuming a transference of the
dorsal tubercle from the penultimate somite of Pentapycnon to the last somite of
■Pycnogonum, we might take the fourth pedigerous somite as homologous in the two
genera, and assume a transference of the genital apertures from the fifth somite to
the fourth. As a matter of fact, however, there is no evidence at all for the existence
of individual homologies between the somites of the two genera. Bateson pointed
out long ago the fallacy of the assumption that in variation the individuality of each
member of a m eristic series is always respected, in writing of “ an additional pair
of legs ” I had not in mind any particular one of the five pairs. There is nothing
to prevent us from regarding the series of somites as having been remodelled as a
whole in passing from one genus to the other.
In support of the contention that “ the constancy in the number of somites and
appendages throughout the comparatively wide range of structure presented by the
eight-legged Pycnogons strongly suggests that this is the deep-seated and, so to speak,
‘ normal ’ plan of structure of the group ” from which the ten-legged condition is a
secondary departure, I called attention to the parallel case of Polyartemia among the
Branchiopod Crustacea. Polyartemia differs from the normal type of the Order
Anostraca, to which it belongs, in having nineteen instead of eleven pre-genital trunk
somites ; and since the number appears to be constantly ten or eleven in the other
Orders of Branchiopoda (excluding the abbreviated Cladocera), there seems to be good
ground for suggesting that the increased number in this case is due to secondary
o O O O a
specialisation. Prof. Bouvier quotes against me the authority of Dr. E. von Daday
(1910, p. 411), who considers Polyartemia to be the most primitive of the Anostraca.
I find nothing in Daday ’s discussion of the question to lead me to change my opinion.
He makes no mention of the position of the genital opening in comparing the
Anostraca with the other Orders of Branchiopoda ; and his reference to the supposed
persistence of a vestige of the mandibular palp in Polyartemia overlooks entirely the
fact that the palp is in all cases present in the nauplius.
It would be easy to multiply parallel instances from other groups of the animal
kingdom, but, as Bouvier reminds us, “ il ne convient pas d’etendre a un groupe les
PYCNOGONIDA -CALM AN.
considerations phylogene tic { ues applicables a un autre.” I only refer, therefore, to one
ease among fishes, to which Mr. G Tate Regan lias called my attention, where the
parallel seems unusually simple and complete. Until recently, the only Selachians
known to have more than live pairs of branchial arches were the Notidanoid sharks,
and as these are, in other respects, generalised and ancient types, the increased number
of arches may, not unreasonably, be regarded as a primitive character. Mr. Regan
(1906, p. 1), however, has described under the name PUotrema a Pristiophorid shark
which has six arches. There can be no question that this is a very highly specialised
form, and that it has been derived from some form like Pristiophorus with the normal
number of branchial arches. The parallel between PUotrema and Pentapycnon in their
relations to Pristiophorus and Pycnoyonum respectively seems to me very striking, and
it is hard to believe that arguments regarded as conclusive in one case can be without
value in the other.
VII. -NOMENCLATURE AND TERMINOLOGY.
In this report certain nomenclatorial changes suggested by recent authors have
been adopted, although they involve the rejection of long-established names or even
their transference in a manner against which I have elsewhere ineffectually protested.
They are adopted because they appear to comply with the only code of rules that
commands any general assent at the present time ; and because when once such
changes have been introduced in works of authority it is hopeless to try to prevent
their ultimate adoption.
The terms used for the parts of the animal in the descriptions are, in the main,
those adopted by Prof. D’Arcy AY. Thompson (1909) with some modifications that do
not call for special explanation. In the measurements, the “ length of trunk ” is taken
from the frontal margin of the head above the proboscis in the middle line to the base
of the abdomen, or the anterior margin of its socket if it is articulated ; the
“ cephalon ” is regarded as extending from the frontal margin to the base of the first
pair of lateral processes ; the “ cephalic segment ” is measured from the frontal margin
to the line of articulation between the first and second pairs of lateral processes.
VIII. SYSTEMATIC NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF
NEW SPECIES.
Genus COLOSSENDEIS, Jarzynsky.
Mr. Hodgson has described, from the collections of the “ Gauss,” a species which
he makes the type of a new genus under the name of Notoendeis germanica. I have
not seen the type-specimen, but, to judge from the preliminary account, the genus
would seem to be of doubtful validity. The only characters mentioned that are in any
VOL. m.
C
10
“TERRA NOVA'’ EXPEDITION.
way distinctive are the “ perfectly -segmented ” body and the “ nine-jointed ” palps.*
The first character is shared by two species of Colossendeis, C. articulata and C. dofieini
of Loman (1908, p. 22, and 1911, p. 4). As regards the second character, N. germanica
agrees in this, but, apparently, in no other respect, with the species described below as
C. ivilsoni. If the genus were to be retained it would be hard to decide whether it
should include C. articulata and C. dofieini on the one hand or C. wilsoni on the other;
it could not embrace all three.
A large number of species of Colossendeis have been described, most of them from
a very small number of specimens. They are distinguished mainly by proportional
differences of measurement, and there is reason to believe that some of them would not
survive a critical revision based on adequate collections. In the absence of such a
revision it is necessary, before venturing to describe any additional species, to attempt
to reduce to some sort of order those already known. Bouvier has made a beginning
by dividing the species into two groups according to the relative lengths of the distal
segments of the legs. In the first or “ longitarsal ” group the carpus, propodus, and
claw together measure at least three-quarters of the length of the second tibia ; in the
“ brevi tarsal ” group the proportion is always very much less. Proceeding on these
lines, the following key may be offered for the “ longitarsal ” group, which includes all
the Antarctic species.
Key to the “ Longitarsal ” species of Colossendeis.
a. Sixth segment of palp more than three times as long as thick. Proboscis
distinctly longer than trunk.
a'. Trunk segmented .........
V . Trunk not segmented.
a". Lateral processes in contact.
a”'. Seventh segment of palp longer than eighth. Eyes absent
b"' . Seventh segment of palp shorter than eighth. Eyes present
b". Lateral processes separated.
a'". Seventh segment of palp equal to eighth ....
b'". Seventh segment of palp distinctly shorter than eighth.
a'"'. Eyes absent.
Proboscis dilated distal ly ....
Proboscis dilated in middle ....
C. articulata , Loman
C. prroboscidea (Sabine)
C. scotti, sp. n.
C. australis, Hodgson
( C. media, Hoek f
(C. brevipes, Hoek
C. orcadensis, Hodgson
f (1. angusta, G. O. Sars f
(C. gracilis, Hoek
* I learn from Mr. Hodgson that he does not accept the view of Bouvier (1913, p. 37), according to
which only nine segments are counted in the palp of normal species of Colossendeis. Bouvier, no doubt
rightly, excludes from the enumeration the “saillie basilaire ” of the palps, which is generally counted as
a segment, although it is precisely similar to the process (never reckoned as a segment) that lies alongside
it and carries the oviger. Loman is said by Bouvier to have been the first to call attention to this point,
but I cannot discover the passage in which he did so.
f C. media and C. brevipes were described by Hoek as doubtfully distinct from C. gracilis, which
again is identified by Mobius with C. angusta. Meinert’s observation (1899, p. 59) as to the differences in
form of the palpal segments in immature and fully adult specimens of the last-named species deserves to
be noted as having possibly a wider application.
PYCNOGONIDA — CALM AN.
11
b"". Eyes present.
a1"". Claw nearly equal to propodus. .....
V"". Claw not more than two-thirds of propodus."
Legs spiny
Legs smooth
h. Sixth segment of palp not more than twice as long as thick. Proboscis, at
most, hardly longer than trunk.
a'. Lateral processes in contact .......
b'. Lateral processes separated.
a". Femur longer than second tibia.
a'". Sixth segment of palp longer than seventh
Sixth segment of palp shorter than seventh .
b". Femur not longer than second tibia.
a'". Lateral processes separated by their own diameter .
V". Lateral processes separated by less than their own diameter
C. megalonyx, Hoek
G. rugosa, Hodgson
C. frigida, Hodgson
C. wilsoni, sp. n.
C. glacialis, Hodgson
((7. gracilipes, Bouvier)
G. drnJcei, sp. n.
G. robusta, Hoek
G. lilliei, sp. n.
C. patagonica, Hodgson, described from an imperfect specimen and not figured,
appears to be allied to C. glacialis, Hodgson.
It may be worth while here to give the names of the species included in the
“ brevi tarsal ” group as far as I have been able to collect them. They are C. gigas,
leptorhynchus, minuta, and japonica of Hoek, colossea and macernma of Wilson, clavata,
Meinert, bicincta and sub minuta, Schimkewitsch, cucurbit a , Cole, yardmen, Carpenter,
dofleini, Loman, and michaelsarsii, Olsen.
Colossendeis scotti, sp. n. (Text-fig. 1).
Occurrence. — Station 294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 1 $ (Holotype), 1 $.
Description. — Trunk compact, its greatest width across the first pair of lateral
processes more than two-thirds of its length ; lateral processes almost or quite in
contact with each other except the third and fourth pairs, which are separated by a
small interval ; inter-segmental lines very indistinct. Ocular tubercle bluntly conical
or rounded at the tip, not occupying more than one-third of width of cephalic segment ;
eyes dark, sharply defined, anterior pair hardly larger than posterior. On dorsal
surface behind ocular tubercle is a convex area defined posteriorly by a crescentic
groove ; no anterior tubercles on cephalon.
Proboscis decurved, more than twice as long as trunk, narrow and cylindrical for
the first quarter of its length, then expanding to nearly twice the width at about the
middle, narrowing again to a slight terminal dilatation where it measures about five-
sixths of its greatest width. Mouth-opening conspicuously wide, the labial teeth
apparently smaller, or at least capable of further retraction than in allied species.
Abdomen shorter than greatest diameter of proboscis, decurved, cylindrical, blunt.
Palp with second segment a little less than twice as long as fourth ; sixth longer
than fifth and nearly four times as long as thick ; seventh shorter than its width and
* But see remarks on G. rugosa below.
12
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
less than half as long as eighth ; ninth longer than eighth and, together with it, equal
to sixth. The whole palp beset with spinules, most numerous on distal segments.
Oviger with fourth segment equal to sixth. Special spines of the distal segments
in four rows with some additional spines irregularly placed. At the distal end of last
segment is a large curved spine opposed to the claw and forming with it a sub-chelate
termination to the limb (Text-fig. In). All the segments of the oviger are hispid.
Fig. 1. — Colossendeis scotti, sp. n., Male. A. Dorsal view of body with palp and coxse of one side.
B. Ventral view of proboscis. C, Lateral view of body with palp and oviger. D. Terminal
segment of oviger, further enlarged. E. Third leg of right side.
Leys rather stout, femur not more than nine times as long as thick. Femur and
first and second tibiae successively decreasing in length. Tarsus a little longer than,
and claw nearly equal to, propodus.
Surface of body nearly smooth, proboscis with scattered setae becoming more
numerous at the tip, legs set with very short spinules, which are more numerous, and
arranged in rows, on the distal segments.
PYCNOGONI D A— CALMAN.
13
(Holotype.)
6
?
Length of proboscis ....
31-0
35-25
Greatest diameter of proboscis
6-25
7-0
Length of trunk ....
13-75
16-25
Width across first lateral processes
io-o
11-5
Length of abdomen ....
5-75
6-0
Third right leg —
O O
Coxae .....
10-5
12-0
Femur .....
33-5
40-0
First tibia .....
31-0
37-5
Second tibia ....
28-25
32 • 5
Tarsus .....
11-0
12-0
Propodus .....
9 • 5
9-0
Claw .....
9-0
7 " 5
Palp —
Second segment ....
16-25
19-5
Third ,, .
1-28
2-0
Fourth ,, .
8-8
11-2
Fifth „
3-2
4-0
Sixth ,, .
4-24
5-2
Seventh ,, .
•8
1-12
Eighth ,, .
2-0
2-4
Ninth ,, . .
2-24
2-8
Remarks. — In the relative lengths of the distal
segments of the palp this species
approaches the group of species related to C. angusta,
mt it differs
widely from these
not only in the much greater size of the proboscis, but
also in the approximation of the
lateral processes, in which respect it differs from all the “ longitar?
od ” species except
C. proboscidea and the new form described below as (
'. wilsoni. Among the species of
this genus the curious chelate termination of the ovigers is only paralleled, so far as I
know, in C. australis, but a similar condition is found in Bulimia c
■hd ata (Bohm) and
Rhopalorhynclius tenuissimus (Has well). The labial teeth are found in various degrees
of retraction in preserved specimens of other species, and the widely gaping mouth of
the specimens described above is partly due to this condition ; but 1 think that the
teeth themselves are unusually small and the triangular mouth-frame is relatively
larger than in any species with which I have compared it.
The name of this, one of the largest species of Pycnogonida yet brought from
Antarctic seas, is chosen to commemorate the heroic and ill-fated Leader of the
Expedition by which it was obtained.
14
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
^ l y. il V -
< 1 olossendeis austral is, Hodgson.
C. australis, Hodgson, 1907, p. 59, PL ix, fig. 1,
text-figs. 20 and 21.
PL
x, figs. 1 and 2 ; Bouvier, 1913, p. 63,
Occurrence. — Station 294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 1 $. Station 314, McMurdo
Sound, 222-241 fathoms ; 2 immature.
“ Discovery.”
asurements , m mm. —
“ Terra Nova."
Stn. 294.
S'
Holotype.
N.
Paratype.
8
$
?
Length of proboscis
•
CO
o
32-0
34-0
Greatest diameter of proboscis
.
7’5
6-5
8-0
Length of trunk
O
20-0
19-0
20-5
Width between first and second lateral
processes
•
4-5
3-8
5-0
\\ idth across second lateral processes
12-0
11-5
12 ■ 75
Length of abdomen
•
5-0
4-5
5 ' 75
Third right leg -
Coxae ....
L 0 * 5
10-25
11-75
Femur ....
30-0
27-0
27-25
First tibia
30 ‘ 5
28-5
27 ’ 75
Second tibia .
31-25
28-5
26*75
Tarsus ....
12-25
12-5
11-25
Propodus
7-4
7-25
7*0
Claw ....
3-5
30
2-5
Palp—
Second segment
22-0
—
20-25
Third
2-0
—
2-0
Fourth
11-25
—
io-o
Fifth
2-5
—
2-75
Sixth
4-5
—
4 ’ 5
Seventh
2-5
—
2-75
Eighth
2-5
—
2-75
Ninth
3-25
—
3-5
Remarks. — The figure of this species in Hodgson’s memoir (PI. IX., fig. 1) shows
the lateral processes much too near together. In reality the constricted bases of the
second and third pairs are separated by a space about equal to their own diameter.
Bouvier’s figure of the lateral aspect possibly errs somewhat in the opposite direction.
In the more slender terminal segments of the palp the adult male in the present
collection agrees better with the male upon which Hodgson’s description was based
(and which may be regarded as the holotype) than with the female paratype. The
other differences noticed by Hodgson between his two specimens do not seem to be
PYCNOGONIDA— CALMAN. 15
of importance. Bouvier’s measurements of his single specimen show some differences
of proportion, the proboscis in particular being a little longer and noticeably more
slender, especially in the distal third.
The adult male in the “Terra Nova” collection shows a very well-developed
sub-chelate termination of the ovigers like that described above in C. scott i. In the
type-specimens from the “ Discovery ” the spines of the ovigers are very much worn
(in the male only the sockets are left), and the enlargement of the distal spine to form
a “thumb” is not so easily seen. In the immature “Terra Nova” specimens the
distal spine is not enlarged.
The dorsal gland-openings of the second coxae, not visible in Bouvier’s specimen,
are easily seen in our adult specimens of both sexes.
Colossendeis meg along x , 1 Ioek.
C. megalonyx, tloek, 1881, p. 67, PL ix, ligs. 1—3.
Occurrence. — Station 38, near Falkland Islands, 125 fathoms; L
Measurement s, in mm. — “ Challenger.”
Length of prol toscis .....
“ Terra Nova.”
6
21*0
Holotype
i
20-0
Greatest diameter of proboscis
3-36
3-28
Length of trunk ......
O
12-0
1 1 -o
Width between first and second lateral processes
2*62
2-5
AA idth across second lateral processes
8-25
7-5
Length of abdomen .....
3-08
2-8
Third right leg—
o o
Coxae .......
8-0
7-0
Femur .......
27-25
22-75
First tibia ......
24-75
21-0
Second tibia ......
21-5
1 7 " 75
larsus .......
12-0
10-25
Propodus ......
9-5
8-0
Claw .......
7*75
7-0
Palp-
Second segment .....
10-64
9 • 36
Third
•96
•8
Fourth
7-6
6 " 5 6
Fifth „ .
2-4
2-24
Sixth ,,
2-96
2-72
Seventh
•8
•72
Eighth „ .
1 -6
1 -6
Ninth ,, .....
1*6
1-6
16
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
1^15.7.5.4.7
Remarks. — The only specimens of this species remaining in the “Challenger”
collection are five from Station 313 (East coast of Patagonia). The largest of these,
a male, is that of which measurements are given by Hoek and supplemented above,
and it may be selected as the holotype.
The spe< bmen obtained by the “Terra Nova” is in close agreement with the
holotype, and, like it, differs from specimens of C. frigid a not only in the greater
relative length of the claws, but also in the form of the proboscis, the distal part
of which is nearly cylindrical, with hardly a trace of a sub-terminal constriction.
It is to be noted, however, that the specimens accompanying the holotype in the
“ Challenger ” collection are by no means exactly like it or like one another. The
three smallest specimens (regarded by Hoek as immature, but having distinct genital
openings) have the proboscis, at most, only a little longer than the trunk and distinctly
contracted beyond the proximal dilatation. One specimen, in which the proboscis is
only equal in length to the trunk, and the legs distinctly shorter and stouter than in
any of the others, is further remarkable in having the tarsus actually shorter than the
propodus. Another specimen has the seventh palpal segment 110 longer than wide.
These differences, if the specimens are correctly referred to a single species, imply
a range of variability that must throw doubt on the validity of other closely -related
species in the genus.
It is much to be regretted that the specimen from Kerguelen, referred by Hoek
to this species, is no longer in the “ Challenger ” collection.
Colossendeis riu/osa, Hodgson.
C. rugosci, Hodgson, 1907, p. 64, PI. ix, fig. 4, PL x, fig. 7.
Occurrence. — Station 2 9 4 , Ross Sea, 158 fathoms ; 1 £.
Measurements , in mm. —
“ Discovery
“ Terra Novas’
Holotype.
8
s
Length of pro! >oscis
21*0
13-25
Greatest diameter of proboscis
3 • 1
2-0
Length of trunk
9 • 8
8 • 5
Width between first and second lateral
processes 2 '25
1-6
Width across second lateral processes
6 • 5
5 ' 6
Length of abdomen
2 • 3
1-52
Third right leg—
O 0
Coxrn ....
5 • 5
5 • 5
Femur ....
26 * 0
23-6
First tibia ....
22-0
19-0
Second tibia
21-0
18-0
Tarsus ....
12-0
7-76
Propodus ....
8-5
6-5
Claw .....
6-0
5 ' 5
PYCNOGONIDA — CALM AN.
17
“ Discovery.”
Palp
“ Terra Nova.”
Holotyp
—
8
8
Second segment
10-04
7-2
Third
•96
•72
Fourth
7-08
4-88
Fifth
2-10
1-76
Sixth
2-8
2-72
Seventh
•4
•04
Eighth
1-52
1 -o
Ninth
1 -84
2-10
Remarks. — The specimen that I record under this name agrees with the holotype
of rugosa, and differs from the specimens included under C. frigid a in the
combination of the following characters : —
(1) The legs are distinctly, though minutely, spiny, and traces of a median row
of spines can be discovered on the proboscis.
(2) The seventh segment of the palp is not longer than wide.
(3) The distal contraction of the proboscis is rather more marked.
On the other hand, it is to lie noted that the legs of C. frigid a are never entirely
devoid of minute spinules, and the present specimen is not so conspicuously spiny as
the holotype of C. rugosa ; that in one or two of the specimens referred to ( \ frigid a,
the seventh palpal segment is hardly longer than wide, and that, in the present
specimen, the claw is no longer relatively to the propodus than in certain specimens
referred to C. frigid a, while in the holotype of C. rugosa it nearly reaches the
proportions found in C. megaloni/.r.
In view of the wide range of variation attributed to C. frigid a, it seems likely
that C. rugosa will prove to be only a spinose form of that species.
Colossendeis frigid a, Hodgson.
C. frigida, Hodgson, 1907, p. 63, PI. ix, fig. 3, PI. x, figs. 5 and 6.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 1 $, 1 $. Station 294, (6 v j\ &J+.,
Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 1 ? (?), 2 $ (?). Station 314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241
fathoms; 1 ?. Station 331, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 250 fathoms; 2 $.
Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 4 ¥, l $. Station 340, off'
Granite Harbour, 1G0 fathoms ; 1 $. Station 349, McMurdo Sound, 80 fathoms ;
I ¥, 1 $■
, r “ Terra Nova.’ “Discovery.”
Measurements, m mm. — cj.
- — N Syntypes,
Stn. 349.
Stn. 338.
Stn. 220.
5 fins.
130 fms.
8
?
8
?
8
Length of proboscis .
19-25
14-75
10-75
19-2
19-75
Greatest diameter of proboscis
VOL. III.
2-88
2-24
2-90
4-0
3-28
D
18
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
“ Terra Nova.” “ Discovery.”
- - - ^
Syntypes.
Stn. 349.
Stn. 338.
Stn. 220.
5 fms.
130 fms.
$
?
8
?
8
Length of trunk
9-25
7
•o
9-0
ll-o
9 • 75
Width between second and
third lateral processes
2-4
1
•52
2-56
2-8
2-72
Width across second lateral
processes
7-0
7
•3
7-0
8-8
8-0
Length of abdomen
2-0
1
•84
2-24
2-48
2-4
Third leg (right or left) -
Coxse
7-0
5
•25
6 • 75
8-2
7 • 5
Femur
26 • 2
21
•o
20-5
23 -5
24-0
First tibia .
23-5
20
•o
18-5
21-3
21-5
Second tibia
22-25
19
•o
17-0
19-25
19-25
Tarsus
13-0
9
•36
10-0
1 i-o
11-5
Propod us .
9'2
6
•o
8*75
8-5
9-6
Claw
P.i 1 1 ,
4-88
4
•24
4-0
4*15
5-44
1 clip
Second segment .
io-o
8
•24
8-4
10-3
—
Third
•8
•8
•96
•96
—
Fourth ,,
6-56
5
• 12
6-0
7-2
—
Fifth
2-08
1
•6
1-84
2-08
—
Sixth ,,
3-04
2
•48
2-64
3-04
—
Seventh ,,
•88
•88
1 -04
1 '04
—
Eighth
1-6
1
•6
1-6
1 -68
—
Ninth
2-0
1
•92
1-76
1-76
—
Remarks. — Following the example of Mr. Hodgson, I have included under this
name a number of specimens showing marked divergences in the relative lengths of
the proboscis and of the legs. The species appears to be the commonest of the genus
in the Ross Sea area.
Colossendeis „ wilsoni, sp. n. (Text-fig. 2).
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 1 $ (Holotype).
Description. — Trunk very compact; its greatest width, across the first pair of
lateral processes, little less than its length ; lateral processes in contact except for a
slit-like interval between the third and fourth pairs. Ocular tubercle very broad,
transversely oval as seen from above, bluntly rounded; eyes dark, anterior pair (or at
least their pigmented area) much larger than the posterior. On dorsal surface behind
ocular tubercle is a strongly convex area defined posteriorly by a crescentic groove.
Proboscis decurved, a little longer than trunk, sub-cylindrical, slightly dilated
about the middle and again at the tip.
PYCNOGONIDA CALM AN.
19
Abdomen decurved, slightly dilated distally, bluntly rounded at the tip.
Palp consisting of eight segments only ; second segment less than one and a half
times as long as fourth ; sixth a little longer than fifth or seventh, and about one and
a half times as long as thick ; eighth about two-thirds as long as seventh.
Oviqer stout; fourth segment a little longer than sixth ; spines (very much worn)
set in about five rows ; terminal claw rather long.
Legs short and stout, third pair not quite seven times as long as trunk. Femur
not quite four times as long as its greatest diameter, slightly shorter than first tibia,
Fig. 2. — Colossendeis wilsoni, sp. n., Female. A. Dorsal view of body with palps and coxse. B. Lateral
view of body with palp and oviger. C. Third leg of right side.
which, again, is shorter than second. Tarsus a little shorter than propodus ; claw stout
and curved, about two-thirds as long as propodus.
Body and limbs very smooth and free from conspicuous setse.
Measurements, in mm. — Holotype
Length of proboscis . . . . . . 6-56
Greatest diameter of proboscis . . . . I • 84
Length of trunk . . . . . . . .5*28
Width across first lateral processes . . . . 4 • 9 6
Length of abdomen . . . . . . 2 • 08
l) 2
t
20
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
Third right leg (distal segments from fourth)—
Cox® .....
Femur .....
First tibia .
Second tibia ....
Tarsus .....
Propodus .....
Claw ......
Palp-
Second segment ....
Third
Fourth ,,
Fifth ,,
Sixth ,,
Seventh ,,
Eighth
Holotype.
3 • 75
6-8
7-2
8 ' 5G
2-8
3-2
2-08
2-96
•64
2-08
•8
•96
•72
•48
Remarks. — The most noteworthy character of the specimen described above is the
presence of only eight segments in the palp, as compared with the nine that are present-
in the other species of the genus. The condition of the palps in some specimens of
C. lilliei, described below, suggests the possibility that the reduction may be the result
of regeneration after injury, but the complete symmetry of the two palps in the present
specimen is against this supposition. The relation of the species to Hodgson’s
“ Notoenclei s” has already been alluded to. Apart from the character of the palps,
the species is sufficiently distinguished from all other species of the genus by the
characters given in the key.
The species is named in memory of Dr. E. A. Wilson, the chief of the scientific
staff of the expedition.
( lolusseudeix < jlaciali# , Hodgson.
C. (jlacialis, Hodgson, 1907, p. 61, PI. ix, fig. 2, PI. x, figs. 3 and 4.
C. r/racilipes, Bouvier, 1911, p. 1137 ; id., 1913, p. 58, figs. 12-19.
Occurrence.- -Station 194, off Oates Land, 180-200 fathoms ; 1 $. Station 294,
Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 1 Station 314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms; 1 $.
Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms; 1 $, 1 yg. Station 355,
McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms ; 1 $.
Measurement s, /// mm.—
“ Terra Nova.”
Stn. 194. Stn. 338.
6 ?
“ Discovei
Holotyp
?
Length of proboscis .
. io-o
11-75
8-75
Greatest diameter of proboscis .
2 • 5
2-5
2'0
Length of trunk
. 12H)
1 4 ’ 0
io-o
PY C NOGONTD A- CALMAN.
21
Width between first and second lateral
“ Terra
Stn. 194.
8
Nova.”
“ Discovery.
Stn. 338. Holotype.
? ? ‘
processes ......
2 ■ 25
3-0 2-25
Width across second lateral processes .
7-3
8-5 6-0
Length of abdomen . . . .
o
3-25
3 ’ 7 5 2 • 7 5
Third right leg—
o o
Coxse ......
G ‘ 5
7-25 6'0
Femur ......
26 -0
33-0 21-0
First tibia ......
24-5
left 22-0
31-0 21*5
Second tibia .....
22-5
left 20-0
29-0 16-0
1 arsus ......
9'2
11-0 7-0
Propodus ......
5 • 75
6-0 4-75
Claw .......
3 '75
2 ' 5
Palp
Second segment .....
6 ' 0
4-2
Third ,,
•96
•68
Fourth .,
4-4
2-88
Fifth „ .
1-68
1-12
Sixth
2-08
1-6
Seventh ,,
1 -6
1 • 12
Eighth ,,
1 '44
1 • 12
Ninth ,,
1-6
1 • 12
R
cernui
ks,
According to the
O
original description of this species the femur should
be slightly shorter than the first tibia. This, however, is not always the case ; even in
a specimen labelled by Mr. Hodgson as “ type,” and here selected as holotype, the
femur is a little longer than the tibia in the left leg, although shorter than it in the
right leg of the third pair (see measurements above).
The smaller of the specimens in the “Terra Nova” collection do not differ in any
important respect from the holotype. In particular, they agree with it in having only
a median row of minute setrn on the dorsal surface of the trunk. The two largest
specimens, however, of which measurements are given above, have the whole dorsal
surface rough with short setse and the legs rather more spiny. The general agreement
in other respects leads me to regard these as only a spinose form of < '. f/laciali*. The
great length of the legs in the female from Station 338 is noteworthy.
It seems very likely that Bouvier’s C. < /rac'd ij>es will prove to be identical with
this species. Almost the only definite characters in which they appear to diverge,
according to Bouvier’s account, are ( 1 ) the form of the proboscis, which in ( t jrocilipes
22 “ TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
is much narrower at the base, and (2) the terminal segment of the palp, which is much
longer than either of the two preceding it. It is to be noted that the terminal
segment in C. glacialls is not, in reality, so short and globular as it is represented in
Hodgson’s figure.
(^({f.'f.nv. 31-40
Colossendeis drakci, sp. n. (Text-fig. 3).
Occurrence. — Station 294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms ; 1 ? (Holotype). Station 35 6,
oft' Granite Harbour, 50 fathoms ; 1 $.
Description. — Trunk elongated, its greatest width, across second pair of lateral
processes, two-thirds of its length or a little less ; second and third pairs of lateral
Fig. 3. — Colossendcis (baled, sp. n., Female. A. Dorsal view of body with palps and coxa?. B. Lateral
view of body with palp and oviger. C. Third leg of right side.
processes separated by a little less than their diameter ; inter-segmental suture-lines
fairly distinct in female, less so in male. Ocular tubercle rounded or very obtusely
pointed, inclined forwards ; eyes dark, anterior pair slightly the larger. No anterior
tubercles on cephalon.
Proboscis straight, equal in length to trunk, proximal dilatation slightly marked,
not quite so wide as the tip.
Abdomen short, hardly longer than maximum diameter of proboscis, dilated, with
the sides obtusely angled about the middle so that it appears trapezoidal in outline
from above.
Palp slender, second segment a little longer than fourth, the five distal segments
PYCNOGONIDA — CALMAN.
23
successively increasing in length, sixth about twice as long as thick ; the surface almost
devoid of setae.
Ginger with fourth segment almost equal to sixth ; distal segments with four rows
of spines.
Legs slender, femur more than ten times as long as thick. Femur and first and
second tibiae successively decreasing in length. Tarsus and propodus subequal, claw
little shorter than propodus.
Surface of body and limbs smooth, without conspicuous setae or spinules.
Measurements, in mm. — (Holotype.)
?“ $
Length of proboscis .
7
5
7-04
Greatest diameter of proboscis
1
52
1-44
Length of trunk
.
7
6
6-72
Width between second and
processes
third
lateral
1
44
1 ' 36
Width across second lateral processes
5
9
Zj
4-72
Length of abdomen .
1
84
1-6
Third right leg —
Coxse
4
4
4-0
Femur
16
1
12-6
First tibia
13
25
11-0
Second tibia
12
0
10-25
Tarsus
.
5
2
4-48
Propodus
.
4
96
4-32
Claw
•
4
4
4-0
Palp —
Second segment .
3
•6
—
Third ,,
0
' 56
— -
Fourth ,,
3
•04
—
Fifth ,,
0
•96
—
Sixth ,,
1
•04
—
Seventh ,,
1
• 12
—
Eighth ,,
1
•44
—
Ninth
1
•6
—
Remarks. — Among those of the longitarsal species that have the sixth segment
of the palp not more than twice as long as thick, this species appears to be at once
distinguishable by having the five distal segments of the palp successively increasing
in length. The species is named after Staff-Paymaster Francis R. H. Drake, R.N.,
Secretary and Meteorologist on board the “ Terra Nova,” who gave much help in the
work of the biological staff.
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
24
{ ^\\ 5V] . cLi^ <U-\ S
Colossendeis robusta, Hoek.
C. robusta, Hoek, 1881, p. 66, PI. ix, figs. 4 and 5 ; Mobius, 1902, p. 190, PI. xxix, figs. 1-5 ;
Bouvier, 1913, p. 54, text-figs. 8-11.
Occurrence. — Station 294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 1 $, 1 immature.
Measurements, in mm. — “ Terra Nova.” “Challenger.”
Stn. 294.
Hole
type.
8
?
Length of proboscis
.
17-5
15
0
Greatest diameter of
proboscis .
4-4
4
0
Length of trunk
.
17-0
14
75
Width between secom
1 and third lateral
processes 3 ’ 3 6
2
9
Width across second
lateral processes
11-2
9
2
Length of abdomen
o
.
4 • G4
4
0
Third right leg
Coxae
11-25
9.
25
Femur
.
31-75
2G-
0
First tibia .
29 • 0
24-
5
Second tibia
31-75
27-
75
Tarsus
12-0
40-
7 5
Propodus .
10-0
8-
0
Claw .
7 • 3
4-
0
Remarks. — Of the two
specimens referred
to this species, the
one i
s a male
and the other an immature
specimen in which
the genital opening
3 are
not yet
patent. The former differs
from the holotype
m having (1) the second coxae of all
the legs a little more expanded distally and with more prominent dorsal tubercles,
and (2) the claw much more than half the length of the propodus. In both of these
characters our specimen agrees better with Bouvier ’s figures and description than
with the holotype. On the other hand, the outline of the proboscis agrees very
well with that of the holotype (not very accurately represented by Iloek’s figure) and
differs from Bouvier’s figures in that the proximal dilatation is well beyond the
middle of the length. The femur is exactly equal to the second tibia instead of
being slightly shorter (holotype) or longer (Bouvier). It is to be noted that the
measurements given by Bouvier as those of the holotype are taken from Hoek’s figure,
which, however, is enlarged two diameters; those given above are taken from the
specimen itself.
A conspicuous, or at any rate very tangible, and perhaps important difference
from the holotype consists in the presence of minute scattered spines on the proboscis
(where they are set, not very regularly, in longitudinal rows) and on the dorsal surface
of the legs ; the surface of the body is smooth.
The immature specimen has the proboscis relatively more slender than in the
adult.
PYCNOGONIDA -CALM AN.
Colossendeis lilliei, sp. n. (Text-fig. 4).
Occurrence. — Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 1 $, 2 $
(inch Holotype).
Description. — Trunk compact, its greatest width, across second pair of lateral
processes, more than two-thirds of its length ; lateral processes separated by much less
than their own diameter ; intersegmental suture-lines well-marked. Ocular tubercle
rather bluntly conical, broader than in C. rohusta, occupying greater part of width of
cephalon ; eyes dark, sharply defined, anterior pair the larger. Tubercles near anterior
border of cephalon less distinct and more laterally placed than in C. rohusta.
I
Fig. 4. — Colossendeis lilliei, sp. n., Female. A. Dorsal view of body with palps and coxre.
view of body with palp and oviger.
C. Third leg of right side.
B. Lateral
Proboscis hardly decurved, distinctly longer than trunk, less narrowed at base
than in C. rohusta, with proximal dilatation less abrupt and the widest part hardly
beyond middle.
Abdomen distinctly clavate, longer than maximum diameter of proboscis.
Palp not differing greatly from that of C. rohusta except that the terminal
segment is much shorter than the preceding ; distal segments minutely spinose.
Ovitjer resembling that of C. rohusta ; spines of distal segments (much worn in
all the specimens) set, more or less regularly, in four rows.
YOL. III.
E
■2 6
“TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
Leys comparatively stout, greatest thickness of femur more than one-seventh of
its length. Femur distinctly longer than first and shorter than second tibia. Tarsus
o J o
subequal to propodus, claw more than three-fourths of length of latter.
Surface of trunk and proboscis smooth, legs rough with very minute
is.
Measurements , in mm.—
Holotype.
?
5
i
Length of proboscis
.
ll-o
10'5
9-0
Greatest diameter of
proboscis .
2-5
2-4
2-16
Length of trunk
Width between second
and third lateral
9-0
8 ‘ 75
8-0
processes
2- 64
2-96
2-25
Width across second
lateral processes'.
6 ’ 75
6-75
5 ' 5
Length of abdomen .
Third right leg—
o o
.
3-5
3-0
2-8
Coxae
5 • 5
6’0
5 ' 0
F emur
.
14-0
14-0
12-0
First tibia .
. . .
13-5
13-75
11*5
Second tibia
.
16-0
16-0
13-5
larsus
5 ' 75
5-44
4-32
Propodus
.
5-25
5 ' 28
4-48
Claw .
4-25
4-0
3 ' 6
Palp —
Second segment
5 ’ 6
—
—
Third
.
■8
—
—
Fourth ,,
.
2*96
—
—
Fifth
.
1 • 12
—
—
Sixth ,,
.
1 • 52
—
—
Seventh ,,
1-2
—
- — -
Eighth
.
1*2
—
—
Ninth ,,
.
•88
—
—
lie marls. — This species
appears to differ
from C. rohus
ta chiefly
in havin
lateral processes much closer
together, the pr<
>boscis longer
than the
trunk, an
femur distinctly shorter than the second tibia.
In two out of the three specimens the palp of one side is imperfectly formed, the
terminal segment being minute and fused with the penultimate. It is possible that in
these cases the terminal segment is in process of regeneration after removal by accident,
but, if so, the rarity of similar cases in other species lacks explanation.*
* Vanhoffen (1914, p. 580) mentions a deformation of the palp of Ammothea glacialis, Hodgson, due
to the presence of a parasitic Isopod, Coulmannia frigida, Hodgson.
PYCNOGONIDA— CALMAN.
27
The species is named after Mr. D. G. Lillie, who was biologist in charge of the
dredging and other work on board the “ Terra Nova,” to whom much credit is due for
O O
the extent of the collections brought home and their excellent condition.
O
Genus PENTANYMPHON, Hodgson.
Pent any rriphon antarcticum , Hodgson.
P. antarcticum, Hodgson, 1904, p. 459, PL xiv ; id., 1907, p. 36, PI. v; id., 1908, p. 177 ;
Bouvier, 1907, p. 30, text-figs. 3-6 ; id., 1913, p. 66, text-figs. 22-24.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 1 specimen. Station
318, McMurdo Sound, 130 metres; 1 specimen. Station 331, Entrance to McMurdo
Sound, 250 fathoms ; 1 specimen. Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207
fathoms; 12 specimens. Station 340, off Granite Harbour, 160 fathoms; 3 specimens.
Station 355, McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms ; 1 specimen. Station 356, off Granite
Harbour, 50 fathoms; 18 specimens.
Measurements, in min. — “ Discovery,” 30/3/03.
Syntype.
Length of proboscis .
Diameter of proboscis
Length of trunk
O
Length of cephalic segment
Greatest width of cephalon
Width of neck
Width between first and second lateral
Width across second lateral processes
Third right leg —
o o
$ ovig.
9.
processes
Palp
coxa
Second coxa
Third coxa
Femur
First tibia
Second tibia
Tarsus
Propodus .
Claw
Auxiliaries
Second segment
Third
Fourth ,,
Fifth
2
64
64
72
08
4
5
52
92
4
0
0
48
92
8
44
68
17
43
95
50
67
\ ^ l b * J % ocL^. , Lj.($
~tr
E
28
“ TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Remarks. — Prof. Bouvier, taking his measurements apparently from Mr. Hodgson’s
figures, concludes that the “ Discovery ” specimens differ from those of the “ Francais”
and “ Pourquoi Pas ? ” in the greater relative thickness of the neck and in some other
characters of less importance ; and he suggests, tentatively, that the species may he
divided into two geographical races, the “forme laticolle” inhabiting the Australian
province, and the “ forme angusticolle ” the Magellanic province of the Antarctic region.
In the former the ratio between the width of the cephalon anteriorly and that of the
neck is represented by the number l- 56, while in the latter it varies from 2'5 to 3*0.
The actual specimens from which Mr. Hodgson’s figures were drawn cannot now be
identified, but it is very unlikely that the accuracy of the figures themselves is so great
as Prof. Bouvier assumes it to be. In half a dozen specimens taken at random from
among the syn types of the species, I find the ratio to vary between 2 '55 and 2 *77,
while a close scrutiny, without actual measurement, of the remaining syntypes as well
as of the material obtained by the “Terra Nova” failed to reveal any conspicuously
thick-necked individuals such as would correspond to a ratio of 1‘56. It is, at all
events, clear that the slender-necked form is by no means restricted to the Magellanic
province, while the thick-necked form, if it exists at all, is in no way characteristic of
the Australian province.
Both Hodgson and Bouvier comment on the difficulty or impossibility of
perceiving the genital pores in many specimens of the male sex. This is the case
also with most of the specimens that I assume to be males in the present collection,
but in several ovigerous specimens they are visible on the legs of the last three pairs,
as Hodgson states. Bouvier makes the very probable suggestion (previously made
by Hoek in the case of Boreonymphon robustum) that the pores only appear at the
breeding period. In the ovigerous males and in some others which, from their size,
are probably approaching maturity, the ventral surface of the femur bears a series of
about ten low, truncated tubercles, bearing the openings of the femoral glands.
In one specimen more transparent than the rest (perhaps from a recent moult)
the general arrangement of the nervous system can be made out. There are six large
ganglia in the ventral chain, each of them lying within the limits of the somite
innervated by it, with the exception of the last, which is moved forwards into the
penultimate somite.
Genus NYMPIION, Fabricius.
Although several writers (e.g., Meinert, 1899, p. 34) have commented on the
indefinite character of the genus Chcetonymphon , Bars, it is still retained as a valid
genus by Prof. Bouvier in his latest memoir (1913, p. 94). I am encouraged to depart
from this precedent, however, by the fact that Prof. Bouvier himself seems to have
been misled by it, and to have described as a new species of Nymph on a form that
had already been twice named and described in the genus Chcetonymphon (see below,
N. aust rale).
PYCNOGrONIDA — CALMAN.
29
Nymphon charcoti, Bouvier.
N. charcoti, Bouvier, 1911, p. 1138 ; id., 1913, p. 81, text-figs. 32-34.
Occurrence. — Station 294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms ; 2 $, 1
McMurdo Sound, 80 fathoms ; 1 ?.
Measurements, in mm. —
Length of proboscis
Diameter of proboscis
Length of trunk
Length of cephalic segment
Greatest width of cephalon
Width of neck
Diameter of ocular tubercle
Width between first and second lateral processes
Width across second lateral processes
Third right leg —
O O
$■ Station 349,
coxa
Second coxa
Third coxa
Femur .
Second tibia
Tarsus
Propodus
Claw
Palp
Second segment
Third
Fourth ,,
Fifth
Station 349.
?
5
8
2
16
8
4
1
1
1
11
4
9
3
23
24
32
8
5
4
4
5
4
5
56
5
0
12
48
0
88
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
Remarks. — Our largest specimen, of which measurements are given above,
considerably exceeds the maximum dimensions given by Bouvier, and shows that the
species takes a place among the largest of the genus. Its limbs are much less setose
than those of the male figured by Bouvier, but the other two females, as well as the
male, have the setse even longer and more numerous than in his figure. The male
has the femora considerably less dilated than in Bouvier ’s specimen, not differing in
this respect from the females. The claws of the legs are in no case conspicuously
longer than the propodus, and in the specimen measured they are distinctly shorter.
In all other respects the specimens agree very well with Bouvier s account, and confirm
his opinion that the differences between his specimens were not of specific value.
30
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION
Nymphon (jracillimum, sp. n. (Text-fig. 5).
Occurrence. — Station 314, McMurclo Sound, 222-241 fathoms; 1 $ (Holotype).
Description. — Trunk elongated and slender, the lateral processes separated by
more than their own diameter. Cephalic segment nearly as long as remaining
segments together. Neck long and slender, less than half as wide as anterior dilatation
of cephalon. Ocular tubercle broad, low, and rounded ; ocular pigment abundant
and dark.
Proboscis cylindrical, slightly decurved, rather pointed at the tip as seen from
above, shorter than cephalic segment.
Fig. 5. — Nynqjhon gracillimum, sp. n., Male. A. Dorsal view of body with chelophores, palps, and first
coxse. B. Lateral view of body with chelophore, palp, and oviger. C. Chela, further
enlarged. D. Third leg of right side.
Abdomen elevated, slightly clavate, and more than twice as long as wide.
Chelophore with scape longer than proboscis and six times as long as wide. Chela
shorter than scape, fingers about one-tliird longer than palm.
PYCNOGONIDA -CALM AN.
31
Palp fairly slender, third segment three-fourths as long as second, fourth half
as Iona; as third and shorter than fifth.
Oviger long and slender, fourth segment two-thirds of length of fifth.
Legs very long and slender, rather sparsely set with spinous setae, which become
more numerous distally and only here and there exceed in length the diameter of the
segment bearing them. Second coxa much longer than the other two together.
Femur more than one and a half times as long as the three coxae together, at least
sixteen times as long as its greatest diameter, with a row of about ten gland-tubercles
on its ventral edge. Second tibia about half as long again as the first and not much
less than twice as long as the femur. Tarsus longer by about one-third than the
propodus, the two together measuring about one-fourth of the second tibia. Main
claw more than half as long as propodus and three times as long as auxiliary claws.
Measurements , in mm.—
Length of proboscis
Diameter of proboscis
Length of trunk
Length of cephalic segment
Greatest width of cephalon
Width of neck
Width between first and second lateral
Width across second lateral processes
Third right leg¬
es o
proce
sses
First coxa
Second coxa
Third coxa
Femur
First tibia
Second tibia
Tarsus
Propodus
Claw
Auxiliaries
Palp-
Second segment
Third
Fourth
Fifth
(Holotype.
G
8
12
1
1
92
5G
8
3
92
4
48
48
92
8
8
4
16
0
6
o
64
o
1-15
‘ 85
•4
•58
Remarks. — This species is closely related to N. graeilipes, Miers, the characters
and synonomy of which I have recently discussed elsewhere (19156). In view of the
considerable range of variation shown by the forms included under that name, it is
32
TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
possible that they may prove to lie united by intermediate gradations with the species
now described. For the present, however, the latter appears to be sufficiently
distinguished by its greater slenderness, especially of the chelophores and legs, the
relative shortness of the fourth and fifth segments of the palp, the greater length
of the second tibia, and the fact that the claw is more than half as long as the
propod us.
Nymphon i 'tie male , Hodgson.
N. hiemale, Hodgson, 1907, p. 20, PI. iii, fig. 1, PI. x, fig. 8.
Occurrence. — Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 1
Measurements, in mm. —
Length of proboscis
Diameter of proboscis
Length of trunk
Length of cephalic segment
Greatest width of cephalon
Width of neck
Width between first and second latera.
Width across second lateral processes
Leo- —
O
First coxa
Second coxa
Third coxa
Femur
First tibia
Second tibia
Tarsus
Pr< >podus
Claw
Auxiliaries
Palp
Second segment
Third
Fourth ,,
Fifth
proce
sses
“ Discovery. ’
Holotype.
9
1
o
1
9
10
15
o
32
04
G4
9G
52
56
G8
7G
28
9G
3G
6
4
7
24
1G
88
3
64
44
7 5
Remarks. — The specimen obtained by the “ Terra Nova ” resembles very closely
those got by the “ Discovery.” The measurements given above are taken from one of
the latter labelled by Mr. Hodgson as the type.
Bonvier’s key to the Antarctic species of Nymphon brings this species into
PYCNOGONIDA — CALM AN.
proximity with N. memdionale, Hoek, which I have regarded as a synonym of A.
(jracilipes, Miers. N. hiemale is, however, a much larger species, and differs in certain
proportions of the body and limbs, as shown by the measurements given above. The
greater length of the proboscis and shortness ol the cephalic segment are noteworthy.
There is also a characteristic difference in the fingers of the chelae, which are much
straighter, meeting along their length when closed. In N gracilipes the movable finger
is strongly arched, and the fingers gape widely even when the points cross for some
distance.
Ni/mphon adareanum , Hodgson.
N. adareanum, Hodgson, 1907, p. 23, PI. iii, fig. 3.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms; 12 specimens.
Measurements, in mm.—
Length of proboscis .
Diameter of proboscis at 1 >ase
Leno-th of trunk
o
Length of cephalic segment
Greatest width of cephalon
Width of neck
Length of abdomen .
Third right leg—
First coxa
Second coxa
Third coxa
Femur
First tibia
Second tibia
larsus
Propod us .
Claw
Auxiliaries
“ Discovery.”
Holotype.
6
■ G5
' 5
L75
•85
' G8
■34
' 65
•4
• 9
' 45
2-05
2- 15
3M)
• Q
O
1-05
• o
33
Palp — “ Terra Nova.”
?
Second segment. . . . . . . • 34
Third ,, . . . . . "30
Fourth ,, . . . . . . - L2
Fifth ,, . . . . . . ‘18
Re marks.- The “ Terra Nova” specimens agree very closely with the holotype.
The proportions of the palpal segments are incorrectly given by Hodgson. Those of
F
VOL. III.
34
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
the remaining palp of the holotype, which could not be measured without removal, do
not differ perceptibly from those of a “ Terra Nova ” specimen of which the measure¬
ments are given above. The very small number and the simple form of the special
spines on the ovigers are, as Hodgson has pointed out, unusual characters of this
species. In a male from the “ Terra Nova ” collection the numbers of spines on the
last four segments of the oviger are 2 : 1 : I : I.
l-gRpi-A i s T-
Ni/mplum jtro.n mum , sp. n. (Text-fig. G).
Occurrence. — Station 295, Ross Sea, 190 fathoms; 1 $ (Holotype).
Description. — Trunk- compact, all the lateral processes in contact, at least at the
base, first two intersegmental articulations distinct, no neck. Width of cephalon a
C.
B. Ventral view of proboscis. C. Lateral view of body with chelophore, palp, and oviger.
D. Chela, further enlarged. E. Third leg of right side.
little more than half length of trunk, greatest width of trunk across second lateral
processes four-fifths of its length. Ocular tubercle about as high as it is wide,
somewhat compressed antero-posteriorly, inclined forwards. A pair of stout sette on
a tubercle in middle of each of first three leg-bearing somites dorsally, and a number
of short stout setse on each of lateral processes.
PYCNOGONIDA— CALM AN.
Proboscis very stout, expanding from base for less than half its length, then
cylindrical.
Abdomen horizontal, fusiform, about two-fifths of length of trunk.
Chelophore stout, scape armed above, and especially on inner face, with strong
spiniform setae. Chela with palm less than twice as long as wide, much longer than
immovable finger, which forms an angle of roughly 120° with its inner edge.
Immovable finger with setose pad extending for two-thirds of its length and with nine
teeth on inner edge.
Palp with second segment longer by one-half than third, which is about three
times as long as fourth or fifth.
Legs very stout but tapering rapidly from end of first tibia. Femur equal to
first tibia and longer by one-fourth than second. Tarsus shorter than propodus, which
is less than three times as long as claw ; auxiliary claws not more than one-fourth of
length of main claw. Legs beset with stout
roughened spines much
shorter than the
diameter of the segments carrying them ;
on
the tibiae
the spines are
closely set in two
dorsal, two lateral, and one ventral row.
On ventral edge of femur
o
s a row of about
seven gland-tubercles.
Measurements, in mm. —
N. proximum.
N. villosum.
Holotype.
Holotype.
Length of proboscis
3 • 0
3-04
Diameter of proboscis
1 * (35
1-52
Length of trunk
5-0
4-2
Width of cephalon
2-75
2-8
Width across second lateral processes
4-2
4-0
Length of abdomen
2-1
2-0
Third right leg—
O o
Coxae (together)
3-4
3-4
Femur ....
3-5
3 • 6
First tibia
3*5
4-0
Second tibia .
2-8
3-8
Tarsus ....
1-2
1-4
Propodus
1-4
1-6
Claw ....
•5
• G8
Palp-
Second segment
1-8
1 ’ 72
Third ,,
1 • 2
L36
Fourth ,,
• 38
■ 46
Fifth ,,
•38
• 7
Remarks. — This species approximates
in
many of
its characters
to Chcetonymp/ion
villoswn, Hodgson, but differs conspicuously
from it
in having the
o
covering of long
O O
hairs replaced by short stout spines. It further differs in the proportions of various
F 2
“TERRA NOVA'’ EXPEDITION.
36
parts, the fingers of the chelae being much shorter than in that species, the femur
equal to the first tibia and longer than the second, the second segment of the palp
relatively a little longer, and the last two segments of equal length. In Ch. villosum
also the proboscis is not contracted at the base.
Nymphon biart iculatum (Hodgson) ?
Chsetonymphon biart iculatum, Hodgson, 1907, -p. 28, PI. iv, fig. 2, PI. x, fig. 12.
Occurrence. — Station 314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms; I
Remarks. — The single specimen agrees in many characters with the holotype of
Hod gson’s species, but differs in the more compact body, the shorter and stouter legs
clothed with shorter setas, the much less elevated ocular tubercle, and in a number of
other minor points. It is quite possible that it may represent a distinct species, but
as it is solitary and far from perfect, no good purpose would be served by a more
detailed but necessarily incomplete description.
Nymphon mendosum (H odgson).
(Jhsetonymplion mendosum, Hodgson, 1907, p. 30, PI. iv, fig. 3, PI. x, fig. 13.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45—50 fathoms ; 3 specimens. Station
314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms; 11 specimens. Station 318, McMurdo Sound,
130 metres; 1 specimen. Station 321, McMurdo Sound, 169 fathoms ; 3 specimens.
Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 3 specimens. Station 340,
off Granite Harbour, 160 fathoms; 13 specimens. Station 355, McMurdo Sound, 300
fathoms; 1 specimen. Station 356, off Granite Harbour, 50 fathoms; 7 specimens.
Remarks. — The form of the chelre in this and some allied species appears to afford
diagnostic characters to which sufficient attention has not yet been drawn. In N.
mendosum the immovable finger lies nearly at right angles to the palm, the setose
cushion on its lower edge occupies more than half its length, the movable finger extends
beyond it for a considerable distance, and the teeth of both fingers are widely spaced.
In the closely allied A. hi art iculatum the immovable finger forms a very oblique angle
with the palm, the setose pad extends for less than half its length, the overlap of the
movable finger is less extensive, and the teeth are more closely set. X. villosum , again,
is in most of these characters intermediate between the two.
A t/mphon australe , Hodgson.*
N. austral e, Hodgson, 1902, p. 257, PI. xl.
Clisetonymplion altioculatum, Mobius, 1902, p. 181, PL xxvi, figs. 1—6.
Chsstonymphon australe, Hodgson, 1907, p. 32, PI. x, fig. 14.
Ch. australe var. austrinorum, Hodgson, t.c. p. 35, PL iv, fig. 4, Pl. x, fig. 15.
Nymphon stylojps, Bouvier, 1911, p. 1137 ; id. , 1913, p. 73, text-figs. 25-31.
* The assumption that Hodgson’s name has priority over that given by Mobius in the same year
depends on the fact that the records of this Museum show the distribution of the “ Southern Cross ”
Report to have been begun on 31st May, 1902, while Mobius’ Report on the “ Valdivia ” Pycnogonida
was not received by our Library until 30th December, 1902.
PYCNOGONIDA— CALMAN.
Occurrence. — Station ‘220, off Cape Aclare, 45-50 fathoms ; 4 specimens. Station 294,
Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 3 specimens. Station 314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms;
3 specimens. Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms; 200 specimens.
Station 340, off Granite Harbour, 160 fathoms ; 20 specimens. Station 356, off Granite
Harbour, 50 fathoms ; 1 1 specimens.
Measurement* , in rnm.-
“ Southern
Cross.”
“ Terra Nova.’
Dis¬
Holotype. c
□very.”
Stn
220.
Stn
340.
? 1
?
2
63
(ovig.)
Si
Vmg.)
Length of proboscis ....
. 2 ‘ 64
Q
6
9
jiU
•7
56
O .
o
52
Diameter of proboscis ....
. 1 ‘2
1
12
1
12
1
36
Length of trunk ....
. 4‘4
5
84
4
88
6‘
8
Length of cephalic segment .
.) . o
9
5
•>
25
O
O
9
Greatest width of cephalon .
. 1 ‘ 92
1
6
1
76
• >
4
Height of ocular peduncle
• *8(?)
1
28
1
12
1
36
Width between first and second lateral proc<
isses 1 ‘ 1 2
96
1
04
1
2
Width across second lateral processes
. 3‘08
4
0
3
2
5
36
Third leg (right or left)—
Coxse (together) ....
. 3 ‘ 6
4
4
3
68
6
4
Lemur .....
. 3 ‘ 6
5
36
3
6
6
64
Lirst tibia .....
. 4‘4
7
04
4
8
9
6
Second tibia ....
. 4‘16
6
56
4
4
8
64
Tarsus .....
. 2‘0
2
8
o
08
3
6
Propodus .....
. f ‘6
2
08
1
6
•7
4
Claw .....
‘ 64
88
•64
96
1 One of two specimens ( £ $ ) in tube labelled
‘ figured specimens,”
here selected
is Holotype.
2 Syntype of var. austrinorum.
3 Specimen approaching typical form.
* Specimen approaching var. austrinorum. See
remarks below.
Remarks. — The great majority of the
specimens obtaine
1 by
the
“Terra b
OYcl
agree closely with the “Discovery” specimens that form the types of the variety
austrinorum. There are. however, a number that, in their smaller size, longer legs,
and more strongly built and hairier bodies, approach the typical form of the species
without its being possible to separate them definitely from the others. I am not
prepared to express an opinion as to the status of the variety austrinorum, but it may
not be without significance that, of all the “Terra Nova” specimens, those that
approach most nearly to the typical cmstrale- form are the four obtained at Station 220,
off Cape Adare, the type-locality for the species.
Bouvier’s Nymph on stylops appears to differ in no essential feature, as far as his
description and figures go, from the typical form of this species.
38
“TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
Genus AUSTROPALLENE, Hodgson.
Hodgson (1915, p. 144) lias recently proposed this genus for the reception of
those Antarctic species hitherto referred to Pseud opallene or to Cordylvchele, which
have a pair of spurs on the cephalon over the bases of the chelophores, and no terminal
claw on the ovigers. Neither character is quite satisfactory, for the northern species
of Pho.richilus ( — Pseud opallene) have a group of conical tubercles in place of the
cephalic spurs, and one of these tubercles may be larger than the others ; while in
Austropallene there is usually, perhaps always, a minute terminal spine, if not a “ claw,"
on the oviger.
Austropallene cornigera (Mobius).
Pseudopallene cornigera, Mobius, 1902, p. 186, PI. xxvii, figs. 14-20; Hodgson, 1907, p. 7,
PL i, fig. 3; Bouvier, 1913, p. 97.
Cordylochele turqueti, Bouvier, 1905, p. 297 ; id., 1907, p. 33, text-figs. 7—18 his.
Pseudopallene australis, Hodgson, 1907, p. 10, Pl. i, fig. 2.
Austropallene cornigera, Hodgson, 1914-15, p. 144.
' I 144*1*0
Occurrence. — Station 194, off Oates Land, 180-200 fathoms ; 1 £, 1 $. Station
294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 1 V Station 314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms;
6 $, 3 $, 3 immature. Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 2
Station 355, McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms; 1 ?, 1 immature.
Re marks. — Differences of some importance exist between the specimens recorded
under this name, without, however, affording ground for the recognition of more than
one species. The relative length of the legs varies considerably, in some cases equalling
that of the “ Valdivia ” specimens, and in others not exceeding the proportions recorded
by Hodgson and by Bouvier. The following measurements (in mm.) are taken from
specimens chosen as having nearly the same body-length : —
Station 314.
Station 338.
?
2
mgth of trunk
fil’d right leg —
O O
5 . 5
G • 5
Total length
. . 25-5
cc
00
o
Femur ....
G • 5
10-0
First tibia .
6 ’ 0
9-5
Second tibia
G • 7 5
10-5
Variations in the outline of the proboscis, the direction and length of the cephalic
spurs, and the development of spurs on the lateral processes, all tend to confirm the
synonymy given above, which combines the suggestions of Hodgson and of Bouvier.
In all cases, however, the terminal lips of the proboscis are setose, not merely
tubereulated as Bouvier found them.
PYCNOGONJDA CABMAN.
39
Austropallene brachyura (Bouvier).
Pseud opallene brachyura, Bouvier, 1911, p. 1 138 ; id., 1913, p. 98, figs. 51—54.
Austropallene spicata, Hodgson, 1914-15, p. 144.
Occurrence. — Station 314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms; I Station 338,
Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms; 1 $. Station 340, off Granite Harbour,
1G0 fathoms; 1 7, 1 immature.
Remarks — The specimens differ from Bouvier’s account of this species in the
following points : The spurs on the lateral processes and first coxse are distinctly
longer ; on each lateral process, in addition to the spurs, there is a small tubercle about
the middle of the distal edge ; and the second coxse have, on the dorsal surface, two
rows of tubercles, much more prominent than in Bouvier’s figure, and some of them
almost spiniform. Like the holotype, all our specimens are females, and although
somewhat larger, their measurements show a close agreement in proportions. There
can, I think, be little doubt that Hodgson’s Austropallene spicata has been founded on
the male sex of the same species. The two syntypes that 1 have examined are both
males, and they agree very closely with the “ Terra Nova ” specimens except for a
slightly greater slenderness of body and a marked increase in the relative length of the
second coxse.
Austropallene tibicina, sp. n. (Text-figs. 7 and 8).
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 3 ?, 2 $ (inch Holotype).
Description.— -Resembling A. hrachyura in general form, but more slender and
with the spurs of the body and legs much larger.
Cephalic segment nearly half the total length of the trunk, anterior dilatation
about two and a half times the diameter of the neck. Ocular tubercle low, obtuse,
much smaller in diameter than the neck, eyes well-separated, reddish.
Lateral processes separated by intervals of at least their own diameter, the first
with one, the others with a pair of large distal spurs, and each also with a small
conical tubercle in the middle of the distal margin. The lateral processes and their
spurs are more elongated in the male than in the female.
Proboscis contracted, about the middle of its length, to a slender, downwardly -
curved tube, with a conspicuous brush of setae on the three terminal lips.
Abdomen relatively a little larger than in A. brachyura, directed obliquely
upwards.
Chelophores slender, the scape more (l) or less (7) than four times as long as
thick, shorter than the proboscis. Chelae not more than two-thirds the length of the
scape, movable finger strongly arched, toothless, shorter than the palm, immovable
finger extending far beyond it, curved only at the tip, with two blunt tubercles between
which the tip of the immovable finger fits ; both fingers sharply pointed.
Oviger of male with fifth segment twice as long as fourth, bearing a short lateral
process at its distal end.
40
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Legs slender. First coxa of each with a pair of lateral spurs which, at least in the
male, exceed the diameter of the segment. Second coxa three ($) or four {$) times as
Fir;. 7. — Austropcillene tibielna, sp. n., Male. A. Dorsal view of body with chelophores and first and
second coxa>. B. Lateral view of body with chelophore and oviger. C. Third leg of
right side.
long as the first and a little less or more than half as long as the femur, gently curved
and dilating distal ly ; on the dorsal surface are two rows of tubercles, those of the
Fig. 8. — Austropcdlene tibicina, sp. n., Female. Third leg of right side.
posterior row the larger, and two or three of them in the male forming large spurs,
Femur longer by one-fourth than the first tibia and subequal to the second.
PYCNOGONIDA— CALMAN.
ti
Surface of body smooth, the legs spinous, especially the distal segments.
Measurements , in mm. —
Holotype.
8
?
Length of proboscis ....
1-68
1 -44
Diameter of proboscis at base
•36
•36
Diameter of proboscis near tip .
• L2
• J2
Length of cephalon ....
•88
•76
Greatest width of cephalon
1 • 00
•92
Width of neck .....
•4
•38
Length of trunk .....
2-6
2-16
Width between first and second lateral process
es . ' 44
•4
Width across second lateral processes .
Third right leg —
2-08
1-44
First coxa ......
•48
•44
Second coxa .....
1-92
1-36
Third coxa .....
•72
•48
Femur ......
3-72
3-04
First tibia ......
3-0
2-56
Second tibia .....
3-6
2-88
Tarsus and propodus ....
1-32
1-04
Claw ......
•72
•64
Remarks. — This species is allied to A. brachyura ,
especially in the
armature of spurs
on the lateral processes and proximal segments of the limbs and in the shortness of the
abdomen. It differs from that species, amongst other characters, in the form of the
proboscis with its slender distal part and conspicuous apical brush, and in the long and
sharply pointed immovable finger of the chela.
Genus PALLENOPSIS, Wilson.
Pallenopsis glabra, Mobius.
Pallenopsis glabra, Mobius, 1902, p. 184, PI. xxvii, figs. 1-6; Hodgson, 1907, p. 11 ; Bouvier,
1913, p. 109, figs. 62-65.
P. hiemalis, Hodgson, 1907, p. 17, PI. i, fig. 4, PI. ii, fig. 3.
Occurrence. — Station 314, McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms; 1 5jh Station 338,
Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms; 5 ?, 4 $, 1 immature. Station 355,
McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms ; I $.
Remarks. — Except that they are a good deal larger and more spiny, the
44 Discovery ” specimens referred by Hodgson to P. glabra do not seem to me to differ
greatly from the types of his P. hiemalis. Most of the specimens obtained by the
44 Terra Nova ” resemble very closely the types of P. hiemalis , but they show a good
deal of variation in the development of spines or setm on the body and limbs, although
VOL. III.
G
42
“TERRA NOVA'’ EXPEDITION.
none are quite so spiny as Hodgson’s P. glabra. They also differ among themselves in
the development of the rounded or irregular dorsal prominences on the lateral processes,
in the sharpness of the distal corners of the first, coxa, and in the extent and shape of
the “ spinous cushion ’ at the base of the movable finger of the chelophores. In some,
this cushion is depressed and restricted to a small area at the very base of the finger,
in others it occupies at least half of the length of the finger, and its distal end projects
freely as a conical lobe as in W ilson’s figure of the chela of P. forjicifer. In all the
females the femur is distinctly shorter than the second tibia, although the difference is
less than in the males. Mobius and Bouvier agree that the femur is equal to the second
tibia of the female in P. glabra.
At the distal ends of' the femur and first tibia there are three small tubercles
dorsally and an indistinct tubercle on each side below the lateral line. These tubercles
vary in their degree of development, and can hardly be detected in the specimens
referred by Hodgson to P. glabra ; they correspond to the five processes that are found
in this position in some or all of the species belonging to Loman’s subgenus Rigona.
I am not at all confident that this species can be maintained as distinct from
Phoxichilidium patagonicum, Hoek(1881, p. 84, PI. xii, figs. 6-9). The only adult
specimen among Hoek’s syntypes is the female which he has figured. This differs
considerably from all the specimens that I have referred to P. glabra. It has the
lateral processes separated by less than half their own diameter at the base, the
eephalou nearly parallel-sided as seen from above, with the ocular tubercle not
occupying the whole of its width anteriorly ; the chela is hardly widened distally, and
its outer edge is straight ; the propodus is about three times as long as wide, the main
claw is less than half the length of the propodus, and the auxiliaries about half the
length of the main claw. In adult specimens of P. glabra the lateral processes are
separated at the base by a distance about equal to their own diameter, the cephalon
narrows toward the front, where the base of the ocular tubercle occupies the whole of
its width ; the chela is widened distally, and its outer edge is concave ; the propodus
is about four times as long as wide, the main claw is usually more than half the length
of the propodus, and the auxiliaries distinctly less than half the length of the main
claw. When, however, the comparison is extended to the immature specimens of both
forms, all these distinctions lose their sharpness ; in particular, the immature specimen
that Hoek described under the name P. patagonicum var. elegans (1881, p. 86, PI. xii,
fig. 10) appears to differ in no respect from specimens of P. glabra, of similar size,
except that the lateral processes are less than their own diameter apart, the main claws
are a little shorter, and the auxiliaries a little longer.
Pallenopsis pilosa (Hoek).
Phoxichilidium pilosum, Hoek, 1881, p. 90, PI. xiii, figs. 10-13.
Pallenopsis pilosa, Hoek, 1883, p. 9; Hodgson, 1907, p. 15, PI. ii, fig. 2 ; Bouvier, 1913,
p. 107, figs. 60 and 61.
PYCNOGONIDA— CALMAN.
43
Occurrence. — Station 294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms ; 2 $, 1 $.
(‘{i j.y. f
Remarks. — The specimens agree very closely indeed with those of the “ Discovery ”
collection, referred to this species Ly Hodgson. While accepting this identification, 1
would point out that the specimens from the Ross Sea region agree with one another
in certain characters, in which they differ from the two surviving syntypes of Hoek’s
species.* In the latter the body and limbs are distinctly more slender, the lateral
processes separated by nearly their own diameter, the abdomen nearly equal to the
first two segments together, the auxiliary claws less than one-fourth as long as the
main claws, and the “ under-fur ” of minute setae is everywhere conspicuous on the
surface of the body and legs. The Ross Sea specimens are more robust, the lateral
processes separated by not more than half their own diameter, the abdomen is about
equal to (only in one specimen distinctly longer than) the cephalic segment, the
auxiliary clawrs are about one-third as long as the main claws, the under-fur is much
less conspicuous and less generally distributed.
Pallenopsis vanlioffeni, Hodgson.
Pallenopsis vanlioffeni, Hodgson, 1914-15, p. 145.
P. gaussiana, id., ibid.
P. setigera, id., t.c. p. 146.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; I young.
Remarks. — The single, very young specimen resembles fairly closely in size and
structure the holotype of P. gaussiana, with which I have compared it. It seems very
probable, however, that P. gaussiana is the young form of P. vanlioffeni, Hodgson ;
and, indeed, l find that Mr. Hodgson mentions this as a possibility in the description
of the species that he has kindly permitted me to see in manuscript. The spines near
the antero -lateral margins of the cephalon, which Hodgson notes as distinctive of
P. gaussiana, are found also, although reduced in size, in the adult P. vanlioffeni.
The species appears to be distinguished at all stages from P. pilosa by the fact that
the trunk-segments are all coalesced.
I venture also to place P. setigera as a synonym of the same species. Mr. Hodgson
relies for its discrimination largely upon the structure of the ovigers, which are stated
to be club-shaped and composed of seven segments. The only adult specimen among
the syntypes that 1 have examined is a male in which the oviger of the left side is
broken off in the middle of the fifth segment. The right oviger lias the sixth segment
not perceptibly inflated or club-shaped ; on its distal surface is a brown annular scar,
from the centre of which rises a shrivelled soft papilla. There can be little doubt that
the abbreviated condition of this oviger is the result of accident. In other respects the
specimen appears to me indistinguishable from P. vanlioffeni.
* From “ Challenger ” Station 157, depth 1,950 fathoms. The specimen recorded from Station 147
is not now in the collection.
44
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
J. /.<* j I i
Pallenoj o.sis spicata, Hodgson (Text-fig. 9).
Pallenopsis spicata, Hodgson, 1914-15, p. 146.
Occurrence. — Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 1 $ ovig.
Description. — Trunk distinctly segmented, the first three somites each with a pair
of conical tubercles on dorsal surface close to hinder margin. Lateral processes
; W f. \ \ ' . A
■
A
A -r"7 T / /
T\ ■ ' : V X-4/ /
/ / f
Fig. 9. — Pallenopsis spicata, Hodgson, Male. A. Dorsal view of body with chelophores, palps, and first
coxie. B. Lateral view of body with chelophore and oviger. Outlines of egg-masses dotted.
C. Chela, further enlarged. D. Third leg of right side.
separated by intervals of at least half their own diameter, each with a bluntly conical
tubercle distally. Cephalic segment hardly equal in length to the two following
somites together. Cephalon little produced over base of proboscis, occupying about
PYCNOGONIDA— CALMAN.
45
half the length of cephalic segment, much wider than long, slightly swollen over base
of each chelophore. Ocular tubercle conical nearly from the base, not much taller
than its basal diameter; anterior eyes hardly larger than posterior.
Proboscis directed obliquely downwards, slightly inflated, conoidal at apex.
Abdomen almost vertical, cylindrical, blunt.
Chelophores with scape undivided, palm of chela half as long as scape, movable
finger with its distal or outer surface greatly swollen for two-thirds of its length,
but bearing only a very few minute setse.
Palp an elongate papilla wedged in between liases of chelophore and oviger.
Ovigers composed of seven segments ; fourth and fifth equal, each more than half
as long again as third, sixth little more than half as long as fifth, greatly dilated,
pyriform, its greatest width twice that at the base, pale in colour and soft, set with
minute recurved setse ; seventh segment forming a small soft papilla on distal surface
of sixth.
Legs long and rather slender. First coxa with posterior corner of distal margin
on dorsal side produced and conical. Second coxa much longer than the other two
together, with a well-marked gland-tubercle about the middle of its upper surface
and the distal end produced ventrally into a large acutely conical process which, in
the last two pairs, carries the genital aperture on its proximal slope near the apex.
Third coxa with lower distal angle also produced but less acute. Femur and first tibia
and, less distinctly, second tibia, with three conical tubercles at distal end above, and
one obscure tubercle on each side below, the lateral line. Opening of femoral
cement-gland not detected, no projecting duct present. Second tibia with a distinct
distal fringe of spines below. Propodus with ventral spines increasing in size from
base for two-thirds of its length, beyond which is a group of smaller spines. Main
claw about two-thirds as long as propodus. No auxiliary claws.
Surface of body and limbs smooth and naked, with only a few scattered spinules
on the legs.
Measurements , in mm. —
Length of proboscis . . . . . . 4 ‘25
Greatest width of proboscis . . . . . I- 75
Length of eephalon . . . . . . 1 • 5
Width of eephalon . . . . . . . 2 ‘ 6
Length of cephalic segment . . . . . 3*0
Length of trunk . . . . . . . 7‘ 25
Width between first and second lateral processes . . 1*4
Width across second lateral processes . . . . 7 ‘75
Length of abdomen . . . . . . 3 ‘25
Length of scape of chelophore . . . . . 3 ‘ 75
Length of palm of chela
2‘0
46
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Third right leg—
First coxa
Second coxa
Third coxa
Femur .
First tibia
Second tibia
Tarsus and propod us
Claw
2-0
6-0
2*25
16-5
14-0
19-0
3 • 75
2-0
Remark. v. — The specimen described above resembles the holotype, which is also
a male, in almost every detail except that it is considerably larger.
This species differs from the typical forms of the genus Pallenopsis in the absence
of auxiliary claws * and of the femoral gland-duct of the male, and most conspicuously
in the structure of the ovigers. In the first of these characters it resembles
P. macron//, r, Bouvier, and, apparently, P. brevidigitata, Mobius.f The femoral duct
is reduced to a papilla in the former of these species, and is not described or figured
in the latter. An important point of resemblance is found in the ovigers of the male
sex of P. brevidigitata, which have the sixth segment enlarged and pear-shaped. In
that species, however, four normal segments follow the sixth, while in P. spicata the
whole distal part is represented by a small papilla. It is worthy of note that this
reduced number of segments in the oviger is found in the male sex, since it is in the
female that other species of the genus show a tendency to a reduction of this appendage
and a coalescence of some of its segments (Loman, 1908, p. 63). It would be of
interest to know the condition of the oviger in the female and young of P. spicata.
The condition found in the adult type-specimen of Hodgson’s “ P. setigera ,” described
above, suggests as a possibility that the terminal segments may even be deciduous in
the adult male.
Gi 5NUS PHOXICHILIDIUM, Milne-Edwards.
Phoxichilid i it hi australe, Hodgson (Text-fig. 10).
P. australe, Hodgson, 1914-15, p. 145.
Occurrence. — Station 355, McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms; 2 1 $.
Description of male. — Trunk elongated, segmentation distinct, lateral processes
separated by about their own diameter. Cephalon narrowed in front, and produced
over base of proboscis. Ocular tubercle more than half as wide as anterior part of
cephalon, not higher than wide, inclined forwards, broadly rounded, with a small apical
tubercle. Eyes dark.
* Cf. also Hodgson’s Heteropattene (1910&, p. 225).
| Although Mobius mentions “ 2 Nebenklauen ” among the characters of the genus, they are
omitted from his figures and not mentioned in his description of this species.
PYCNOGONIDA — CALM AN.
47
Proboscis slightly curved upwards, widest distally, and with a slight swelling
about the middle; with a pair of short, conical teeth at lower angles of its truncated
distal extremity.
Abdomen short and blunt, obliquely raised.
Cheloplwre extending well beyond proboscis, scape slender and curved, chela;
small, fingers gaping.
Oviger of live distinct segments, the third showing by a suture-line near the base
that it consists of two segments coalesced. Terminal segment as long as preceding,
with a few recurved spines.
Fig. 10. — Phoxicliilidium australe, Hodgson, Male. A. Dorsal view of body with chelophores and first
and second coxae. B. Ventral view of proboscis. C. Lateral view of body with chelophores
and oviger. Outline of egg-mass dotted. D. Fourth leg of right side.
Legs with second coxa; longer than the other two together. Femur, first and
second tibiae subequal. Propodus with three stout spines at base of ventral edge,
followed by a series of small spines of uniform size extending to near base of claw.
Main claw two-thirds of length of propodus, auxiliaries very minute. A series of about
seven inconspicuous tubercles on dorsal surface of femur carrying the large openings
of cement-glands.
Measurements, in mm. — Station 355.
6
1-76
Length of proboscis (below)
Greatest diameter of proboscis
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
48
Length of trunk . . . . . . 3 '08
Length of cephalic segment . . . . . 1 • 2
Width between first and second lateral processes . . *52
Width across second lateral processes . . . . 2 ‘64
Fourth right leg—
First coxa . . . . . . . . • 52
Second coxa . . . . . . 1 ■ 4
Third coxa . . . . . . . *76
Femur . . . . . . . 3'2
First tibia . . . . . . . 3 '08
Second tibia . . . . . . 3 ' 2
Tarsus and propodus . . . . . . 1 * 48
Claw . . . . . . . . '76
Remarks. — The identification of the “ Terra Nova ” specimens with Hodgson’s
briefly described species has been confirmed by comparison with one of the syn types.
The presence of only five segments in the oviger shows that the species must be
referred to Plioxichilidium in the sense in which the genus is accepted by Loman
(1908, p. 64). According to that author, only two of the described species belong to
this genus — namely, P. femoratuin (Rathke) and P. rob n, stum (Dohrn). Hodgson’s
species agrees with the latter in the form of the proboscis (in which it also agrees with
certain species, such as Dohrn’s P. aiu/ulatum, that would be referred by Loman to
Anoplodactylus ), but differs in having the body segmented, the lateral processes
separated, and the legs much longer and more slender.
Genus ENDEIS, Philippi.
Endeis, Philippi, 1843, p. 175; Norman, 1908, p. 231.
Chllophoxus, Stebbing, 1902, p. 187.
Phoxicdiilus, auctt. plur. nec Latreille, 1804, p. 137.
Genotype. — Endeis gracilis, Philippi, 1843, p. 176, PI. ix, fig. 1.
Remarks. — Nothing appears to be wanting to justify Norman’s restoration of
Endeis in place of Stebbing’s Chiluphoxus , except a formal designation of the genotype,
which is here supplied. Loman (1911, p. 16) states that Philippi described the ovigers
(under the name of palps) as having eight segments, and bases on this a protest against
the proposed change of name. As a matter of fact, Philippi’s description and figure
agree in attributing seven segments to the so-called “palps.” In a later paper, Loman
(1915, p. 200) makes no mention of this discrepancy, but maintains his protest on a
different ground, “ Puisque Philippi releve lui-nreme les differences entre Endeis et
P/uu’ichilus , il serait par trop temeraire de vouloir identifier ces deux genres.” The
reply to this would seem to be that, whatever Philippi may have thought about it,
his figures show clearly that he had before him a specimen congeneric with Phalangium
PY CN OGON IDA — CALM AN.
49
spinosum, Montagu. The fact that Schimkewitsch (1913, p. (505) has discovered a
type-specimen of Encleis didactyla and has identified it with Dohrn’s Amt not hen
inaqnirostris only proves that Philippi’s generic diagnosis, upon which Loman lays
stress, agrees with neither of the species upon which it was based.
Endeis australis (Hodgson) (Text-fig. 1 1 ).
Phoxichilus australis, Hodgson, 1907, p. 5, PL 1, fig. 1 ; Bouvier, 1913, p. 118, text-fig. 74.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50
fathoms; 1 ?. Station 314, McMurdo Sound,
222-241 fathoms; I <£,2$. Station 338, Entrance
to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms; 1 Station 340,
off Granite Harbour, 160 fathoms; 2 $. Station 355,
McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms ; I $.
Remarks. — To the descriptions of this species by
Hodgson and by Bouvier it may be added that a
pair of small tubercles, more prominent in some
specimens than in others, are present on the anterior
margin of the cephalon above the base of the
proboscis (Fig. 11). These tubercles appear to cor¬
respond to those regarded by Dohrn as vestiges of
the chelophores. The orifices of the cement-glands
described by Bouvier cannot be discerned in either
of the males in this collection, possibly owing
to the specimens not being fully mature.
Fig. 11. — Endeis australis (Hodgson).
Dorsal view of cephalic segment
and proboscis of specimen showing
well-developed cephalic tubercles.
Genus AMMOTHEA, Leach.
Ammothea, Leach, 1814, p. 33.
Leionymplion, Mobius, 1902, p. 183.
I have elsewhere (1915a) re-described the holotype of Leach’s Ammothea
carolinensis, with which I have attempted to show that Pfeifer’s A. y rand is is identical.
Bouvier (1913, p. 122) includes, among the characters distinguishing this genus
from Achelia, “pas de sail lie ce'mentaire femorale.” While it is true that there is no
conspicuous prominence as in Achelia , the opening of the femoral cement-gland is very
distinct, at a little distance from the end of the femur on the dorsal surface, and in
A. meridionalis it is elevated on a gentle swelling visible in side view (Fig. 12, C and
D, p. 54). Bouvier also, in his key, distinguishes Ammothella from Ammothea only
by the Inarticulate scape of the chelophores, but as he includes in Ammothella, the
Achelia hispida of Hodge, which has an unjointed scape, it might be better to use for
this purpose the transverse ridges of the trunk somites, which are very distinct in all
the species of the present genus.
VOL. III. JJ
50
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Ammothea glacialis (Hodgson).
Leionymphon glaciate, Hodgson, 1907, p. 50, PL vii, fig. 3.
Ammotlica glacialis, Bouvier, 1913, p. 123.
Occurrence. — Station 194, off Oates Land, 180-200 fathoms ; 1 young. Station
220, oft' Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms; 1 immature. Station 314, McMurdo Sound,
222-241 fathoms; 5 immature. Station 318, McMurdo Sound, 130-180 metres; 1
young. Station 322, McMurdo Sound, 20 metres; 1 ?. Station 338, Entrance to
McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 2 $, 2 $ (ovig. ), 3 immature. Station 340, off Granite
Harbour, 160 fathoms; 2 $, 1 $ (ovig.), 2 immature, 1 young. Station 355, McMurdo
Sound, 300 fathoms ; 1 $ (ovig.), 3 immature. Station 356, oft' Granite Harbour, 50
fathoms ; 1 young.
Remarks. — This species has hitherto been known only by the immature holotype
obtained by the “Discovery” and an adult female recently recorded by Hodgson from
the “ Gauss ” collection. It is the most abundant species of the genus in the collections
of the “ Terra Nova.”
Adult specimens are little larger than the holotype, with which they agree except
as regards the chelophores and, in the males, the ovigers. The form of the proboscis is
better indicated by Hodgson’s description than by his figure. The ovigers of the male
have the distal segments modified as in other species of the genus ; the terminal
segment is little longer than the preceding.
Measurements , in mm., of adults from Station 338.—
Length of prol >oscis .....
,, trunk ......
,, abdomen .....
Third right leg—
Coxae .......
Femur .......
First tibia ......
Second tibia ......
Tarsus and propodus ....
Main claw ......
Auxiliaries ......
?
12
9
4
11-5
17-25
14-5
19
4-72
2-32
1-24
8
10-5
9-5
3- 5
11
15
13-5
18-5
4- 8
2-4
■92
Palp-
Second segment . . . . . 4 • 8 4 • 4
Fourth segment . . . . . 6 '28 5 ’72
Young Stages. — Four very young specimens included in the list given above
(Stations 194, 318, 340 and 356) are only referred to this species with some doubt.
Their most conspicuous character is the presence on the legs of coarse short spines set
in longitudinal rows ; in the smaller specimens each spine is elevated on a conical
PYCNOGONIDA CALM AN.
51
prominence. The double dorsal tubercles of the lateral processes and first coxae are
also beset with short spines. The proboscis is about as long as the trunk, conical in
the smaller specimens, but becoming slightly pyriform in the larger, decurved, with a
slight constriction at one-third its length from the base. The transverse body-ridges
have acute spine-like median processes as tall as the ocular tubercle. The fourth
segment of the palp is not more than one-third longer than the second. The ovigers
are represented only by minute buds.
In their spiny armature, these specimens resemble those described by Bouvier
(1906, p. 20) as A. curculio, but afterwards (1913, p. 127) regarded by him as the
young of A. gibbosa. They differ, however, in the form of the proboscis, which, in our
specimens, is much stouter, and in the larger specimens shows a tendency towards a
pyriform shape ; further, in our largest specimens the second segment of the palp is
three-quarters as long as the fourth, while in specimens of A. gibbosa, only a little larger,
the proportion, in Prof. Bouvier ’s figure, is less than one-half.
Ammothea gibbosa (Mubins).
Colossendeis gibbosa, Mobius, 1902, p. 192, PI. xxx, figs. 1-5.
Ammothea curculio, Bouvier, 1906, p. 20 ; id., 1907, p. 40, figs. 19-22.
Leionymphon gibbosum, Hodgson, 1907, p. 40.
Leionymphon grande, Hodgson, 1907, p. 41, PI. vi. fig. 1 (nee Ammothea grandis, Pfeffer, 1889,
P. 43).
Ammothea gibbosa, Bouvier, 1913, p. 127, figs. 78—82.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 3 immature.
Remark s. — Bouvier, while referring some of his specimens to A. grandis, Pfeffer, , •
and others to A. gibbosa (Mobius), expresses a doubt as to the separation of these two
species. lie also points out that the “ Discovery ” specimen figured by Hodgson as
A. grandis shows some of the characters that he regards as distinctive of A. gibbosa.
The specimens obtained by the “ Terra Nova,” which are all immature, undoubtedly
belong to the same species as the “ Discovery ” specimens. Like these, they differ
much from some South Georgia specimens in the Museum collection, which I take to
represent the A. grandis of Pfeffer and to be indistinguishable from the earlier
A. carolinensis of Leach (Caiman, 1915a, p. 314). The latter have the setules on the
body and limbs shorter, more closely set, and much less distinctly separated in
longitudinal bands, especially on the tibiae, than have the “ Discovery ” and “Terra
Nova ” specimens ; further, the abdomen is much more horizontal, and the distal ridge
on the lateral processes is less distinctly bilobecl. The median dorsal processes of the
body-ridges are not, however, noticeably higher in the one case than in the other, and
in none of the specimens are they so much expanded at the tip as in Bouvier’s figure
of the adult A. gibbosa. The somewhat greater length of the propodus in the South
Georgia specimens also agrees with Bouvier’s conception of A. grandis. On the other
hand, Hodgson, after examining the type-specimens of Mobius and of Pfeffer, states
that the specific identity of the “ Discovery ” specimens with the latter was established
h 2
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
“beyond all doubt.” The matter cannot, perhaps, be settled without a renewed appeal
to the type-specimens, but the evidence available indicates that the “ Discovery” and
“Terra Nova” specimens should lie referred to A. gihbom, and that Leionymphon
grande, Hodgson 1907, should be removed from the synonymy which I recently
(1915c, p. 314) gave for A. carol inensis, Leach.
Measurements , in mm. — The following measurements are taken from adult females
Ammothea gibbosa. Ammotliea grandis.
“ Discovery.” South Georgia.
Length of proboscis .
,, trunk
,, abdomen.
Third right leg-
O o
Coxae
Femur
First tibia .
Second tibia
Tarsus and propodus
Main claw .
Auxiliaries
15-5
13
1 1
10
3 ' 5
3
12-5
10
14-5
11
13
10
17
12
5
5
2
2
1-28
1
Ammothea spinosa (Hodgson).
Leionymphon spinosum, Hodgson, 1907, p. 49, PI. vii, fig. 2.
Ammothea spinosa, Bouvier, 1913, p. 123.
Occurrence. — Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms; 1$, 1 $•
Remark s. — This well-marked species was described by Hodgson from a single
female specimen, with which the two now examined agree closely, the male differing
oidy in the structure of the ovigers.
Ammothea minor (Hodgson).
Leionymphon minus, Hodgson, 1907, p. 44, PL vi, fig. 2.
Ammothea minor, Bouvier, 1913, p. 131, figs. 83, 84.
Ammothea graciUpes, Bouvier, 1913, p. 132, figs. 85-87.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms; 1 $, 1 immature.
Station 340, off Granite Harbour, I GO fathoms ; 1 $. Station ?, 1 $, 3 immature.
Remarks. — The specimens obtained by the “ Terra Nova” unquestionably belong
to the same species as the types of the “ Discovery ” collection, and, like them, agree
rather better with Bouvier’s account of the species he describes as A. graciUpes than
with the immature specimen that he identifies with Hodgson’s species. In the larger
specimens the abdomen is much elevated, the legs, if not quite so slender as in
Bouvier’s figure of graciUpes, much more so than in that of minor, and the second coxa
equal in length to the sum of the other two. In the smaller specimens the proportions
PY CNOGON IDA— OALMAN.
53
of the legs, and in particular of the second coxa, approach more nearly to those of
Bouvier’s figure of A. minor, but the abdomen is still elevated.
Measurements, in mm —
Length of proboscis
,, trunk
,, abdomen
Third right leg—
First coxa
Second coxa .
Third coxa
Femur .
First tibia
Second tibia .
Tarsus and propodus
Main claw
Auxiliaries
Discovery.
Holotype.
6 '
3 • 6
3-4
I • 12
1 ' 22
2-32
1- 4
6 ‘ 88
7-04
8
2- 8
1-6
•72
Terra Nova.
8
3-4
3'6
I -2
1- 4
2- 6
I -2
7-2
6-8
8
2-8
1 T)
•68
Ammothea
australis
(Hodgson).
Leionymphon australe, Hodgson, 1907, p. 46, PI. vii, fig. 1.
Ammothea australis, Bouvier, 1913, p. 123.
Occurrence. — Station 331, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 250 fathoms; 1 $.
Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms ; 1 $. Station 340, off Granite
Harbour, 160 fathoms; 1 h 1 young. Station 356, off Granite Harbour, 50 fathoms ;
1 young.
Remark*. — The specimens agree closely with syntypes of the “ Discovery ”
collection and differ from specimens, which 1 refer to A. claus'd, from South Georgia
and the South Sandwich Islands, in having the abdomen obliquely set and separated
by a short interval from the articulation between the last two trunk-somites, the apex
of the ocular tubercle rounded with a small central spike instead of conical, and the
setse of the body and limbs less numerous. The spinous character of the young,
referred to by Mr. Hodgson, is noteworthy.
Ammothea meridionalis , Hodgson (Text-fig. 12).
Ammothea meridionalis, Hodgson, 1914—15, p. 246.
Occurrence. — Station 356, off Granite Harbour, 50 fathoms; 1 $ ovig.
Description. — Lateral processes (except the last two pairs) separated by intervals
much less than half their own diameter. Transverse body-ridges prominent, rising in
the middle line into acutely conical processes. Cephalon wider than long, contracted
behind, with a pair of spinose tubercles over the bases of the ehelophores. Paired
54
“TERRA NOVA'’ EXPEDITION.
tubercles on the lateral processes fairly prominent. Ocular tubercle as tall as first
transverse ridge, clavate, rounded above with an inconspicuous apical tubercle situated
behind the middle.
Proboscis about as long as trunk, slightly contracted before the middle of its
length, then conical towards the tip.
Abdomen nearly horizontal, narrowing a little from the base, half as long as the
trunk.
Cheloplwres unusually long, extending to or beyond the middle of the proboscis,
scape about five times as long as wide, slightly dilated, and armed with spines distally.
Fig. 12 . — Ammoihea meridionalis, Hodgson, Male. A. Dorsal view of body with chelophores, palps, and
first coxie. B. Lateral view of body with chelophore, palp, and oviger. C. Third leg of left
side. D. Terminal part of femur from above to show opening of cement-gland.
Palp with second segment one-third to one-half as long again as fourth, the distal
segments not dilated or serriform. Ov'njer with terminal segment more slender and a
little longer than penultimate.
Second coxa twice as long as first, which is a little shorter than third. Femur
equal to first tibia, and shorter than second. Propodus nearly straight, main claw
more than half its length, auxiliaries two-thirds as long as main claw.
Body and limbs covered with minute close-set set®, among which on the legs are
PYCNOGONIDA GJALMAN.
55
scattered very much longer setae ; these become especially conspicuous on the tibiae,
where they are set in four rows, two
Measurements, in mm. —
Length of proboscis
dorsal and two lateral.
“ Gauss.”
Holotype.
4 ' 9
“ Terra Nova.”
6
5‘2
,, trunk
4-4
5-4
,, abdomen
2-24
2-48
,, chelophores
2-4
2-88
Third left leg —
Cox®
.
—
G • 6
Femur
12
10-5
First tibia .
12
10-5
Second tibia
.
14
12-5
Tarsus and propodus
.
—
3-28
Main claw .
—
1-52
Auxiliaries
—
uo
Palp —
Second segment .
2-64
3-0
Fourth ,,
. .
2'0
2-0
Remarks. — In the great length and slenderness of the chelophores, in having the
second segment of the palp much longer than the fourth, and in the very long hairs
with which the limbs are beset, this species differs remarkably from all those hitherto
described in this genus.
The holotype described by Mr. Hodgson differs from the “ Terra Nova ” specimen
here figured only in having the chelophores a very little shorter, the second segment
of the palp only about one-third, instead of one-half, longer than the fourth, and the
abdomen a little longer, rather more elevated, and more clavate.
Ammothea striata (Mobius) ?
Leionymjjhon striatum, Mobius, 1902, p. 183, PI. xxvi, figs. 7-12.
Ammotliea striata, Bouvier, 1913, p. 124, figs. 75-77.
Occurrence. — Station 194, off Oates Land, 180-200 fathoms; 1 $.
Remarks. — A single specimen of large size is referred, although with considerable
doubt, to this species. Unfortunately, it is in such bad condition as to make a full
determination of its characters impossible, the exoskeleton being soft and almost
membranous, the body contracted, and the legs collapsed and crumpled.*
The most conspicuous feature of the specimen is the shortness of the proboscis,
which measures only about 9 mm., while the length of the trunk is about 14 mm. As
* Mr. Lillie notes that the bottom at Station 194 consisted largely of “ undecomposed animal debris .”
•/%' ^ Qi , CXI famAfAJU t
56
“TERRA NOVA EXPEDITION.
regards this point, the accounts of A. striata are somewhat obscure. Mobius says that
the proboscis is “ fast so lang wie der Rumpf,” but his figures show it as either about
half or two-thirds as long. Bouvier describes it as “legerement plus longue que le
tronc,” and figures it as little more than half as long. Both authors agree, however,
that the proboscis is curved downwards, while in our specimen it is straight. Further,
the abdomen is horizontal, the oviger more slender than in Bouvier’s figure, and with
the penultimate segment more nearly equal to the terminal one, the propodus has
three or four very large spines on its inner edge, and the auxiliary claws are not
more than one-fourth of the length of the main claw. The other characters, so far
as they can be determined, are in general agreement with the accounts of A. striata.
No fully adult specimen of this species appears to have been figured. Bouvier,
although he enumerates only adults as having been taken by the “ Pourquoi Pas?”,
figures a male with chelate chelophores, and, therefore, presumably immature.
Genus ACHELIA, Hodge.
Hodge, 1864, p. 114.
Hodgson (191 Ou, p. 436) having revived the name Achelia, Bouvier (1913, pp. 46
and 138) has restricted it to those Ammotliekhe that have eight segments in the palp,
giving at the same time a warning that certain earlier names might have a claim to
supersede it. The validity of these earlier names depends on the identification of species
from European seas that cannot be discussed here, and 1 am content to follow Bouvier
in using Hodge’s name for the genus A'
Hodgson (1914—15, p. 147) has proposed a new genus Austrotliea for two species
which appear, from an examination of his type-specimens, to differ in no respect from the
typical form of Achelia except that they have well-separated lateral processes and longer
legs, it is clear that these characters by themselves cannot furnish a basis for generic
distinction, and, in fact, the present collection gives evidence that they are subject to
variation within the limits of a species. I propose, therefore, to regard Austrotliea as a
synonym of Achelia. Of the two species of Austrotliea described by Hodgson, one,
A. spicata, is represented by many specimens in the “Terra Nova” collections and is
redescribed below ; the other, A. tjernianica, is described by Hodgson from a very young
specimen with chelate chelophores, and 1 can express no opinion on its specific
distinctness ; like specimens of similar age in the present collection, it has the ocular
tubercle very tall, slender, and acutely conical.
More than a hundred specimens belonging to this genus were obtained by the
* It may be pointed out, however, that the identification of Costa’s Alcinous vulgaris with Dohrn’s
Ammothea franciscana, which Bouvier adopts apparently from Norman, might justify, although it does not
compel, the use of Alcinous ; also that, in identifying the still earlier Paribcea spinipalpis, Philippi, with
Achelia echinata, Hodge, Bouvier, by omitting the mark of interrogation placed by Norman against this
identification, surrenders our last defence against the revival of Philippi’s generic name. See, however,
Schimkewitsch (1913, p. 605).
P YCNOGON] DA— CALM AN.
57
“ Terra Nova,” all except three from a single station. The classification of these
presents difficulties that 1 have not been able to solve entirely to my own satisfaction.
The vast majority (after putting aside a few young specimens that I have not attempted \ \\ * , j
to refer to their species) can be grouped as shown in the following key, where the
groups are regarded as species related to A. communis (Bouvier).
Key to the species of Achelia examined.
a. Auxiliary claws less than half as long as principal claw. Ocular tubercle
higher than wide, apex conical.
a'. Pirst three trunk-somites separated by articulation. Lateral processes
separated. Chelophores extending to middle of proboscis
V. All trunk-somites coalesced. Lateral processes in contact. Chelo¬
phores extending to one-third of length of proboscis
b. Auxiliary claws more than half as long as principal claw. Ocular tubercle
not higher than wide, rounded, with an apical point.
a'. First three trunk-somites separated by articulation. Chelophores
extending to middle of proboscis. Antero-lateral tubercles of
cephalon prominent ........
//. All trunk-somites coalesced. Chelophores less than half as long as
proboscis. Antero-lateral tubercles obscure or wanting
A. spicata (Hodgson)
A. intermedin, sp. n.
[A. communis (Bouvier)]
A. brucei, sp. n.
Unfortunately for the simplicity of this arrangement, however, there remain over
three specimens that, on account of differences in the segmentation of the body, are
excluded from all these categories, and there are a few others in which the agreement
with one or other of the species is not so obvious and complete as might be desired.
The number of these aberrant specimens is so small that it is perhaps justifiable to leave
them out of account as “ abnormal,” but, added to the variations that occur within the
groups here treated as specific, they tend to shake our confidence in the stability of
these groups. 1 am inclined to think that future work may result in ranking
A. intermedia as a form of A. spicata, and A. brucei as a form of A. communis , if, indeed,
it be not found necessary to include all four under one specific name.
Achelia spicata (Hodgson) (Text-figs. 13 and 14).
Austrothea spicata, Hodgson, 1914-15, p. 147.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 23 13 $. Station
355, McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms ; 1 ?, 1 $.
Description. — Trunk hardly longer than its greatest width, across the second
lateral processes ; first two intersegmental articulations very distinct, third marked
only by a faint superficial groove. Lateral processes more or less well separated, the
last two pairs usually separated to the base ; a pair of dorsal tubercles, the posterior
the larger, on each of the first three lateral processes, ami a small anterior tubercle
only on the last lateral process. Cephalon a little wider than long, without antero¬
lateral tubercles. Ocular tubercle much higher than wide, inclined forwards, conically
tapered above the eyes ; anterior pair of eyes not much larger than posterior.
VOL. III.
I
58
“TERRA NOVA’’ EXPEDITION.
Proboscis about two-thirds of length of trunk, widest about the middle, where its
width is less than half its length.
Abdomen horizontal, little shorter than proboscis, reaching beyond middle of
second coxa of last legs, slightly clavate and bluntly pointed.
Chelopliores extending to, or a little beyond, middle of proboscis. Palps with
second and fourth segments equal, sixth and seventh produced vent-rally, terminal
segment little longer than preceding.
First coxae each with two conical tubercles of which the posterior is the larger.
Femur and first and second tibiae subequal or slightly longer successively; femur from
about three times as long as deep in the female to more than six times in the male.
Auxiliary claws one-third as long as main claw.
Sexual differences. — Apart from the usual differences in the diameter of the
femora, the males apparently tend to have the trunk more elongated and the lateral
processes more widely separated than in the females; they have also the tubercles
on the lateral processes more prominent and those of the first coxae forming spurs
which may be as long as the width of the segment.
Variation. — The specimens examined differ among themselves in the relative
length of the body, the degree of separation of the lateral processes, and the
length of the legs. Two extreme types are represented in Figs. 13 and 14, but
many specimens are intermediate. In the more elongated forms the spiniform tubercles
on the lateral processes and first coxae are longer, as is also the conical apex of the
ocular tubercle.
Two specimens differ from the typical form in the segmentation of the body. In
one, there is a very distinct articulation between the last two somites ; in the other,
the only articulation is between the first two.
Measurements, in mm. — The measurements here given are taken from two fairly
o J
representative specimens : —
6 9
Length of proboscis
Greatest width of proboscis .
Length of trunk
Width across second lateral processes
Length of abdomen
Third right leg—
Coxas .....
Femur .....
First tibia ....
Second tibia ....
Tarsus and propodus
Main claw ....
Auxiliaries ....
1
2
1
04
5
44
1
72
1
6
1
6
1
52
1
04
92
1
52
1
48
1
8
1
84
1
88
•)
0
9
Li
0
1
92
1
08
1
o
50
52
16
LG
PYCNOGONIDA --CA.LMAN.
59
Fig. 13. — Achelia spicata (Hodgson), ovigerous Male of the more compact type. A. Dorsal view of body
with chelophores, palps, and first and second coxre. B. Lateral view of body with chelophore,
palp, and oviger. C. Third leg of right side.
Fig. 14. — Achelia spicata (Hodgson), ovigerous Male of the more slender and elongated type. A. Dorsal
view of body with chelophores, palps, and first and second coxae. B. Third leg of right side.
“ TERRA NOVA" EXPEDITION.
60
Remarks. — I have examined two of Mr. Hodgson’s syn types. One is immature,
and the other, an adult female, is of a slender type with very long legs and with the
femora less dilated than is usual in this sex. In other respects it resembles very
closely indeed the slender male here figured (Fig. 14) except that the lateral processes
are not so well separated.
Achelia intermedia, sp. n. (Text-fig. 15).
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 5 2, 6 $ (inch
Holotype).
Description, — The specimens that are referred to this species differ from the
more compact forms of A. spicata only in the following points :
(1) The lateral processes are all in contact and the segmentation of the body is
C. Third leg of right side.
obliterated, the limits of the somites being marked only by faint grooves. The trunk
is relatively shorter, less than one-third longer than the proboscis.
(2) The chelophores are much shorter, not extending beyond one-third of the
length of the proboscis.
(3) The abdomen is shorter, not reaching to the middle of the coxae of the last
pair.
In all these characters the specimens approach those described below as A. hrucei.
From these, however, they are at once distinguished by the short auxiliary claws and
by the much higher ocular tubercle.
PYCNOGONIDA CALM AN.
61
Achelia hrucei, sp. n. (Text-fig. 1(3).
Occurrence. — Station 220, off' Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms; 4(> $, 16 $ (incl.
Holotype).
Description. — The specimens recorded under this name differ from A. communis
(Bouvier) (of which I have examined four specimens, presented to the British Museum
by Prof. Bouvier) only in the following characters
(1) The somites of the trunk are defined dorsally only by more or less indistinct
grooves on the surface of the integument. Very often the groove between the first
and second leg-bearing somites, and less often that between the second and third, are
emphasised by differences of colour, but only in one single specimen do these two lines
appear to be marked by an actual fold of the integument giving a distinct double
outline, as in the specimens of A. communis.
Fig. 16. — Achelia hrucei, sp. n., ovigerous Male. A. Dorsal view of body with chelophores, palps, and
first and second coxie. B. Lateral view of body with chelophore, palp, and oviger. C. Third
leg of right side.
(2) The chelophores fall far short of the middle of the proboscis. In the specimens
of A. communis that I have examined they reach the middle.
(3) The antero-lateral tubercles of the cephalon are very slight or altogether absent
in the female, and much less prominent in the male than they are in A. communis.
(4) The sette on the legs are less numerous.
The value of these characters is somewhat discounted by the comments that
Bouvier makes on the variability of his species, but the constancy of the segmentation
of the trunk in the large number of specimens that I have examined suggests that this
character, at all events, is of specific value.
The specific name is chosen in compliment to Commander Wilfred M. Bruce,
R.N.R., who, I am informed, gave valuable help in the operations of trawling and
dredging on board the “ Terra Nova.”
62
“ TERRA NOVA ’ EXPEDITION.
Genus AUSTRORAPTUS, Hodgson.
In addition to the genotype, A. polar is, I have provisionally included in this
genus two species, apparently new, which differ from it in characters that might justify
generic separation. One species, however, is represented by a solitary specimen, and
it is not quite certain, though it is probable, that it has assumed adult characters.
The other species might have been removed from the genus without much hesitation
were it not for the character of the palps in a young specimen that I suppose to belong
to A. polaris. If they have been correctly interpreted, the two new species retain
respectively in the adult condition two different characters — the chelate chelophores
and the eight-segmented palp — that are united in the larva of A. [whirls.
Austroraptus polaris, Hodgson (Text-fig. 17).
A. polaris, Hodgson, 1907, p. 54, PI. viii, fig. 2.
Eig. 17. — Austroraptus polaris, Hodgson, Female syntype from “ Discovery ” collection. A. Dorsal view
of body witb cbelophores, palps, and first and second coxae. B. Lateral view of body with
chelophore, palp, and oviger. C. Terminal part of one of the legs.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; l f, I young.
Measurements , in mm. —
“ Discovery
Syntype.
' 9
Length of trunk ....
2-4
Third right leg—
Coxae (together)
2 • 5 6
Femur .....
4 ‘ 6
First tibia .....
4 Mi
Second tibia ....
4-4
Tarsus and propodus
1-68
Claw ......
1-0
PYCNOGONIDA CALMAN.
63
Remarks. — As the figures of this species in Mr. Hodgson’s report are not altogether
satisfactory, I give some additional figures prepared from the female syntype. The
male hardly differs except that the ocular tubercle is taller and more slender. The
relative lengths of the long segments of the leg differ a little even in the legs of the
same individual. The male has genital apertures on the last two pairs of legs only,
not on the last three, as stated in the original description. The female syntype lias
apertures on all the legs except the second on the right side ; this is evidently an
abnormal condition, and the “ Terra Nova ” specimen has apertures on all the legs.
A young specimen, with chelate clielophores, is referred to this species rather than
to either of the two following, chiefly because it has the lateral processes separated to
the base and the spurs on the lateral processes and first coxae long and acute. It
differs from the adult in having the ocular tubercle produced above the eyes into a
long slender apical cone which is longer than the basal part (as in young specimens of
Achelia in the present collection) ; the proboscis is more produced at the tip than in
the adult ; the fingers of the chelae are strongly arched and gaping. The most
important character, however, is that the terminal portion of the palp, corresponding
to the terminal segment in the adult, is divided into two segments in the palp of one
side and into three in that of the other. This makes it very probable that the young
of A. j polaris , like the adults of Achelia, have the palp composed of eight segments,
and the retention of this feature in the adults of A. juvenilis, described below, need not
be regarded as a generic distinction.
Austroraptus juvenilis, sp. n. (Text-fig. 18).
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms; 1 $ ovig. (Holotype),
Description. — Bod;/ compact, the lateral processes in contact for almost the whole
of their length, intersegmental lines marked only by superficial grooves. Cephalon
about twice as broad as long, inflated laterally and with convex anterior margin ;
antero -lateral tubercles very small. Ocular tubercle stout, much taller than wide,
inclined forwards, the blunt apical cone above the eyes shorter than the basal part.
Lateral processes each with a broad rounded tubercle near the posterior distal corner
and a more or less vestigial anterior tubercle.
Proboscis directed almost vertically downwards, slightly inflated a little beyond
the base, then acutely conical with a minutely truncate apex.
Abdomen elevated, clavate, about half as long as trunk.
Clielophores with scape about twice as long as wide, slightly expanded distally.
Second segment irregularly globose.
Palp a good deal stouter than that of A. polaris, similarly bent at the fifth
segment, but having the distal part, which corresponds to the terminal segment of
A. polaris, divided into three short but very distinct segments, so that the whole palp
consists of eight segments.
64
“TERRA NOVA" EXPEDITION.
First coxa with a large bluntly conical posterior spur and a small anterior
tubercle ; second coxa more than twice as long as first or third. Distal segments of
legs not much more slender than proximal. Propodus slightly curved, about three
and oviger. 0. Terminal part of palp of Female. D. Third leg of right side, Female.
E. Terminal part of leg.
times as long as broad. Main claw three-quarters as
very minute.
Measurements, in mm. —
Length of trunk .....
Third leg—
First coxa .....
Second coxa . . . . .
Third coxa . . . . .
Femur ......
First tibia . . . . .
Second tibia .
Tarsus and propodus .
Claw ......
long as propodus ; auxiliaries
Holotype.
6
2
.> • 9
2 * °
•48
•48
1-6
1-2
•6
•52
3-52
3-4
3-2
2-88
3-4
3-2
1 -G
1 -4
•88
•8
Remarks. — In having eight segments in the palp this species approaches the genus
Acltelia, but it differs from the typical species of that genus in the form of the proboscis
PYCNOGONIDA -CALMAN.
G5
and in the abbreviation of the terminal segments of the palp. Of less importance is
the absence of two characters included by Bouvier in his definition of Achelia, but by
no means conspicuous in some species of that genus — namely, the prominence which
bears the opening of the femoral cement-glands and that which carries the genital
opening in the male sex. On the other hand, the form and position of the proboscis
and the general aspect of the animal are quite those of Austroraptus, although it differs
from both the other species in the number of palpal segments and the very compact
form of the body.
Amtroraptus prceco.r, sp. n. (Text-fig. 19).
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 1 $ (Holotype).
Description. — Body compact, the lateral processes in contact at their bases,
diverging a little distally ; first intersegmental articulation distinct, second less so,
third marked only by a groove. Cephalon nearly twice as wide as long, with a pair
of spur-like antero-lateral tubercles. Ocular tubercle much taller than wide, inclined
forward, conical apex above eyes nearly as long as basal part. Lateral processes each
with a pair of conical dorsal tubercles, of which the posterior is the larger.
Proboscis directed obliquely downwards, not more than half as long as trunk,
cylindrical in its basal half, then conical with a very narrowly truncate apex.
Abdomen elevated, sub-cylindrical, about half as long as trunk.
Chelophores with scape hardly longer than wide, with a pair of dorsal tubercles on
E.
Fig. 19. — Amtroraptus prsecox, sp. n., Male. A. Dorsal view of body with chelophores and first and
second coxae. B. Lateral view of body with chelophore, palp, and oviger. C. Chelophore,
further enlarged. D. Leg. E. Terminal part of leg.
its distal margin, the outer tubercle the larger. Chela completely formed, palm as
long as broad and a little longer than the fingers, which are straight and meet along
their length, crossing only at the very tips.
66
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Palps and Ovigers shorter and stouter, but otherwise differing little from those of
A. polaris.
First com with a pair of conical distal spurs, the posterior much the larger.
Femur longer than first tibia, and subequal to second. Propodus more than three
times as long as wide, rather more curved than in A. polaris , claw a little shorter,
auxiliaries much as in that species.
Genital apertures distinct on second coxge of last two pairs of legs.
Measurements , in mm. — Holotype.
$
Length of trunk . . . . . . . 1 • 7 5
Leg —
First coxa . . . . . . . *56
Second coxa . . . . . . . 1 ' 0
Third coxa . . . . . . . '52
F emur . . . . . . . . 2 ' 8
First tibia . . . . . . . 2 ' 6
Second tibia . . . . . . . 2 ' 8
Tarsus and propodus . . . . . . I * 28
Auxiliaries . . . . . . . '2
Remarks. — The presence of distinct genital apertures suggests that this specimen
has attained fully adult characters, in which case the completely chelate form of the
chelophores might justify its removal to another genus. In support of this view it
may be pointed out that the chelae, in having straight fingers meeting along their
whole length, differ widely from the larval chelae with their strongly arched fingers,
described in the young specimen referred to A. polaris above. It is possible, of course,
that this is merely an individual case of late persistence of larval characters, or, what is
practically the same thing, of precocious development of the reproductive organs, as in
the chelophored tearing male of Colossendeis gracilis , described by Hoek (1881, p. 70),
or the young specimens of < '. angusta, mentioned by Meinert (1899, p. 59, PI. v,
fig. 21). Even if this be so, however, the species would seem to be distinguished from
A. polaris by the condensed form of the body, with the lateral processes in contact at
the base, and by the much shorter and stouter chelophores. From A. juvenilis it is
distinguished not only by the segmentation of the palps, but by the longer auxiliary
claws and other minor characters.
Genus AUSTRODECUS, Hod gson.
Austrodecus glaciate, Hodgson (Text-fig. 20).
A. (jlaciale, Hodgson, 1907, p. 53, PI. viii, tig. 1 ; Bouvier, 1913, p. 147, text-figs. 96 and 97.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape Adare, 45-50 fathoms ; 1 $, 1 $. Station 339,
[ (| V , I Entrance to McMurdo Sound, 140 fathoms ; 1 $.
PYCNOGONIDA —CALM AN.
67
Remarks. — The specimens here recorded as males present one very conspicuous
character not mentioned by Prof. Bouvier ; this is the presence, on the underside of
the femur of all the legs, of a prominent rounded process bearing at its tip the opening
Fig. 20. — Austrodecus glaciale, Hodgson. Leg of Male showing prominence bearing opening of femoral
cement-gland.
of the femoral cement-glands (Fig. 20). With Prof. Bouvier I have failed to
demonstrate the sexual openings in the males, and with him also I have not been able
to confirm Mr. Hodgson’s statement that the female openings occur on the last pair of
legs, although they are easily demonstrated on the first three pairs.
Genus
RHYNCHOTHORAX,
Costa.
Rhi/ncliothorax australis , Hodgson (Text-fig. 21).
B. australis, Hodgson, 1907, p. 57, PL viii, fig. 3 ; id., 1914-15, p. 148.
Occurrence. — Station 294, Ross Sea, 158 fathoms; 1 $, 1 ?.
Remarks. — This species, described from a single female
specimen obtained by the “ Discovery,” has been taken in
abundance by the “ Gauss,” and it is not necessary, therefore, to
attempt to anticipate the fuller account that Mr. Hodgson will
doubtless supply. It may be noted, however, that our two speci¬
mens do not show the difference that Hodgson finds to exist
between the sexes as regards the approximation of the lateral
processes. The palp (Fig. 21) consists of six segments (not five,
as stated by Hodgson), a small but very distinct segment inter¬
vening between the basal one and that shown as succeeding it
in the original figure. The terminal segment is a good deal
larger than is shown in that figure, where it is partly concealed
by the penultimate. The large spine on the third segment of
the palp, which Dohrn designates “ Kaudorn,” is present in this
species also, although far less strong than it is in R. med iter r emeus.
I \G* j * x
Fig. 21. — Bliynchothorax
australis, Hodgson.
Palp, from inner
side.
68
“TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
i
In the male sex, the second coxa of the penultimate leg has the posterior corner, which
hears the openings of the cement-glands, slightly produced as a round knob, in striking
contrast to the long process found in this position in R. mediterraneus.
9C
Genus PYCNOGONUM, Briinnich.
Pi/cnogonum gaini, Bouvier (Text-fig. 22).
P. gaini, Bouvier, 1910, p. 30; id., 1913, p. 156, text-figs. 101-101.
Occurrence. — Station 220, off Cape A dare. 45-50 fathoms; 1 young. Station 314,
McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fathoms; 2 $. Station 338, Entrance to McMurdo Sound,
207 fathoms; 3 $, 1 ?. Station 340, off Granite Harbour, 160 fathoms; 1 $. Station
355, McMurdo Sound, 300 fathoms ; 1 f.
Remark*. — This species, described by Bouvier from a single female specimen, is
also represented in the “ Gauss ” collection. The “Terra Nova ” specimens from the
Boss Sea area complete the record of circumpolar distribution
for the species. They agree closely with Bouvier’s account, and
the largest is of nearly the same size as that described bv him.
It is not quite correct, however, to state that the species is “ de
beaucoup, la plus grande du genre Pi/cnogonum." Sars’s and
Norman’s measurements and the evidence of specimens in this
Museum show that P. littorale grows to a similar or even slightly
greater size.
The ovigers of the male (Fig. 22) are composed of eight
segments, excluding the terminal claw, in contrast to those of P.
littorale , which have nine.* The penultimate segment is very short, giving the
terminal part of the oviger some resemblance to that of the walking legs, with which
dages the oviger also agrees in the total number of its segments.
gaini, Bouvier. Oviger
of Male.
* Curiously enough Sars (1891, pp. 8 and 10, PI. 1, fig. Ip) attributes only eight segments to the
ovigers of P. littorale, and notes that they “ have the same number of joints as the ambulatory legs.”
The ovigers of this species have been correctly described and figured by Hoek (1877, p. 237, PI. xiv, fig. 1),
and Wilson (1880 p. 469, PI. 1. fig. 3a).
PYCNOGONIDA CALM AN.
69
IX — LIST OF PAPERS REFERRED TO.
Bouvier, E. L. — 1905. Observations preliminaires sur les Pycnogonides reeueillis dans la region
antarctique par la mission du “ Frangais.” Bull. Mus. hist, nat., Paris, XI, pp. 294-298.
Bouvier, E. L. — 1906. Nouvelles observations sur les Pycnogonides reeueillis dans les regions
antarctiques au cours de la campagne dirigee par M. Jean Charcot. C. II. Acad. Sci., Paris,
CXLII, pP. 15-22.
Bouvier, E. L. — 1907. Pycnogonides du “ Frangais.” Expedition Antarctic/ Frangaise (1903-1905).
Pp. 69, 3 pis., text-figs. '
Bouvier, E. L. — 1910. Les Pycnogonides a cinq paires de pattes reeueillis par la Mission antarctique
Jean Charcot a bord du “ Pourquoi Pas ?” C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, CLI, pp. 26 32.
Bouvier, E. L. — 1911. Les Pycnogonides du “Pourquoi Pas?” C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, CLII, pp.
1136-1141.
Bouvier, E. L.— 1913. Pycnogonides du “Pourquoi Pas?” Deuxieme Expedition Antarctique
Frangaise (1908-1910). Pp. 169, text-figs.
Calman, W. T. — 1909. The Problem of the Pycnogons. Science Progress, III, pp. 687-693.
Carman, W. T. — 1910. Antarctic Pycnogons. Nature, LXXXIV, p. 104.
Calman, W. T. — 1915a. The Holotype of Ammotliea carolinensis, Leach (Pycnogonida). Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8), XV, pp. 310-314, 3 text-figs.
Calman, W. T. — 19 156. The Holotype of Nymplion gracilipes, Miers (Pycnogonida). Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (8), XV, pp. 584-588, 4 text-figs.
Carpenter, George H. — 1907. Pycnogonida. The Percy Sladen Trust Exped. to the Indian Ocean.
Trans. Linn. Soc., (2) Zool. XII, pp. 95-101, Pis. xii and xiii.
Daday de Dees, E. — 1910. Monographie systematique des Phyllopodes anostraces. Ann. Sci. Nat.
Zool., (9) XI, pp. 91-489, text-figs.
Doderlein, L. — 1902. Ueber die Beziehungen nahe verwandter “ Thierformen ” zu einander. Zeit. f.
Morphol. u. Anthropol. IV, pp. 394-442.
Hodge, G. — 1864. List of the British Pycnogonoidea, with descriptions of several new species. Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) XIII, pp. 113-117, Pis. xii and xiii.
Hodgson, T. V. — 1902. Crustacea [and Pycnogonida]. Rep. Nat. Hist. “ Southern Cross.” Brit. Mus.
1902, pp. 228-261, Pis. xxix-xl.
Hodgson, T. V. — 1904. On a new Pycnogoriid from the South Polar Regions. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(7) XIV, pp. 458-462, PI. xiv.
Hodgson, T. V. — 1907. Pycnogonida. National Antarctic Expedition, 1901-1904. Natural History,
III, 72 pp., 10 pis.
Hodgson, T. V. — 1908. The Pycnogonida of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans. Roy.
Soc. Edinburgh, XLVI, Pt. 1, pp. 159-188, 3 pis.
Hodgson, T. V. — 1910a. The Pycnogonida of Devonshire. Rep. Trans. Devonshire Assoc. Sci. Lit.
Art, XLII, pp. 425-439.
Hodgson, T. V. — 1910F Pantopoda. (In : Schultze, Zool. Anthrop. Forschungsreise im. . .Siidafrika. . .
1903-1905. Bd. IV). Denkschr. med. nat. Ges. Jena, XVI, pp. 221-228, 4 text-figs.
Hodgson, T. V. — 1914-15. The Pycnogonida collected by the “Gauss” in the Antarctic Regions,
1901-3. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) XV, 1915, pp. 141-149. (This paper appears to have
been published also in the Zoologischer Anzeiger, XLV, 1914, pp. ? 158-163 (Loman, 1915,
p. 197, etc.), but no copies have reached this country.)
Hoek, P. P. C. — 1877. Ueber Pycnogoniden. Niederltind. Arch. f. Zool. Ill, pp. 235-254, Pis. xv.
and xvi.
Hoek, P. P. C. — 1881. Report on the Pycnogonida dredged by H.M.S. “ Challenger ” during the years
1873—76. “Challenger” Reports, Zool. Ill, 167 pp., 21 pis.
Hoek, P. P. C. — 1883. The Pycnogonida dredged in the Faroe Channel during the cruise of H.M.S.
“ Triton” (in August, 1882). Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, XXXII, pp. 1-10, PI. i.
Latreille, P. A. ---1804. Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat., XXIV, Tableaux methodiques, p. 137.
Leach, W. E. — 1814. The Zoological Miscellany; being descriptions of new, or interesting Animals
I, 144 pp., 60 pis.
70 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Roman, J. C. C. — 1908. Die Pantopoden der Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-Expeditie, Monogr. XL, 88
pp-, 15 pis.
Roman, J. C. C. — 1911. Japanische Podosomata. (Beitr. z. Natg. Osfcasiens ... F. Doflein.) Abb.
math. phys. Kl., K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Miinclien. Suppl. Bd. II, Abh. 4, 18 pp., 2 pis.
Roman, J. C. C. — 1915. Les Pycnogonides et les regies de la nomenclature zoologique. Tijdschr. d. Ned.
Dierk. Vereen. (2) XI V, pp. 187-223.
Meinert, Fr. — 1899. Pycnogonida. The Danish Ingolf-Expedition. III. (1), pp. 1—71, 5 pis., 2 text-
tigs., 1 chart. List of Stations.
Mobius, Iv. — 1902. Die Pantopoden der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition, 1898—1899. Wiss. Ergebn. d.
deutsclien Tiefsee-Expedition . . . “ Valdivia,” 1898—1899, III. (G), pp. 179—196, Pis.
xxiv— xxx.
Norman, A. M. — 1908. The Podosomata ( = Pycnogonida) of the Temperate Atlantic and Arctic
Oceans. Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool. XXX, pp. 198—238, Pis. xxix and xxx.
Pfeffer, G. — 1889. Zur Fauna von Siid-Georgien. Jahi’b. d. Hamburg, wiss. Anstalten, VI, 2te
Halfte, pp. 37-55.
Philippi, A. — 1843. Uber die Neapolitanischen Pycnogoniden. Arch. f. Natg. IX (1), pp. 175—182,
PI. ix, figs. 1-3.
Regan, C. Tate. — 1906. Descriptions of new or little-known Fishes from the coast of Natal. Ann.
Natal Govt. Mus. I, pp. 1-6, Pis. i-v.
Bars, G. O. — 1891. Pycnogonidea. The Norwegian North- Atlantic Expedition, 1876—1878. XX, 163
pp., 15 pis., 1 map.
Schimkewitsch, Wl. — 1913. Ein Beitrag zur Klassifikation der Pantopoden. Zool. Anz. XLI,
pp. 597-615.
Stubbing, T. R. R. — -1902. The Nohodies — a sea-faring family. Chapter IV. Knowledge, XXV, pp.
185-189, 5 text-figs.
Thompson, D’Arcy W. — 1909. Pycnogonida. The Cambridge Natural History, IV, pp. 501—542,
26 text-figs.
Vanhoffen, E. — 1914. Die Isopoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901—1903. D. Siidpolar-
Exp., XV, pp. 447-598, 132 text-figs
Wilson, E. B. — 1880. The Pycnogonida of New England and adjacent waters. Rep. U.S. Comm.
Fisheries, Pt. VI, for 1878, pp. 463-504, Pis. i-vii.
PYCNOGONIDA- -CALM AN.
71
INDEX.
The more important references are indicated by black type.
Achelia, 5, 6, 49, 56, 65.
,, brucei, 57, 61.
,, communis, 57, 61.
,, eckinata, 56.
,, hispida, 49.
,, intermedia, 57, 60.
,, spicata, 57.
adareanum, Nympkon, 33.
Alcinous vulgaris, 56.
altioculatum, Chsetonymphon, 36.
Ammotkea, 49.
„ australis, 53.
„ carolinensis, 49, 51, 5
,, clausii, 53.
,, curculio, 51.
„ franciscana, 56.
,, gracilipes, 52.
,, glacialis, 5, 26, 50.
,, grandis, 49, 51.
,, gibbosa, 51.
,, magnirostris, 49.
,, meridionalis, 49, 53.
,, minor, 52.
,, spinosa, 52.
striata, 55.
Ammotheidse, 4.
Ammothella, 49.
angulatum, Pkoxichilidium, 48.
angusta, Colossendeis, 10, 13, 66.
Anoplodactylus, 48.
antarcticum, Pentanymphon, 5, 27.
articulata, Colossendeis, 10.
australe, Chaetonymphon, 36.
„ Leionymphon, 53.
,, Nymphon, 5, 28, 36.
,, Pkoxichilidium, 46.
australis, Ammotkea, 53.
,, Colossendeis, 10, 13, 14.
„ Endeis, 49.
,, Pseudopallene, 38.
,, Pkoxichilus, 49.
,, Rkyncko thorax, 67.
austrinorum, Chaetonympkon australe var., 36.
Austrodecus, 66.
,, glaciale, 66.
Austropallene, 38.
,, brachyura, 39, 41.
,, cornigera, 38.
,, cristata, 5.
,, spicata, 39.
,, tibicina, 39.
Austroraptus, 62.
,, juvenilis, 63.
,, polaris, 62.
,, prsecox, 65.
Austrothea, 56.
,, germanica, 56.
,, spicata, 56, 57.
biarticulatum, Nymplion, 36.
bicincta, Colossendeis, 11.
Bokmia ckelata, 13.
Boreonymphon robustum, 28.
brachyura, Austropallene, 39, 41.
brevidigitata, Pallenopsis, 46.
brevipes, Colossendeis, 10.
brucei, Achelia, 57, 61.
carolinensis, Ammotkea, 49, 51, 52.
Chaetonympkon, 28.
,, altioculatum, 36.
,, australe, 36.
,, ,, var. austrinorum, 36.
,, villosum, 35.
ckarcoti, JSry mphon, 29.
ckelata, Bokmia, 13.
Chilophoxus, 48.
clausii, Ammotkea, 53.
clavata, Colossendeis, 11.
colossea, Colossendeis, 1 1 .
Colossendeidte, 3.
Colossendeis, 6, 7, 9.
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Colossendeis angusta, 10, 13, 66.
,, articulata, 10.
,, australis, 10, 13, 14.
,, bicincta, 11.
,, brevipes, 10.
,, clavatu, 11.
,, colossea, 11.
,, cucurbita, 11.
,, dofleini, 10, 11.
,, drakei, 11, 22.
,, frigida, 5, 11, 16, 17.
,, gardineri, 11.
,, gigas, 11.
,, glacialis, 11, 20.
,, graeilipes, 11, 20.
,, gracilis, 10, 66.
,, japonica, 1 L.
,, leptorhynchus, 11.
„ lilliei, 11, 20, 25.
,, macerrima, II.
,, media, 10.
,, megalonyx, 1, 11, 15, 17.
,, ruichaelsarsii, 11.
,, ruinuta, 1 1 .
,, orcadensis, 10.
,, patagonica, 11.
,, proboscidea, 10, 13.
,, robusta, 11, 24, 25, 26.
,, rugosa, 11, 16.
,, scotti, 10, 11, 15.
,, subminuta, 11.
,, wilsoni, 10, 11, 13, 18.
communis, Aehelia, 57, 61.
Cordylochele turqueti, 38.
cornigera, Austropallene, 38.
„ Pseudopallene, 38.
Coulmannia frigida, 26.
cristata, Austropallene, 5.
cucurbita, Colossendeis, 11.
curculio, Ammothea, 51.
Decolopoda, 6, 7.
didactyla, Endeis, 49.
dofleini, Colossendeis, 10, 11.
drakei, Colossendeis, 11, 22.
ecbinata, Aehelia, 56.
elegans, Phoxichilidium patagonicum var., 42.
Endeidse, 4.
Endeis, 48.
,, australis, 49.
,, didactyla, 49.
,, gracilis, 48.
femoratum, Phoxichilidium, 48.
forficifer, Pallenopsis, 42.
franciscana, Ammothea, 56.
frigida, Colossendeis, 5, 11, 16, 17.
,, Coulmannia, 26.
gaini, Pycnogonum, 6, 7, 68.
gardineri, Colossendeis, 11.
gaussiana, Pallenopsis, 43.
germanica, Austrothea, 56.
„ Notoendeis, 9.
gibbosa, Ammothea, 51.
gibbosum, Leionymphon, 51.
gigas, Colossendeis, 11.
glabra, Pallenopsis, 41.
glaciale, Austrodecus, 66.
,, Leionymphon, 50.
glacialis, Ammothea, 5, 26, 50.
,, Colossendeis, 11, 20.
graeilipes, Ammothea, 52.
,, Colossendeis, 11, 20.
,, Nymphon, 31, 33.
gracilis, Colossendeis, 10, 66.
„ Endeis, 48.
gracillimum, Nymphon, 30.
grande, Leionymphon, 51, 52.
grandis, Ammothea, 49, 51.
Heteropallene, 46.
hiemale, Nymphon, 32.
hiemalis, Pallenopsis, 41.
hispida, Aehelia, 49.
intermedia, Aehelia, 57, 60.
japonica, Colossendeis, 11.
juvenilis, Austroraptus, 63.
Leionymphon, 49.
„ australe, 53.
„ gibbosum, 51.
,, glaciale, 50.
,, grande, 51, 52.
,, minus, 52.
„ spinosum, 52.
„ striatum, 55.
leptorhynclius, Colossendeis, 11.
lilliei, Colossendeis, 11, 20, 25.
littorale, Pycnogonum, 7, 68.
macerrima, Colossendeis, 11.
macronyx, Pallenopsis, 46.
magnirostris, Ammothea, 49.
PYCNOGONIDA — CALM AN.
73
media, Colossendeis, 10.
mediterraneus, Rhyncho thorax, 67.
megalonyx, Colossendeis, 1, 11, 15, 17.
mendosum, Nymphon, 5, 36.
meridionale, Nymphon, 33.
meridionalis, Ammothea, 49, 53.
michaelsarsii, Colossendeis, 1 1 .
minor, Ammothea, 52.
minus, Leionymphon, 52.
minuta, Colossendeis, 11.
Notoendeis, 9, 20.
„ germanica, 9.
Nymphon, 6, 7, 28.
,, adareanum, 33.
,, australe, 5, 36.
,, biarticulatum, 36.
„ char co ti, 29.
,, gracilipes, 31, 33.
,, gracillimum, 30.
,, hiemale, 32.
,, mendosum, 5, 36.
,, meridionale, 33.
,, proximum, 34.
,, stylops, 36.
Nymphonidae, 3.
orcadensis, Colossendeis, 10,
Pallenidse, 4.
Pallenopsis, 41.
,, brevidigitata, 46.
,, forficifer, 42.
,, gaussiana, 43.
,, glabra, 41.
,, hiemalis, 41.
,, macronyx, 46.
, , pilosa, 42.
„ setigera, 43, 46.
„ spicata, 44.
„ vanhoffeni, 43.
Paribcea spinipalpis, 56.
patagonica, Colossendeis, 11.
patagonicuni, Phoxichilidium, 42.
Pentanymphon, 7, 27.
„ antarcticum, 5, 27.
Pentapycnon, 7, 8, 9.
Phalangium spinosum, 48.
Phoxichilidae, 4.
Phoxichilidiidae, 4.
Phoxichilidium, 46.
., angulatum, 48.
,, australe, 46.
„ femoratum, 48.
Phoxichilidium patagonicum, 42.
,, pilosum, 42.
,, robustum, 48.
Phoxichilus, 48.
,, australis, 49.
pilosa, Pallenopsis, 42.
pilosum, Phoxichilidium, 42.
Pliotrema, 9.
polaris, Austroraptus, 62.
Polyartemia, 8.
praecox, Austroraptus, 65.
Pristiophorus, 9.
proboscidea, Colossendeis, 10, 13.
proximum, Nymphon, 34.
Pseudopallene australis, 38.
,, cornigera, 38.
Pycnogonidae, 4.
Pycnogonum, 7, 8, 9, 68.
,, gaini, 6, 7, 68.
,, littorale, 7, 68.
Rhopalorhynchus tenuissimus, 13.
Rdiyncliothorax, 67.
„ australis, 67.
,, mediterraneus, 67.
robusta, Colossendeis, 11, 24, 25, 26.
robustum, Boreonymphon, 28.
,, Phoxichilidium, 48.
rugosa, Colossendeis, 11, 16.
scotti, Colossendeis, 10, 11, 15.
setigera, Pallenopsis, 43, 46.
spicata, Achelia, 57.
,, Austropallene, 39.
,, Austrothea, 56, 57.
„ Pallenopsis, 44.
spinipalpis, Pariboea, 56.
spinosa, Ammothea, 52.
spinosum, Leionymphon, 52.
„ Phalangium, 48.
striata, Ammothea, 55.
striatum, Leionymphon, 55.
stylops, Nymphon, 36.
subminuta, Colossendeis, 1 1 .
tenuissimus, Rhopalorhynchus, 13.
tibicina, Austropallene, 39.
turqueti, Cordylochele, 38.
vanhoffeni, Pallenopsis, 43.
villosum, Chsetonymphon, 35.
vulgaris, Alcinous, 56.
wilsoni, Colossendeis, 10, 11, 13, 18.
LONDON : PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.
VOL. III. L
nf- 1
.V V:
-:7 .-,7 ■> - 7-7
- V'--.' :■■' <7 7 >"
L .: v;v ,*•
•
./ r ' r - v '
• *r - - :• - - S
• rV.&: ^ - =
■ v:::> “ v- * - v" .. .
V/ • -‘>.7 :••■ •-:••*• \ ■ V.
VWU*.: -• • • • •: *- /■
— . • • - -,.v. ' •
.r . < . • • - > :
v •• V < < - .•
O' ■ • ' . .'vV
• >*$&*..; ..AVV A0 As .V- •,
•v«.-vr,-7
Viaaa-Aaai
- •' ■ V
, 1 <5 AA
lr> '7l7
m
A'" A "V iAX:
> '
aaSV
•,vv - •' ■'
-ill -
' --11.1- , . .:•
ill A' A
' A A Ay
i i i si-
-*> *1 ./ 1
■
;, ■ y*j&
V-Vi/,
Vl" -•
,v ‘ --■ ■■: •
1 .■•-•■ “ ■ fi • ■-■■... ■
• >&f, &?, . ; m
?V“
V; -' 7/ - 7 -v, . / - 7'/, •■;.■ • l/ll ; 7 : •/■<
•' ■ ■ - . ■ 7 • ,-• >■' •* •.- : '■ i .- A A'-4-' iiJA; \\-
1. ■. i- - ' ■ ■ ■ .7 <:- X?
• ' - -• . ! •. 7 •
•■•■>; A /-7-7 l-y 'l^tAKlA ........
" . AA-As-A,
if 4 HJMB A ' • i % y:rm
:••-• •' ^ fi . , _
y ■ ■■ . r."*. 7‘- •....<. 7'..- .'V C-’
p:vo' —.v C
- . 7 , :7 -7 V
1 .7 7 ' ■
.... ■
' . ; o. ‘ • . - - ■ 'r - ■ '
- - ;.V7,77':-
' .' ' ' ■ ' ■■ • 1 7r
-
■ V
'; ' '•/ ' 7* • V -. ■
. ' ••*- s: ••• '•
. V"" ' ^
,
r:' '.Vi . : ^ '■ '• •
•*■'-. : -7 .. • - i >V'
■; - J:; ih >:
:• , r -
V , 7 ■-• -r *:» C' ' ■ •’ >. > ■ ■
' . " •'• , i-ri ? . s . '
■ > - "■ ~: 7; 7 J-A;1*
. ■
V .i •• --. V / ’ ■. . .• * '
*:J, >$•■7.77^7^7 1
'■ : ' \ ■ V : - \
T- • ■ :/•. ■■ - • , • • ' : •
'•■■;■.■■■■ :7 7 ; • : .77
7>; ' • . :■■■• -7. , .■ ■ ;
- 'air ■ ■ -- -i' : ■' - ' --
• ; • V- 7-.7
' • •• ;' ’’ ;
f ■ : t
- ■
7i'£;'77v5-:7j7'7 7;7
* > . T.-77-, > '7'. :
7: 7=477,7.7. ’77., 77
7- . ; 77. .'777 ; ',.7;;,^ ,-7.; ,7,7:
“i 7- ■ •
.: 77 ; -;;7
-7,777 7-; , ; ; -
■■■ , . ,
■■■ - ■. ■
:- f .7; “'•• '.:7 :;' - . 77
• ' '' .7 7 .7
xyy'; y yyxy s'
^xyyy^yj
■ a:-. ;£<
■ V ;*v
vptr’ ■./.
yx-xi
W"
>• .^7
7.-7 7 - 3
-v-
7 • . t- --o®
.7, •, . '
>‘K-
_
I
•.•.t.;' '-'.- 7-.
. •_• ='’*7
■ :
i'. ■ . .. r •
.sSi.-.V'' =77777
• ;-,v;7 --'V-7
• 77 :7 ;
7 7 - 77
• '*=V-.v£ • if--
7-'"-=;::-7:: .*.
v7,v'*?v- - .>7V
• — , -■ •'...
I Ax' . . ■ - - -'-'c : ...?&■
,"v» v y ■ i r’ u ■ ? .•
' 77
77;':' '.i',,7 '■ 7 ^777:
= ■:•■ : -=,; - - = 7 - - -■ '..jr; .•
- -=.= ■ ■ .: = . ' = ,=
i =.'•-= ,.• V J
-■ -- I 'u'*
- - f . 7. - ... - . . ■■ -=: -
=7 .- .. ;77;;;7. - 777 77- : 77-. ,..= ,,v- 7.:v,:>
■77: - j ... — '7' - ■• v-v- - = ■ =- -■
-
' - ‘ • ■ : , ' . • -- . <*--
= ■■■’7- f . ; '-7.>7- = v= -7.-'. = ■ -7. . 7-77 V 7- ; ' -:/7 77';: ,7' -.vr .' .7-;- :.7f ,
. • • •
77 - 7:. 7 ■ 7: ;• 7-7; > ' . '7 ^ 7^7
- -
■ 7 . ' . . ■ 7.77V- . -- - - . . - .
- '7 7.:--=; .■ . 77 7-. '7,7777-- 77.77 -77:.,.. 7 777 ^- 7-7. ,-77
■ ■■ -■
777
.j, ..- .7 .7 7 S
• -
7 -V " - -*■'? - •>"
. 7 . ->< s, - •
■■3’- .. : - . 7 , -7.V V-7-:"-\...
A.\?/7
^ _ _9>
.
■ r- . ' ■ *-77 *- *. < 7_- ' - ■ - . - • • ' -J: • -
.
- . ; . 77'= ■ -7=7.. - . . ■••*. '
7 _. v : .-.
■ - 7.7 ,,7-i.. 7' . ' 7=' 71:7,777-’ .7* ~i --77.7 7- yy
I
-.7 * --
4 -=.v- - ; ' ; v • *
■ '777.-; ,
-
;v.-- .»
' ’ - I
.^^.77.:;7 -'./ , v^'7 -77
:r- ■
1?
■yy
sifeis
4 ‘ v
. 7^'- 'ir
777 .V -'7.. r-.- a;.:; ;
- S'" .-X'
x->- -4 - vr:-v v ■y:^. ...
4 : caw; • $ ^
- ■ -7^-7 .i>- '7 777.7
' ' -' 7; ’ • XX >'C '
XX' . / -- ;■ ^-7 ;>
Vvvv-^v -. S-v;."V7
7-' • </ . ■ rf- '
■
: ;57^VT$f
- ' ' - 1
"7- - - - .7 7==, :=7
-•■ 7. • '•-wt. ^
:xyM^^w-
xxxyyxyy,:.:
: S 77 i-
.. - - . . 7*7 ..,7 7;7 7=J '
-77 -7--:; 7 "-Vi, .777""
-
" K ,= ■ .- :
-r-4^<-=- - " :r"a
' ■ vs?
"<7,.'7v77-
.
■ $ ,-x
- ’ '\X'. ,, , : ^ _ •; • -■-■:■ ■ 'V,'. ,7 7
' • 7' 1 ' -7 "- . 7* . ~ - - - -
. , - ' ' - - ' .. " •-■ • . • ; . • ' ‘
• ,
. 7 S' --7 -. ' .
V-, -i-.v .7- s;'7--.- ->V.- 7— -;--V.7v
1-.-7 >N, • V .. ,7 ^ rvv^ 7-1
-.7-, : - > .. 77:;7'r . .;7.i;-v '-7" -=-7‘ .-'77,77:-- -7-
777.-7 ...; ■ - • g " ^ -7--
' • '•■ ";r
ym
■ix.
r'Q-XJiy --- V
*
-7 -7L7r--7
V^7 \ i
■:• S';-' - -'
\ -.-*7 ' -7
p - V'
'7'.7-7--:-''''7'7 '-,'7
■
, , X':.- 7 --'. 7 -
■L J- .7;.‘- V7 v V-v
‘;7'77 -N
&f~U 7*7"
j.*7v ' • ■ .7 ■>
' -
7- V>a7=,7; :7j-< 77- '-^-7:- 77.7-.77i
s ' *'■ -J 7> 7-' ■ -7 A ••■S'- v :7.. >7^7:77^ ■ '
- ■ . 7
“■ ' ‘ x- . 7*7'. ■*„*■
■'-■ • -•'=■■> ,77 .; •; ,7
7 ’ ' ' = v .-’ ■ >
■. :■ 7 ■■■ . '. . 77- ■ . •-. 7’. ' -'. '7. ■ "'77; '=
w -?• r 7V ; ■• 7- - '--V 7.
‘ ' • * '■> . 1 -- s
y -v •
■
>. -. V.^v1'
> - - 7v,:;
i^rxx. xy v..
’ j - i .v > . •••'.;• •; *v-s -V ■ 9 feivj..- //■
'iX'-X^c : ■ 7- ' "7/ ’.•sct'V ' V’. \
■ , .>vViA* ■■{* ,•'«*. -’S»- - -A-
■7
:^>7
,. 7 •.<-, • 7 ;..- -•••
.i-.v -*'• 7 . ••»* • ;.V.
7--;--'- .,7.77 =7-. .;*S;-77V, . ...... ..
' -. ,7 " '7,7- 7S" =- 7 .'-7;7 -=7' ,7.,-7 = 77-,
. 7 r>; -7 >.-•
- • .V ‘ ~ V' - ’ "" . . ( I~' ,-^v- '• ,V • \J
X'. ' 7 ■7777::. 7. ,
■- . '= ' - - ;-'7'-7
X‘X:y • ' ■ : - "V;.7 '. : ' '7- :v
. • X<X. 7 - ->•,*- --
> - V; X ' - ' X %' X ' ■ -
i. - . r ■ ■ > . .>*-•. . ••. '* ,r>: • -
,
‘0'-‘;=7
•-.',7.--' >V' . V'.. ' , . , .
.....
.7-7 >77: -7^ - 77
7 ; ' .7 - ..7 - -- - _ .7; 7 ,i- . ... v,
"“v‘" XmmM
'.7 7; 7 " =-.,- ■ f
:;x*xpjX;:y± yx x?y v
. 7 A. - - • . V - ' X -
i’ 1%:.
-
vfj
-,;.-:/l . /A7-:
■'. -
-
A" 1;
7*1 A*"’"
>--77?,
.-A" • ■ '•■^Si-'7- ■;i»,A.7:v7.V>^;;7 -''7.7-
! 1 . ■
• ; • •>',■ . -• i't. > '■*•'• c ' ='U; n <?./
•- r '• 7,,k." . -.•>*.•. r. • A' ■> ...- .-. v
v' 7 V.; - ■ k .• - "
. v._ , — ^ . ..• : ; *-
wm ■
'—CixT—, ^ ... .
=.. .= Si-V'--' •:■-■ 7,
■ > y - - "
: '."7 -
.■_ .-.'7'.' 7--..'--:- • ;.^" ■'.
.5-.
xy xxiiXyy? -<xy
f-7,v,:7 ...
-■' ,7-x; 7." '• ; i.
-r'.'A.v »
7'7'-' 77. < ’7-;=v,
==7 =-■" 77 .
-. = 7 =" 777 -,/'
- ''= 7' ■•- '■"■■ '. 77/
. -• '.*-7;-.!.' - .
>;.== - 17? : i,-»- ■"
W777
• . -.
7': 77,,, >
'7
• -.7-, ,
-": 7i"'7.'7-77:, v7777.‘ '7/1 ..77:777- 7;V, ■
■7 "7'7-., 7'-- 777 ^,,,7, 7=7 -77;,,,7 75/7
, > 77, .- -/■■■ =.:, -7:./ 777 77 1 - . ' 7
•V. . .v aC*'-’’ ">'~X '-77„7 . li,.: ^
-
•7 • - .. : - ; 7 •■- /A-V- V ■ :
;,'7::7'7'-
= =-'■"■-'- V:'-.
’ll1:-:
77 j
■ •- SHS-
=-. /7.- '7
777=7.
.Sv’
x%yx'
'r-' ■>. 7 . h
r‘.3‘N
1 7
as
X' : ‘XftfXX-'A
,7:1:
}
yx/
X'}X
i, ; • •
' 7 • I- 7: 7
'■ 7 f >7-
xy yyx
- x , : \\ - iH: ; ;-
c X - v -■ -;-• -- ‘ . ■< . J c..-
:::Xi£y -.XX-X
'•‘'::7/7''77,
„'v' •. •'.r-A-A
m
7 . 7'
»-7- .: f
. '/ . ' - ' 'S
77 .
>' 7 . 7"; -. , ■>,:
=--'- ^ .,=1
— i
1- ^
.7 , 7= 77-
- .'.'A
■77j;,-" -; -
7, .,
' " ' TTSi: 7
" -1-’ ' >7.
1 .!
Xy-X '
x. :y>'{?
'• v-'r--;
7 ■ ,. ' >' -
: r ^r ' -v
Tp. 'S 77-‘
7,-=i,;-=7 :
v , Mr '-'V 1". ^ • -A. -
?;•■• - 3 -v •" ■■ hit’s.
/■ '• ' .'/ ’ 77 ' 7
■'-'""Vi -' ^’7 *v?'V '
- ■ .1: - - ;<*
A.;-,/' A:-
> • ' - -
,;T^
'r-=7S.:V VV ... ,
' 7 - '
■- lV='-"- -A‘.-'-'V'.,7 -. V,
rlVv ;-^. ::,7 7;/A
■ '•7-7.<-' /' /:*•: ■: .' . v- ■
..=v,
'M’giv.l -i -X ■
X.'''. XX '■
7 -7'-. . = V- -,.- - V--. - .>.77:
■■;. -.7;=7;':S v;--V-=;7
api
WL«
'■•I--
' ' '
'7-.V,' •
.71'
>7 - -
77 . ...
. /!'- A X : ■ r. , 7. ;,1 --• >
", . . ■- “-.-• 7 ; - •- -77 " - :
' "-' lAv • / '7,7: 7, 7, '7'
^w-xxxyxyp'XyM
• xy
xyx$x
~
I.'
-
>.7 1 .;s7
;.V i('>» 'V. ? r
VA'"
' -7=
7
• " 7
. :=/■"• ':V‘
;.
x y x . '' ■ ■-
. %0k
.tXX'xxsy
' ‘yyyx-x
/::;#=!fe,
-xx.x fx'xr* -i'yXy'X
" -• / X - b •• - # . : A; /£. . ?:Tv
iV>
^ ■ ,yx,'+y “
•'Jr
y -I,
-v-:-
7y I f v- t .? X' ; y*<
yi^.'
I
■ - -
, 'v-;: -1 xx i
¥?y:-> r'.X':: v u- -v;
7^1^.'
' -. i- v
r '. 'Iv5# -
/'• ' v\- 1- V',v .
‘■;V '-"V"' / .V' Iv.r' :^:v7-1-A "Va"
- •■j'-Vr-y. ,i‘-7 :,;-i V:- A, /.
; ,V , ' \
: .' ; - .<y
: • ■ ■ ;
.yy-'-'V
'• • - V-. ■ -• ' ■ r '7-V -A. ■ :- C-
■ , ,
‘
a .7' :.xr ■ 'XX' i a '•- vs’Wv -W .<
'.--*> 7' • ,f= •- ■ ;. V- ." V*1
.. .- - /- - I /-
-, --' ■ ,.0:-W =/■ . .-•-" ■■
-,' , • • >■ ., -. .& •y • • -v • . . • . ■<
- ■ > *•- . :.7< : -. w.: • V
V. • >*.-■ - .1/. .7-1'C /' 1 -7 -
..,7-7,""/- -" --:■/ - 7.
- ' '. .
Xyxy^.y
/ 7T\ •'
17 ;• ..
■ ■! , / ■
• . 7 =.'.'=, -,7- . :■■>:
-:7 '7 v /‘,77<- :
' il'1777'7 -■ -'
7" 7-
r/i':-::' = -■>: s-? ■
P-. 1 1-=.' . • *2 7 .. . .7:--:
i'Ml-/.7 =*7.
‘r CTf-, > ;• -7 "i-.; - .
[ -
mi-
?v ■'
- •
71 /I'
vyv-i-i^v: 1 ss/iii 1-
'-•v-'l.;/!'-!''.-','-: '7'./ 7,/
-X r . AS'/liS - . '' ■'.'••7--:oV ■7.-.'. >- -l .•/■. i> •:?'
7,
„,;17 ;•>. ;■
7--r-..v-:/7J-.3777
:.=> ..,. "-: -.= • - ..=- =
. • .. v -\«. -■ . ' y*/' ,'v* .it**, »7*
'" 7-,- . , =.- =:/ . ",
::.'7„7.. 77,7",- 1; : > 7 ' 77., >-77'>,-
.-= i ' ■"= .7 .' " " 7, --,=. -. v - - ,- . ....
i/7'.,.. '/:■, -,= 7~' 7'-> :--= ^.. . , .
, - 1 „ . , . '7* r "• .*••<» r IV . ii'*-' - ;~i . -V • •>' • 7,7," • ■'
; ■;.:■■ ’/;7;: 1>7 7 X^yXXX'rXX Al-V/ll i--:.^/ =,:7- -577.=--
'■ •
.... -, i -'7 . •■.. . - 1'.- , ..... S J::
' •'"=’■ • ..=='• ?7 .. / V" . '7 ".' .
• a - -y.r.y -
MifL...
>.'• ^ n • : •..'•.-v.v . •^:-
• r ' u yr> • . -HUSK/ 7V
£777- "
Pr • xXJ^:XX^Xyx"
.
- 7 . A /c-5 v ■ ■■•- s. > x, . . * • - ,77-. :
- - = " " . ,
..7*>
X^-.C-. Ur. •--■
> • .7 :>•- •*:.
:■ - - - 7 - ./ . . ' ' ' " ->-■ . ' .7
'-1.71 ■ ' . ,7 '-'• ", - -■ -
,-. . • - » , . A -
■- 7 - 7 : r7 x: ""7...:S.,.--,--:.
- - ? 11 V- - ■'./'' , =• ■' '-'=',
>,•/. .I’.-.- «.* :
• 1" '• 1. ; / 1"' • i
ill ::-=l:
■■'X'' . ' "* * >7 •, ■ -vi. - / .
; ' "7; >-7-'. .77/,;,
,1* "7 t . -7 j
Z S-A-V. Z:.:7:.=1:7:Z. - .. .,,,
'->-' *■• . - & --. >;7- . .. ■ :7>7h7/
'-'177' ' .-':- .-:' :'., ' '- .. .
" ' '/vl •■V5.fi.v-(,JL
7 — ' --- />
»--cr '-• >• * -i ' - "
rf7 > •■ 71-775*77
. .X-.v. 7»' •••"•••/*•'* ’ i **•<*
•r ' = '=7
All 1 1
I''
• - •' ,- v Vi 'A - v/i- ' X ■ / • VyV M
'a •' - 1 l ^C.i -X • , ..7I1 •'■: 1VV ; < : ,1*' ... ' ,
7 - • v- -V • ,x- 7 . ■ . *•• A*.\ n V -
" ••-' : 1- -1 ■; •- ■ . •■ . 7 " »•«•.
• ■ ; /•%.«. . vifV1- ,*■ 1 > . . I- ' ■, - .7/7; 1. . .
.... . .
:
- 7 -1-- /',-=;.; ., ,--777"=.,. A /!' ■;/.'7/7;/--i,
- ‘ ■ - .7 .1, °"1- ,':'‘.1"'\,'7'V' Vi"Vl;V- A.; -7l.;: : , ■’A'l-.' ' •
’
' --■■ - •- : . . . - =••-*, - ..... ,7
.. .. ■ ■ • ■• - ->■
7 XXX
X&rX*'- ,'vyv .
-1 :'v ; ;;5
•ill ‘ I:?" A. r > , .**?•;>
"
• ■X ^ n'- v-7. V'-l
m
1111 7
"1-.
is
-.'-7 -v -=: ,7 > -.77
>v?r v ' > ,1. , v-.- . tv ' '.-'v- -.1
* ‘ ^ 1 \-V ^l; V 'V.;
7. =-/-": ,1-. 7-"l'7 :,7-,---,,/7l
•“. *x . ‘ . 1 • . • /■'• •-v-.ix- V 'X'Z'-'’ '
;=-.f>x-=-, - ,7, ;"•> /./■=. .
X\ " .V'-'l/l
'■#i-VV X
.,7/7.1-,, '7
f ^ - 1
|fi|iw
7 -- yv' ■
fm;
.
m
V^-rr-vVl^-
.’Ky
...
' - 1
:>y.<.y =
' ' ;1 "
'
1 ■r'X.
■ 1 • .... Hi . '!:•• ' -w
1" ,"'".';/7V.7
-■Lvo'
.7= "1-1
1'77'-1>
HMHRSSo'rtTS'isyMl
7.1; .M'"-' .7 ,"""1 .-•’ll. 1„. ,, ,
•„7- 7*7 1.7. A'/ --=>
- ■ • ,
■'
-
, X? " .'111 ■/ -7 --1^.
?--'i-l-f7 '7,7.
- - . . .-I.: •■ ■'.-
i'
1:1
-IvS
7 / 7 - i 7 l ..
' ■:- :~ - - W : f ■ ■ . .
-x- =17-177.^
ifel
•7 *rY+ ^ ^ SfSr. .
■ 1: 5 fill - SiS./. •
7.":: 1171.//-: -JS?
>‘:x ;
"1A
l'=:Vi'|f l#:Ais5
A AfferliHliA: ",
- - >1 Til-' /->.-,",
' - J: v.. ' ' ./ .7 . .\, •' 7
- V«'- .. X :, •• ..a-'-, •> ' : C;, " V5 ' ;• .,AX '••;"> -A
■ xxxy ■ a a 1 -"i, . .;■ ■ .. Vi V . X? 7
' Al *"•
'T" ' V
v 1/ M '"^-^y ' ■• . -'yx
-?*• ' V -;V 'Is. A'V- A. /ill ; A. .. I- % • i
... -w.-- - ••■■■ • 5"'.^bAA-i'''.' i.il
A;';"iilAV..;
r'A '.'A’iSa-i
"•A-l *,1-
V-^ii
XX x\
iiss. Ill
'1'^. -A i.V
vAiii
- •
iV-
" "' >l:'i=7 .-,,'77.'-
r':'4’ -.-i
......
= •=!--,' - .-.=,'
-7' 1' ... ' - v ' ■" ;i
' . 7-i
- • y H - , - A 1 ’ i 1;
* *'- • 1 - i 7 .A* Vl '..1
:'i.. 7’-' , = 7-;
AA,
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
/attCL
BRITISH ANTARCTIC (“TERRA NOYA”) EXPEDITION, 1910.
NATURAL HISTORY REPORT.
ZOOLOGY. VOL. Ill, No. 2. Pp. 75-110.
CRUSTACEA.
PART I.— DECAPODA.
BY
L. A. BORRADAILE, M.A.
( Fellow , Dean and Lecturer of Selwyn College , Cambridge ; Lecturer in Zoology in the University).
WITH SIXTEEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
LONDON :
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
Sold by Longmans, Green & Co., 39, Paternoster Row, E.C. ; B. Quaritch, 11, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, W. ;
Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37, Soho Square, W. ;
AND AT THE
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
1916.
[All rights reserved .]
Price Three Shillings.
[Issued 28 th October , 1916.]
y-.-a . ■, . :
‘ V A ■ -'••• - • ' 7 /A?**'. r.
‘ ... ••
AA- >. '-7
• •- ■ A '. 7‘- •
A • '• 7^‘W- ■
'.vV • ,'V/- A ■ ■’ aa ■
■ "A-. - vXAAA v :
' ;. - 'A A A.; at. : .
Me-:
.-A.-vA
A V'.' A
ft-x* &
.'-A vV
", V'
2 '2Ar-:
$kA‘$t
- '• »-■ . • ' - • - . . • a
, -- ;• '• . : ' • '• " V. . v.v a-
' — ’ AA AXa. A;'-..A>aaaX
-
.
• - . ... • ■ , •— •
A .- . ; " .A'--*"";'-''. 72 - H '•*>< WVi
- 'A 7 v;- • > ■-*» ' • ‘ A.-;**-*
rA*A
~aa; ’
• a ~x:
■ -'aV
- - - ; c.; -;'-
: ; ~ Y~X
■'* * V -VA
M
.. A AA - .
; ■> "V Vv---r-. .
<: - * «TOK *«?„ . v .. A;
■'T >'V> -
■i,
" >a>- v ;;§V
- ..
A' Ay
A A
»{? ;.Y: .
'■1.7 ’
- ‘ va'kA-.
■> ■_ ■ : <:;r
.
• \~-iK
■ •> *-. . .77
'
— ,-V ’ . .. -'r~
- “< . .. :'. . -4 2;
6
MU
; vA A- ■.■■;
' -y.'* ' A '
XAAAAAyy
^.JM HR
' '■ .. ' 7 ^ '• ••.:•. ■' "••■•. ■. '*■,■■■■.
. - /■• ' •'
.A
..
“X><' • » V i» X
-
- -
~.C ' V
WiTT-M
i
.4 9* ■>*/££ * .
TSi *■.- /% ;7-
*’5': :r-' i. &>r;
• .
> J.i >.-•
S
• - *
-'L ■•«
' 'V V'"
• 7 ^1.
J.."' ?>V- *llr r:.^LT
’ v;.ti /i®*?
• ■- - • * -
v' •. y
:,X-V\ y.'
■ t 7';
.•- > . . • • V( .‘. -
,t rva:’? /ts
.
-- 7 ~7 , • «■* :.' - '
-s'r:': .>:•■- S'.-
■ ...
- - ■ ^ / 'v, ; '•:.
J ;• V0j.' -7 -!vr : a/ ; : a pr-^fc:
::r:^
' . • . ■ - - -
• as-v-.;
3. al'fe
^51 "7 . : • .*■
,'i. Y*-f- • r‘ •’ • ‘-A
s.;. ..A-: lx,,
a -vv.Av xvias? a
S;
■a ys.; ■ : 'v.y;'-':y vsyy,vAy
.’■•-•'A ' ' ' ' ■ ■. . . - .- ' '.'.--l. -r
.4tr}
Mm
v. . ; . s.'
r—:; S
ayAA::.
r<- .
::"c;,y:.-Ay
■ V,;/ V S ACAS" 7 ,-V - -
-A saav-Vv-- :. - ?:-:i v-sA.;.s a'aa*
?-s • ■ . y- *>. v? „C «• ■ -.t- -. Tkv. • i
. 5.-v v.^--> -• •. T <r,t “ A; ■ ; - r - ^ • • , - '
•- 7: - .-•■••' :
; A .:• ‘A ' y.;
-< f.
ij<7?
i&jm
.
sA'
-d.:.
; • v7' • -. A3& :. ;." '
-> • ■• .“7v »■_- i- ^
A A
-
' 7 V
- • . • a-':-::
xAA'A-:
7 ' ■>.
' "1 V'- A..
. . -•
.
• ' • . \.'
ss- ;7,
. r. - .>«. --...V'l
; r } • . ;•• ■ . w,...
- 2 . ^ .
7--7". ! .7 '• 7:7
AA'Ay77 'ti
,' ' 1 , <■; _
' .• ■■ f2
: :•-• '■
: A A; '
: 7.,
> - K~-- • 7
, a-
■ v'- . .-^r- • .• =
7V-.2a.-7;
7-Aya a;. ,:727; ,<a
■ . . - ... 7" , . '•• 7
72 ■ ..'A r-ysy';
■• ' .■• ;-'.V'-.: 7i':
. ■
77AA.2
A-a -
777-7^-7-7^2
i-r • : : »;
ayr/ay
:7|pr7..*yT^
a;7 ' A : 7:>17 A
7- 277 A > . v
■ -a - .. ••7- 7-
..4 .'.A.- .■?../ Ttr-'..-f2.r; >«
• . <, ... . 72 ;r -
■ "
-
• •• - ' " -
-^2- ; a ■ y : 7 - 'a sy - ,
;.:'A-7ci '7.727:-' f_iv". -. JiVv'-V^.'.-Avv a.A
■aA- -7:r:; .y .-
»■
7V" S72J
7 M
,• -
' 7 a a
■ a-.--
• 7. 7 - • - :- 7 -.. ... - -.
.-• .'7-.: s-‘. v- /v 7 - .7.-77^:
‘ ■> . '7 ’’
: -7-' ,
V27:2v.7a?
■y~ V-'-yia , vj;;
._ .. ^ .’. ’'A
.-r;7 • .A's-^'. tr-.rAc';_ / .: . ^ ;y; 7 -••
> -
-
1
*
.-.-A" -a . ‘A- .-r--AA.
• -• ... >••.-•• : • -f-i? 7t’ i.^- .< a <'.^777
.
- • . > •<
"7 ' 27 r/.’-
-A'/ a :vy' ' ' j. :■
y . ■' ■• /-*
:> V
-■■-.a , \ 7 '*
':7t- <■.
-ay
■ - •- ■ ',7 2
: •
• . f. ■ •'-
V ' - '77
-^■A‘7-.: -■• '
- A A7'a
;*/.. ^ 7
". y>;'7AA;.v'..-: '
7-'-' 7 v-l.-aaT1'";
*, ^ -. '':r
-
rA'v- - • -a
'mmmk
A -X-- y&S-i:
, iAa -iTA
VAaa-
y -y t i..-.
:fys;.A ..
r v' • : ••
tMz
.a - y.
a A A ,7 A. a
7
4A':-A'ava-?,7:7. •••
' * . . -a - ii’.*: 7 s> a , v. /. -2
-.- a.77^'2 :.
- ■■ ' 7'
'"■MX
A' ^A^-'A-
A>-* 7
Va'a-A ;A' ;-|Aa stA/a-.
: ‘ - A: ■ *- ’ ' • 7-
: - a '. 7 A 7-
y
wm
sA'A>- ':'7 ." A \ '-Aa ■
:; A, — A-..: "V
y.i
;7-a7':A-7'
.2':7<a. - - •-a'®': .
v - TA v, - -'/A .---.A.;.,:,; -
:rn
-Z .
'
~~if" "AA V ■■• ,“•'-'7 -t 2' - 1 ' 4y -.v5is
7'-A7:A2,a-7aA-Aar
:'*i • • ’. >
■
7 >■•;; "
/?>> a-.;; 2
-7 ■ J~:
. Wi
■ '
.- 277-. 77 7 77' 727 'r- 7
-.. *A a ' A ^--.r . a
- 7 -
AAA-
2% 7 "A7'j:; 727777 ’
•>.-. 7 7..-' ?'7-
^-a_ ; A r-*.-;
a-, vul
• -
la AAfA
:* s s?5>_ * . *
W&r-X# a. A! -•■ • A *:
.•VAAvf:
7 A- a -27->'A
-A; a
- aa..-' -a.-.'-":A 'y-‘Ava'r-
'A: 27 --'772 AA7
••
- AA;. A'A AAA.7A2
72a:7227
-•'- -vs
:.- . v ----- . •yAr-..
- * * 7‘^t-V
7_A •■ "'A A - 2 •*.
•:-2 K>i-
2 .j <A
'7. -7'AaV;
72-.^ a* 2
• ; ;^7v>
-
1 :"A< "
_ .-. 2^22 2y.. •*A/v
- . . , ' • v' >A .•■*■'' " ' ;• '■'r -. 'P', ' A* ' - .
^,1- : 7-.V.-.-- s2’i-'- ;27'77,-; ' '
- - - ii - . .- -
- - - ,
-
---' •- . -< ••. .
•A' ";-A V '
~0
;. .iXk^' r
■
,
- ^ •- '
/va -v *.• • -
-- AA - . ^7 a-
;• .aA-A ■'■•A
A'-tAvA’. a.
v-
. - ■■ ,
"•• '- • -' " a . . - :
A -f'A-.'-A. -A.^'--
-2772 p y A- ■■
-7; . >.-,2.-.-,-2. 7,.'-.
:<- 7.7. 2 27 7:772 2-7 -:'
' r* ar • u- . . <-’&>. 2 *.2 c a*
2V.2\.-
I#
k'mi
*
, 7 ;
;
''277' ‘
mMi
a '-^^A2:" A2^y' ''--'.'>- ' ..aay'-A
2A---7 -:->7m - 2 -'-I -7.7-:-,; -'7 -V. :,C .
C.
:.‘A -a.2>
r;>A.;ieir:
A af x
. _^a~7' 2-': C
^ 2:AA
, - •. 7 ..a- 7.'. .3* :,-a- .-
;•. i 1 j-i.-,- 7W
.
4 --■ 2- - fc- V:
■ - - -..» A .lA^AA
AA *< -
- ^ -
-
v>.-' 27^ ;
A2A 277
Aa>Av
>*' A '•’A.-a
; ' ■-■ -. 7'AXAr'v-— . - - 7-<
- 7 fi -7.77 .;•■ ,.-:'77.-.Ti;: , :
a. -■ ' • 2*\ ‘ --» ■- • \r. ‘ -,--♦*'■7''
?v • . ---'A- >. ia./:-
77-"- •■'• • a-.'- :» 7 -•■• -f&r . •-•:• •
-: 7 A. - A; v -•*•“*.?/ -. •- .-vra- -a - $k
■ -2 * "7 227-221
■ -' 27. .. ,- ■•'< 7. '0£$'%
. 7> 7. 777; - : :: - : : '7/ 7--
- -.":■ : - 2„. . r . . - .. '
. 7' . - . ■- -7'7- . -' .. 2
- . -
:• ... :-. - .'.; ' . . • -.- .
-- 27 - .' - "/ " ' : ' '-'
:7'a;-t 2/-- 2- -y
•2; • a : 2r;vA
' .2 -A
- .: - - . '.'
■A2a. ••; >272 , 2. v
2' 2 / A>V^»> AX '
- ' :' ; -'A'- - .- VA' A^.' . . ■ , -.V— v • >: - ; .
72..';Ai'.7A::A:a:'A-272y22;
-■.-•■
: -> ' .S*S
A.^'A^r A'-'y -A2\_-a -aaT- a 2.
f§ri ' A Av
■
at
-f-avy n.._
'■ V;- -.'aAAA •;. ' A" A’: 2.-4;
.
Ai'2.’*’A.cA .'■r2/>v-2''‘ ' vl;.^c
■-
mm 77
’T—A- : v-C-:-2 " AA... ' '
72 7?22'?a:;v7 " . >*.•
a -.- . .- aaa
. * r 7- --L 7'. "
-> -- i s-
2-2:72
2) ;
■ %
■ 2 2
A'A
" a2'2-
7'A *
X --.mA-A-v-
- - .--.
-•■ VrSHd
: .- . *77 / ! 7722. -'7:72. '
-
. .ayax'-'-.
: - -"'A A-': ■■
'.-, .->• . ,x A ■ -Ak; «'■ -a-.v a* A '• ^
' ‘
1
'AAAAAaa. :
: ' A- < - ' - a i;
a-' a:-aa 7: .
' >22 2 ...-- A ', .7
■ A v A - V7;
■
SV-V^A'A**
. . >
■vA-.2v2::A
"2.'X -> A AavA ,2- .vX^
7:"A- •> Ai:*a;
7 s 7w 2-72
7-.-;
: .: 272
2, -72:2. 7-7
.
727 7/7 -7 -; 7./ -- .; v -
: 2 . - .-• •• --;'1
■
>2/
'^cAA.
-. 77- 7 - 72-':'77,:X27aA7;A?A
- s-' 7 7,2- 7 7^:727-2. 22277-2
■ 2, 277 .7 222 777..;, -2 2
a / , ' - 1 ' .. 2£- 227
..’27
- 2^-V
.. -7/77 -'-27,:
- . -a-' • 7? a -7 . ■ ..
• 22 ■ • •■ .- " ■- - - •• -
-- ' •> . . ,y ^.2-2- ^
AX'-
A:2:-X2^r^'". A 222
>2 2,
■ • -. -f,._ '■ '-'--A. a'A /.a . -<'-
'2 " 7, -'-2. •• .’2 At
■ . 7 72; 2 *. - ... 7
/ : .- 7. <ir:-,27-«Sy^-2
M.
7 »- •, - (
• ■ . . - .. s
;2-7;i2;
a.-v-'v a , -^A
\-.a 2;/ - 7";a ' r'2 :^-2* 2
. •* - - fssafa* ; •"; r : , --■ ’27
' 7-' T-.':,.' :' :- ;-2. .7 .-22
'/2' :' ;7;: .-/ }■ 22
; A 77 2 -- A ■ - ' I - -- . .2'; ; ".. ' .. '" 77222a ..
7- . - A/y .- - '2 ■ - 722 A
^ - -:■ . '•- - ..- - -. ? -aKA • ; •’• . • -'-as-- A' - v j • • • r" - ' a V
- - ; >2 2- ", ■ ■*- - ■ .-? \ ." . ; ’2-a: • -27' - ' - • .;• -
s
- r '..7'- !- V :'r- _ 2 ■ 7 /2 ' -J'' 772.' • A
:r -H A,-. 2-:-< .A7.;.- A-7 : A ^ -■■;
A 2222 .- 2A.2 - . : . ’ - - A ’ Ac
22 .‘A
m
.
a ’
”.V''v7'A‘aVa;
". 7 "
;'22ya...
; ?-c 2 • A A •'• •;?.•' yp \ z 2*2 .
- . . -
a &Kh -:2
>a
- yv
ayA 2c:a
.2 7
-• . <-• -'-A ► • - :.;y
A- ->2*2 -Nr, *"
• '
• ;- ,.7-:s2*; .'>: • .*.§••. ... 272A:.vX - .'a >*H.V
.- a>*r. • r* : 2 7 7 a a ' - A , : . ~j . ^ - • -. a :>«?:- • A*;
; , . ^ - A • '• • • . ;
: 7:2.. ;/7.'::7A'./2.2 '
. . . - . •- : ■ • -. .-' * . ■• 2".'.
: - ..- - 2; .;:7>Vai; '7-27VA2
' ii- '.. 25.V -.7 2 a f ■ 'a'
^ a- A- - 7- • A : - ' .' ' ' /.-A a
7 A* -A- VAX A':'a-2 .S-.
- -• . -
- '- . -
' 7 " - ' '7: 77 a . - ' A'7- ,7-. A: ■ . ...- ; -7-; -: -:7;-
; .> .., ,. .- .-.i:-- -..... - - - 7 . V--.-. . -.-- .•-.. ■: ; -•... i-v
. -
■Vf
2>lv
77/.', 7
A ’-'AXA*
A> - 7 * 7 2 * A- A
-2, .;: a .a a-
->-2- - -
'22'
2227
■ -iaaa'aA
• - - a '.i'r'2'.- -' V
W :.' / 'A s.‘-
-AAA ;a>t2
ayV& ;%2'A'-
-.22.*''
.
•>«£
2.27
..■V: -vA"
a'aa
2 7 •->•- ‘ A 2. .A-' . '/orXA A As
7-7 7fc as . -A:2 vaA AAaAAi7.A
- . 7 - - - : ' ■
::r ... _ . -' .-r: ' %...- ■ ' :•/ /;...■- 77
... : 7 v- " ■ - -' "-' - ■ ■
- ' ' V'. Ac-' ..j’-A1- •>*.*■ .-. - "s
’* "A. .;v <. .■ •-*'-•/. 'A' i-7 a ; -k - -r'.A Jy A * •:•
7 ,,. ! - -' - • -• 7- -.' >
'7 7 7- 2-A A !. A A- 7 -- ---a-77
wmsm aaMmgMmmsgtM
RH^^R
- '-'-'A 'A. a*1''
' A"- A" •-- : ,
-
;2 .- 727
-5-. .*' ' tflAS
•- ■ - 2 a a.. --■ 7 -•-A.-' - a " - ■
JAAA^'77^27vAyA7222|77A2A'
'■€? ’N. 2 "A- i y ■_ ays-v v
'\y
Kr0
-.A,.' -_■ -
: ' - . - ■ ■ ' : . X 7.
• u : Xy z-: ■ .-, r-7V'
- /-;■ - . . .. .
. - - - ■ 7 ■" - -• -.
., ;. . • ■•• /- .. vt , v- ... .* <■ a. 2 2^
. •:* ' ' • ' ,
m
■.v'-iya'.
“7,LAA
y A>(vy,-':
2 4 “ 7t2 , : 27 X . a';2-;-2
7 rA
i A ’V " .'77,22.^2;
7-7'=- -■ 27-' .ay; : =7.
7772,-7". := 777
77:.
7A';7;'7 27:
7'^ii: 'A’:-; A-;a'v''A'
l a ,A
Xr.A
'-*■> 1
>'• '- A-''
'■.yy pypA. % >
A^'A%UA>
X f ’a-.-
- ..: ’ .-V =--
-‘'72.
s
-A-AA i-
' •' - ,r. *
" -7 77.7 , i;. ' 2A:'-77-A.Aa-/--'V
77
• f'Sj..
<t. -a A vt
v'A A = v ;v--.---:AA-
•-. 1 • • / -.i.-:-v...7 ;
A;v: r-
'Vv-
-.-a
-
•..'■ A- x
7/-' - ••*-- > ' . .s .A. . . •- 7 _ - a
- -
: A AX:A7AAa
'. '•-■'ay •X'’
^ ”• "" • -•-' •' ' . --' ■■ ' A " '• '. '
72: A; -. r " .C.Ara/ -X :
CRUSTACEA.*
PART I.- DECAPODA.
BY L. A. BORRADAILE, M.A.,
Fellow, Dean and Lecturer of Selwyn College, Cambridge ; Lecturer in Zoology in the University.
WITH SIXTEEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
PAGE
I. — Introduction
J I.- Descriptions of Species
75
79
Index
109
I. — INTRODUCTION.
The species of Decapoda obtained by the “Terra Nova” number 46 in all, and are
distributed pretty evenly throughout the taxonomic divisions of the order. According
to the localities in which they were taken, they fall into five groups :
(1) Antarctic.
(2) From New Zealand and the neighbouring waters.
(3) From Melbourne Harbour (a single species).
(4) From between Rio de Janeiro and South Trinidad Island.
(5) Pelagic species from the tropical and sub-tropical Atlantic.
(1) The Antarctic species were :
Pasiphaea longispina , Lenz and Strunck, 1914.
Chorismus antarcticus (Pfefter), 1887.
Crctngon ( Notocrangon ) antarcticus, Pfeifer, 1887, var. gracilis , n.
All were taken in the Ross Sea.
* In sending to the press this paper and that which follows it, I wish to acknowledge very heartily
the courtesy of the authorities of the British Museum (Natural History), who have afforded me facilities
for doing at the Museum a good deal of the work which the examination of the “ Terra Nova’' collection
has involved. In particular I am indebted to Dr. W. T. Caiman for the readiness with which he has
placed at my disposal not only the collections under his charge, but also his own time and knowledge.
Miss G. M. Woodward’s excellent illustrations owe much to the assistance which she has received
from Dr. Caiman in their preparation.
M
76
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
That there are only three of them, all previously described, is in agreement with
what is known of the poverty in Decapoda of Antarctic waters. Chorismus antarcticus
has already been reported in the Ross Sea, as well as in South Georgia and to the south
of Kerguelen. It has thus an Antarctic circumpolar distribution, extending as far north
as South Georgia. The same is true of Crangon antarcticus, with the difference that
specimens of this species taken between 80° E. and 160° W. long, belong to a different
variety from those of South Georgia, on the opposite side of the Antarctic region. These
two species are the only Decapoda reported from South Georgia, so that, so far as this
evidence goes, that island clearly belongs to the same geographical province as the
Antarctic continent, and not to the adjoining South American region. 1 have discussed
below the affinities of Crangon antarcticus and its bearing upon the bipolarity theory.
Pasiphaea longispina was taken near Kaiser Wilhelm Land by the German expedition.
Very probably it is also circumpolar. Two other species of Pasiphaea, recently
described by Stubbing, but not obtained by the “ Terra Nova,” make up to five the
total number of Antarctic Decapoda at present known.
(2) The New Zealand species were :
Solenocera novae- Zealand iae, n. sp.
Sergestes semiarniis, Bate, 1888.
Leucifer batei, Borr., 1915.
Thalassocaris novae- zealandiae, n. sp.
Rhynchocinetes typus , H. M.-Edw., 1837.
Tozeuma novae- zealandiae, n. sp.
Periclimenes ( Hamiger ) novae- zealandiae, n. sp.
Aegean cataphractus (Olivi), 1792.
Jasus, sp.
Arctus immaturus, Bate, 1888 (? sp.).
Axius novae- zealandiae, n. sp.
Galathea pusilla, Hend., 1885.
Uroptychus maori , n. sp.
,, novae- zealandiae, n. sp.
Paguristes suhpilosus, Ilend., 1888.
Eupagurus novae, Chilton, 1911.
,, Icirki, Filhol, 1885.
,, crenatus, n. sp.
Porct llanopagurus edwardA, Filhol, 1885 (? sp.).
Port aims corrugatus (Penn.), 1777.
Pilumnus maori, n. sp.
Pinnotheres pi sum (L.), 1766.
Grapsus ( Leptograpsus) variegatus ( F al >r. ) , 1793.
Plug asm chahrus (L.), 1764.
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A — BORRADAILE.
77
Elamena longirostris, Filhol, 1885.
Echinomaia hispida, n. gen. et sp.
Paramithrax ( Parami thrax) latreillei, Miens, 1879.
,, (. Leptomithrax ) afjinis, n. sp.
,, parvus , n. sp.
All were taken at or near the north end of the North Island.
Twelve of the twenty-nine species are new. Nearly all the others have already
been recorded from New Zealand waters. Of those which have not, Aegean cataphr actus
is a very widely distributed species whose appearance here need cause little surprise.
The specimen which I have doubtfully referred to Arctus imrnaturus indicates, if the
reference lie correct, the occurrence of a Cape Verde species near New Zealand. In the
moderately deep water to the North of New Zealand there is evidently a very rich
and varied decapod fauna, which well deserves the attention of New Zealand zoologists.
(3) The single species from Melbourne Harbour was Leucifer hanseni , Nobili,
1905.
(4) The tropical Atlantic species from near Rio de Janeiro and South Trinidad
Island comprise :
Pandalus paucidens, Miers, 1881.
Neptunus ( Ilellenus ) spinicarpus (Stm.), 1870.
Goneplax hirsutus, n. sp.
Gecarcinus lagostoma, H. M.-Edw., 1837.
Eurypodius latreillei, Guerin, 1828.
Persephona ( Mgr op sis) laevis, n. sp.
Geographically speaking they are a mixed assemblage. Persephona laevis and
Neptunus spinicarpus indicate West Indian affinities for the fauna, Goneplax hirsutus is
a link with the North, while Pandalus paucidens and Eurypodius latreillei are
Magellanic. Gecarcinus lagostoma is the only land decapod taken by the expedition.
Some of the pelagic Sergestidae mentioned below were taken in this region.
(5) The pelagic species from the Atlantic were the following Sergestidae :
Sergestes atlanticus, H. M.-Edw., 1830.
,, pacifcus, Stm., 1860.
,, cornutus, Ivr., 1859.
,, corniculum, Kr., 1859.
,, ed ward si, Kr., 1859.
,, vigilax, Stm., 1860.
Leucifer hatei, Borr., 1915.
,, faxoni, Borr., 1915.
There is nothing remarkable in the occurrence of any of them.
m 2
78
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
The most interesting species contained in the collection were the very handsome
new spider-crab Echinomaia hispida, belonging to the remarkable group of genera
which includes Cyrtomaia and Platymaia, and the peculiar carcinized hermit-crab
Porcellanopagurus.
LIST OF STATIONS.
1. Antarctic (Ross Sea Area).
Station "276. 7 1 41' S., 166J 47' W., 0-1,750 metres, Jan. 5, 1913, Plankton.
,, 294. 74° 25' S., 179 3' E., 289 metres (158 fatks.), Jan. 15, 1913, Bottom fauna.
,, 314. 5 miles N. of Inaccessible Island, McMurdo Sound, 406-441 metres (222-241 faths.),
Jan. 23, 1911, Bottom fauna.
,, 316. Off Glacier Tongue, about 8 miles N. of Hut Point, McMurdo Sound, 348-457 metres
(190-250 faths.), Eeb. 9, 1911, Bottom fauna.
,, 318. Hole in ice between Cape Evans and Inaccessible Island, 130-180 metres, June 13-
Sept. 16, 1911, Bottom fauna.
„ 338. 77 13' S., 164 18' E., 379 metres (207 faths.), Jan. 23, 1912, Bottom fauna.
,, 339. 77 J 5' S., 164 17' E., 256 metres (140 faths.), Jan. 24, 1912, Bottom fauna.
,, 340. 76° 56' S., 164° 12' E., 293 metres (160 faths.), Jan. 25, 1912, Bottom fauna.
,, 348. Off Barne Glacier, McMurdo Sound, 366 metres (200 faths.), Feb. 13, 1912, Bottom
fauna.
„ 355. 77° 46' S., 166° 8' E., 547 metres (300 faths.), Jan. 20, 1913, Bottom fauna.
,, 356. Off Granite Harbour, entrance to McMurdo Sound, 92 metres (50 faths.), Jan. 22,
1913, Bottom fauna.
Stomach of Albatross, locality not stated.
2. New Zealand and the Neighbouring Waters.
Station 90. From Summit, Gt. King, Three Kings Islands, S. 14° W., 8 miles, 183 metres (100
faths.), July 25, 1911, Bottom fauna.
„ 96. 7 miles E. of North Cape, New Zealand, 128 metres (70 faths.), Aug. 3, 1911, Bottom
fauna.
,, 109. 34° 15' S., 172° 0' E., 3 metres, Aug. 5, 1911, Plankton.
„ 112. 33° 37' S., 171° 30' E., 3 metres, Aug. 8, 1911, Plankton.
„ 126. 34° 13' S„ 172° 15' E., Surface, Aug. 24, 1911, Plankton.
,, 127. Off Three Kings Islands, Surface, Aug. 25, 1911, Plankton.
,, 131. Off Three Kings Islands, Surface, Aug. 27, 1911, Plankton.
,, 133. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, 20 metres, Aug. 30, 1911, Plankton.
,, 134. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, 20-37 metres (11-20 faths.), Aug. 31, 1911.
,, 135. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, 3 metres, Sept. 1, 1911, Plankton.
Nelson.
Bay of Islands.
Elmsley Bay.
3. Melbourne Harbour.
4. Near Rio de Janeiro and South Trinidad Island.
Station 36. South Trinidad Island, July 26-30, 1910, Shore collecting.
,, 41. 22 56' S., 41 34' W., Surface, May 2, 1913, Plankton.
,, 42. 22 J 56' S., 4 1 34' W., 73 metres (40 faths.), May 2, 1913, Bottom fauna.
5. Pelagic Stations in the Atlantic Ocean.
Stations 39 and 40. Six miles off mouth of Rio de Janeiro Harbour, 2 metres, April 27, 1913.
Station 44. 21 1 S., 37 50' W., Surface, May 4, 1913.
„ 45. 21° S., 37° 50' W., Surface, May 4, 1913.
,, 46. 20° 30' S., 3 6 30' W., Surface, May 4, 1913.
,, 47. 20 30' S., 36 30' W., Surface, May 4, 1913.
,, 49. 18° 51' S., 33 40' W., Surface, May 6, 1913.
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A — BORRADATLE.
79
18° S., 31 45' W., Surface, May 7, 1913.
5° S., 27 15' W., 2 metres, May 12, 1913.
2° N., 24° 45' W., Surface, May 17, 1913.
2° N., 24° 45' W., Surface, May 17, 1913.
4° 50' N., 24° W., Surface, May 18, 1913.
6° 10' N., 24° 5' W„ Surface, May 19, 1913.
23° 28' N., 34° 45' W., Surface, May 26, 1913.
23° 28' 1ST., 34° 45' W., Surface, May 26, 1913.
25° 35' N., 34° 10' W., Surface, May 27, 1913.
25° 35' N., 34° 10' W., Surface, May 27, 1913.
27° 22' N., 33° 40' W., Surface, May 28, 1913.
II.- DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES.
Sub-order NATANTIA.
Tribe PENAEIDES.
Family PENAEIDAE.
Sub-family PENAE1NAE.
1. Solenocera novae- zealancliae, n. sp. Fig. 1.
The collection contains a single specimen, unfortunately somewhat damaged, of a
new Solenocera dredged off New Zealand in 70 fathoms of water. The rostrum is short,
ending before the middle of the cornea. Its crest bears five teeth, of which two stand
behind the orbit. Supraorbital, antennal, branchiostegal and pterygostomial spines
are present. The second joint of the antennular stalk is shorter than the first, but
longer than the third. The antennal stalk does not reach the end of the eye. The
Station 50.
„ 53.
,, 60.
„ 61.
,, 62.
„ 63.
„ 64.
„ 65.
„ 66.
,, 67.
„ 68.
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
80
antennal scale slightly outreaches the antennular stalk, narrowing to a rounded end,
which is barely outreached by the subterminal spine. All the flagella are broken short
in the specimen. The third maxilliped outreaches the antennal scale by the whole of
its slender, pointed end-joint and a small part of the penultimate joint, which is about
one-third longer than the end-joint. The first leg slightly outreaches the antennal
stalk. Its fingers are not quite twice as long as the palm, its wrist longer than the
hand. The second leg reaches the end of the antennular stalk. The third leg is
missing on both sides of the specimen. The fourth leg nearly reaches the end of the
first joint of the antennular stalk. The fifth leg slightly outreaches the whole stalk.
The legs are smooth save for a few scattered hairs. The petasma is slender and simple,
and probably not fully formed in the specimen. The abdominal segments are simple
in shape, but the sixth bears a spine in the middle of the hinder edge. The telson is
shorter than either branch of the uropods. It is slender and ends in a sharp spine.
Its upper surface is marked by a deep groove to within about one-third of its length
from the free end, where two strong, fixed lateral spines stand.
Length, 7 cm.
One specimen, from Station 96.
Family SERGESTIDAE.
Sub-family SERGESTINAE.
IV Y.t-zsj.z-i
if. Sergestes atlanticus, II. M.-Edw., 1830.
Sergestes atlanticus, H. M. -Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (1) XIX, p. 349, pi. X, figs. 1-9 ; Hansen,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 949.
The Expedition took no adult members of this species, but at three stations in the
.North Atlantic there were obtained specimens of S. ancylops, Kr. , 1859, which,
according to Hansen, is a young form of S. atlanticus.
Ten specimens were taken at Stations 45, 46, 66.
3. Sen/estes pacific ns, Stm., I860.
Sergestes pacijicus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 45 ; Ortmann, Ergebn.
Plankton-Exped., II, G, b, p. 30 (1893).
This form has not hitherto been recorded from the Atlantic. Hansen merges it in
S. atlanticus, but according to Ortmann the possession of a supraocular spine differ¬
entiates it from the latter species, and this is borne out by the figures of Bate
(“Challenger” Maerura, pi. XVII 1) and Kiyfyer (S', frisii, K. Dansk. Videnskab. Selsk. Skr.
(5) IX, pi. I), which both show S. atlanticus without the spine. A similar case occurs
among the Pontoniinae, where Periclimenes spintferus differs from P. g etitthouavsi only
by the possession of a supraocular spine.
Eight specimens were taken at Stations 49, 50, 68.
'V'J.t.ZppH
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A -BORRADAILE.
81
4. Sergestes cornutus, Kr., 1859.
Sergestes cornutus, Kr0yer, Iv. Dansk. Videnskab. Selsk. Skr. (5), IV, pp. 249 and 277, pi. II,
fig. 2 ; Ortmann, Ergebn. Plankton-Exped., II, G, b, pp. 30 and 34 (1893) ; Hansen,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, pp. 949 and 952.
Nine specimens were taken at Stations 46, 50, 62, 66. l^q. IJL~t(a
5. Sergestes corniculum, K r. , 1859.
Sergestes corniculum, Kr0yer, K. Dansk. Videnskab. Selsk. Skr. (5), IV, pp. 252 and 278,
pi. Ill, fig. 4 ; Ortmann, Ergebn. Plankton-Exped., II, G, b, pp. 31 and 34 (1893) ;
Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, pp. 950 and 957.
S. laciniatus, Kr0yer, loc. cit., pp. 272 and 284, pi. V, fig. 15.
Two specimens were taken at Stations 46, 49. / / /k/.
6. Sergestes semiarmis, Bate, 1888.
Sergestes semiarmis, Bate, “ Challenger ” Macrura, p. 423, pi. LXVII, fig. 1 ; Ortmann,
Ergebn. Plankton-Exped., II, G, b, pp. 32 and 36 (1893).
It seems not unlikely that this larval form is a stage of S. corniculum. One
specimen was taken with a crowd of earlier larvae, from the Acanthosoma stage onwards,
perhaps of the same species.'*
Numerous specimens were taken at Stations 112, 127, 131. s-, & t / 1 f 1 . 1
7. Sergestes ed wards!, Kr., 1859.
Sergestes edwardsi, Kr0yer, Iv. Dansk. Videnskab. Selsk. Skr. (5), II, pp. 246 and 277, pi. IV,
fig. 9 ; Ortmann, Ergebn. Plankton-Exped., II, G, b, pp. 30 and 32 (1893) ; Hansen,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, pp. 950 and 961.
Two specimens were taken at Station 63. ‘VI-1 ■ •p.i'MD
8. Sergestes vigilax , Stm., 1860.
Sergestes vigilax, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 45 ; Ortmann, Ergebn.
Plankton-Exped., II, G, b, pp. 32 and 36 (1893) ; Hansen, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896,
pp. 951 and 964.
One immature specimen was taken by the Expedition.
Station 49. I <j lj. I ^ . 3 l
* The larvae collected by the Expedition are not described in the present report. All that need
here be said in regard to those found with S. semiarmis is that Ortmann (loc. cit.) records a similar case,
but that my larvae differ from his in several respects, notably in the presence of a procurved, median,
dorsal spine at the hinder end of the carapace, and in having on each side of the carapace two spines, not
three, as in Ortmann’s species. The assemblage examined by Ortmann contained Elaphocaris of two
species. Possibly my Acanthosoma and his represent the same two species. It does not appear which, if
either, of them belongs to S. semiarmis, but it is remarkable that on two occasions the latter should have
been taken in company with larval swarms.
“ TERRA NOV A ’’ EXPEDITION.
S2
Sub-family LEUCI FERINAE.
0. Leueifer bate}. Borr., 1915.
Lucifer reynaudii , Hate, “Challenger” Macrura, p. 466, pi. LXXXIV (188S); Ortmann,
Ergehn. Plankton-Exped., 11, G, b, p. 40 (1893).
Lucifer batci , Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XVI, j>. 228 (1915).
I have already (lor. rit.) given reasons for holding this species to he distinct from
/.. (tcisfni. Dana. 1852, with which it has been identified bv Kemp (Trans. Linn. Soc.
Loud. (2), Zook. X\ 1. i. p. 58. 1918). Kemp, however, has recently (Mem. Lnd. Mus.
\ . p. 823) maintained his views, on the ground that the differences which 1 believed to
exist between the two species were discovered only by means of the figures given by
I Ena and Bate. It is, of course, now impossible to refer to Dana’s specimens, and in
the ease of his species one is compelled to form a judgment upon the evidence given by
his description and very clear figures, but Mr. Kemp appears to have overlooked mv
express statement that 1 had had specimens of Bate's /,. rei/rumdii in mv hands. Both
the “Terra Nova" examples and those of Bate, now in the British Museum, agree
closely with Bate's figures and description, and differ from those of Dana in the points
I have specified. In one point, indeed, Bate is more exact than my kev (Joe. cit.,
p. 230). In the male, the length of the sixth abdominal segment is as 1 have stated.
In the female, it is a little longer than the uropod. This is shown by Bate. He also
shows the characteristic, difference in the shape of the end of the exopodite of the
uropod in the two sexes. In the female, the spine on the outer side is placed a little
before the end : in the male it arises from the outer angle of the subtruncate end. As
some of mv specimens are nearly as long as Dana's (f\.. as against of an inch), it is
not likelv that the verv marked departures from his description which thev show are
due to their being in a different stage of growth. In these circumstances it seems
inadvisable to refer them to Dana's species, and 1 have therefore called them />. batei.
Dana's /,. rci/naiuli is. as Kemp rightly points out, a different species from that to
which Bate gave the same name. Kemp now identifies it with “ L. typus a u-ct.." therein
reversing a previous decision of his own (Linn. Trans. Inc. c/f.). But in truth there is
no “ L. typns auef.." at least in the sense of a single species, recognizably the same in
the works of a number of authors. 1 have already (lor. c/t.) pointed out the lack of
agreement between the forms known as “ L. typus by various writers, and. believing
that the latter have probably in most cases given a correct account of the specimens
before them, have proposed to treat as species the various forms which the descriptions
seem to reveal. Such a procedure, if it run the risk of temporarily burdening science
with the necessity of observing distinctions which have little significance, has on the
other hand the advantage of leading more speedily to the analysis of the problem, and
so to its solution. Kemp has cited in particular Bate and Ortmann as sponsors for the
L. typus , which he refers to L. reynaudi. Dana. In view of the new evidence he adduces,
it is very likely that he is right in regarding Bate's species as identical with the true
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A— BORE A I > AT LE.
S3
L. reynaudi. I would point out, however, that the differences between these species
have not yet been wholly disposed of. Bate’s specimens, which are quite faithfully
represented by the figure in the “Challenger” Report, still fail to agree with Kemp’s
redescription (Linn. Trans. Inc. clt.) of Dana’s species. In them the last leg does not
nearly reach the end of the neck, and the latter is from once and three-quarters to
more than twice as long as the rest of the cephalothorax. Tlie size of the specimens
makes it impossible for these discrepancies to be due to differences in age, but it is
quite possible that they may be accounted for by variation. In any case, however, the
matter needs further investigation.
Numerous specimens of L. hotel were taken by the Expedition at Stations 45, 40, d
47, 50, 53, 61, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68^Ld 126. 3//(crt S3 2LJ Zj . 3Z'f-l
1 0. Leucifer faxoni, Borr. , 1915.
Lucifer typus?, Faxon, Stud. Chesapeake Zool. Lab. Sci. Res. 1878 (1879).
Lucifer sp., Brooks, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 1882, I., p. 87, pi. VII.
Lucifer faxoni, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XVI, p. 228 (1915).
Specimens taken in the sub-tropical Atlantic by the Expedition evidently belong
to the species described by Faxon and Brooks from more northerly waters of the same
ocean.
Twelve specimens were taken at Stations 39, 40. / f'j./ .ZfZZ-Sl
11. Leucifer hanseni, Nobili, 1905.
Lucifer lianseni, Nobili, Bull. Mus. Paris, 1905, p. 394; Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (9), I V, p. 25,
pi. IT., fig. 1, and text-fig. 3b (1906); Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus. V., p. 324, text-fig. 37a
(1915).
Lucifer inermis, Borradaile, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XVI, p. 229 (1915).
1 regret to have altogether overlooked Nobili’s papers in my recent enumeration
of the species of Leucifer.
Numerous specimens were taken in Melbourne Harbour. $"/ ($ / / (j j f /, ff'-j frf- ,
Tribe CARIDES.
Family PASIPHAEIDAE.
12. Paslphaea longi-spina, Lenz and Strunck, 1914.
Pasiphaea longispina, Lenz and Strunck, Deutsche Siklpolar Exp. XV, iii, p. 315, pi. XIX.
Lenz and Strunck’s specimen was damaged. Those which were taken by the
“ Terra Nova ” enable me to add the following facts to the German authors’ description.
The rostrum slightly outreaches the eye, and has a sharp, downwardly hooked tip.
The length, in the mid-dorsal line, of the sixth abdominal segment equals that of the
telson, and is twice that of the second segment. The sixth segment has no spine
behind. The telson is little shorter than the sharp-tipped endopodite, and a good deal
shorter than the round-ended exopodite of the uropod. Its dorsal surface is deeply
N
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
84
grooved. It is narrow, and its sides converge gradually towards the hinder end,
where they diverge on the arms of a Y, whose deep, backwardly directed cleft
contains on each side seven spines, the whole structure having a remarkably larval
appearance, though the specimens are quite adult. Thus, P. longispina would belong
to the sub-genus Phye , were the latter worth maintaining in view of the complete
gradation of form shown by the telson in the several species of Pasiphaea.
One specimen was taken at Station 276, the other from the stomach of an
albatross, at a locality which is not stated, but must have been considerably further
north.
Family PANDALIDAE.
Sub-family THALASSOCARIDINAE.
13. Tl talas socar is novae- zealandiae, n. sp. Fig. 2.
Diagnosis. — Rostrum almost straight, very slightly upturned towards the tip ;
its formula y, four of the teeth standing behind the orbit. A spine below the eye
and one behind the antenna present on the carapace. Antennular stalk reaching end
of rostrum ; its last two joints subequal, together shorter than first. Antennal scale as
long again as antennular stalk, without teeth on outer edge, its inner edge converging
towards terminal spine, which projects freely. Antennal stalk slightly longer than
antennular. Third maxilliped outreaching antennal scale by about one-third, and
first leg by about one-half, of its end-joint. Second leg slightly outreaching third
maxilliped, its chela slender and simple, its wrist longer than its hand, but divided into
two by a joint slightly beyond the middle of its length. Third leg longest of all,
fourth a little outreached by second, fifth by first. Legs 3-5 with slender, naked
end-joints, but a row of spines under meropodite, carpopodite, and propodite, and
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A— BORR A I >AILE.
85
legs 3 and 4 with a spine under ischiopodite. Abdominal segments without keels or
spines. Telson nearly as long as uropods, which have exopodite and endopodite equal,
and a blunt tooth at end of outer edge of exopodite.
Length of longest specimen, 45 mm.
Three specimens were taken at Station 96.
i^fl 7-/ * < / . U 1+ ~ «JD <£
Sub-family PANDALINAE.
Genus PANDALUS.
Sub-genus PANDALUS.
The name Dichelopandalus (Caullery, 1896) has been proposed for those members
of this sub-genus in which the first leg is minutely chelate, and that of Stylo panda lus
(Coutiere, 1905) for those in which it is simple. Until, however, it is shown that the
groups of species thus designated are in other respects natural divisions of Pandalus,
it will be well to retain the type-subgenus intact.
14. Pandalus (Pandalus) paucidens, Miers, 1881.
Pandalus paucidens, Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 74, pi. VII, figs. 6, 7.
The gill-formula of this species is that of P. montagui, and the first leg
chelate.
Fourteen specimens were taken at Station 41. 4-<^f
is minutely
Family EHYNOHOCINETIDAE.
15. Rhynchocinetes typos, H. M.-Edw., 1837.
Bhynchocinetes typus, H. M. -Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) VII, p. 165, pi. IV, fig. c; Miers,
Cat. N. Zealand Crust., p. 77 (1876).
One specimen was taken at Station 96.
iyj. /. Pj.jj
Family HIPPOLYTIDAE.
16. Chorismus antarcticus (Pfeifer), 1887.
Hippolyte antarctica, Pfeffer, Jalirb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst. IV, p. 51, pi. I, figs. 22—27 (1887).
Chorismus antarcticus, Caiman, Rep. Nat. Antarctic Exp. 1901-4, Nat. Hist., II, Crust.
Decap. p- 1 (1907) ; Lenz and Strunck, Deutsche Siidpolar Exp. XV, iii, p. 318 (1914).
The specimens agree perfectly with the descriptions of Pfeffer and Caiman, but the
rostral formula may be higher than is stated by them. In a surprising number of the
specimens the rostrum is damaged,* but several of the specimens show that the formula
may reach pr There is no constant relation between the numbers of teeth above and
below the rostrum, and their spacing shows a good deal of variation. There is more
often one than two teeth near the tip. The rostrum is usually a little longer, but may
* This appears to have been the case with that figured by Pfeffer.
N 2
8G
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
IVl-i-iiV'H
be a little shorter, than the antennal scale. The relative lengths of the last two joints
of the third maxilliped and also those of the wrist and hand of the first leg vary a
little. The wrist does not exceed the hand in length. The telson is seldom perfect, but
in undamaged specimens it may be seen to bear at the end two pairs of spines — a small
lateral and a long intermediate pair — and between the intermediate spines five bristles.
I can detect no constant difference between the “Terra Nova” specimens and
r
South Georgian examples.
Numerous specimens were taken at Stations 294, 314, 316, 318, 338, 339, 340,
348, 355, 356.
17. Tozeuma novae- Zealand. iae, n. sp. Fig. 3.
Diagnosis. — Body sparsely hairy all over. Rostrum as long as rest of carapace,
slightly upcurved, with a ridge along each side, but rounded above except at the tip,
Fig. 3. — Tozeuma novae-zealandiae, n. sp. Female, X 2-£.
where it is prismatic; bearing below seven teeth, of which the first is subdivided into
three smaller teeth. Carapace with antennal and pterygostomian spines. Abdomen
strongly bent ; the third to fifth segments keeled and bearing a median spine behind,
the fifth also with two spines on each pleuron, the sixth long, with a lobe bearing a
spine projecting backwards on each side. Uropod slightly longer than telson, its
endopodite and exopodite subequal. Telson longer than sixth segment, diminishing
evenly to the end, which is truncate, with a median tooth. Antennular stalk about
one-third length of rostrum, its second and third joints subequal, together shorter than
first joint, which has a strong stylocerite projecting beyond it ; upper flagellum reaches
just beyond middle of rostrum, lower just outreaches antennal scale. Antennal stalk
nearly as long as antennular. Antennal scale four-fifths length of rostrum, its sides
converging towards a narrow truncate end, at one side of which stands the terminal
spine. Third maxilliped outreaching antennular stalk ; its end-joint sharply pointed,
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A — BORRADAILE
87
ending in a spine. First leg barely reaching last joint of third maxilliped, its palm
short and stout. Second leg outreaching third maxilliped. Last three legs with
dactylopodites serrate, half a dozen spines under propodites, and a strong spine near
end of meropodites.
Length of single specimen (a female with eggs), 5 cm.
Station 96.
/'j/y
Family PALAEMONIDAE.
Sub-family PONTONIINAE.
Genus PERICLIMENES.
Sub-genus HAMIGER, n., sub-gen.
A new pontoniine prawn, of which two specimens were dredged in 70 fathoms off
the North Cape of New Zealand, appears from most of its organization to lie a
Periclimenes, but shows certain features that are very rare in that genus, and others
that are shared by none of its known species. In the circumstances it seems best that,
for the present at least, the new prawn should represent a distinct sub-genus A The
features which it exhibits that are unusual in Periclimenes are the absence of a hepatic
spine (which is missing only in a few cases, such as P. lifuensis, P. parasiticus, and P.
brevinaris), and a broadening of the ischiomeropoclite of the third maxilliped, such as is
found in P. broeki alone. The unique features are presented by the two pairs of
ehelipeds, of which the first bears a feathery tuft of hairs on the fingers, while one of
the second is of great size and has an abnormal configuration of the fingers. These
peculiarities, however, are hardly of generic value, for there are considerable
variations in the structure of both pairs of clielipeds in Periclimenes. The name
which 1 propose for the new sub-genus has reference to the hooked fingers of the
great cheliped.
18. Periclimenes ( Hamiger ) novae- zealandiae, n. sp. Fig. 4.
Diagnosis. — Rostrum straight, its tip faintly upeurved, its formula §, three of the
teeth standing behind the orbit. Antennal spine alone present on the carapace.
Antennular stalk slightly outreaching the rostrum, its last two joints subequal and
together shorter than the first, which has a strong distal spine and a rather slender
stylocerite reaching about the middle of its length. Outer antennular flagellum cleft
to a distance about equal to the length of the uncleft region. Antennal stalk equal to
first joint of antennular. Antennal scale slightly outreaching antennular stalk ; its
sides subparallel, its end broadly rounded, its subterminal spine not projecting. Third
maxilliped a little outreaching antennal stalk ; its end-joint nearly as long as that
which precedes it; these two together longer than ischiomeropodite, which is broad,
' For the sub-genera of Periclimenes see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), XV, p. 207 (1915).
88
“ TERRA. NOVA” EXPEDITION.
{VT l-il
thou i'll not so broad as in Pontonia. First lea’ outreaching antennal scale by the hand ;
its lingers longer than the palm and bearing on their median sides each a row of long
curled hairs. Second legs unequal ; the smaller of normal shape with slender, toothless
fingers as long as the palm ; the larger with hand a little longer than carapace including
rostrum, broadest at distal end, its fingers bent towards the middle line of the body,
the movable one slender and toothless, outreaching the fixed finger, which is stout and
strongly hooked, and bears at its base on the upper side a crest composed of two stout
a
b d
Fig. 4. — Periclimenes ( Hamiger ) novae-zealandiae, n. sp. Male, (a) Side view, x 4 ; (fc) dorsal
view of head, x 4; (c) end of first leg, X 12; (d) third maxilliped, x 121,.
c
teeth. Last three legs slender, rather short, biunguiculate, with a row of small teeth
under the short, stout end-joint, and six movable spines under the propodite.
Uropods with exopodite and endopodite broad, rounded, subequal. Telson shorter than
uropods ; its spines long and slender.
Two specimens, male and female, taken together. The female has lost the larger
cheliped. Length of female, 27 mm.
Station 90.
CRUSTACEA DECAPODA — BORRADAILE.
89
Family CRANGON ID AE.
19. Crangon ( Notocrangon ) antarcticus, Pfeifer, 1887, var. gracilis, n. var.
Crangon antarcticus, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamburg. -Wiss. Anst., IV, p. 45, pi. I, figs. 1-21 (1887) ;
Ortmann, Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1895, pp. 177, 181, 190 ; Coutiere, Bull. Mus. Paris,
XArI, p. 240 (1900); Caiman, Rep. Nat. Antarctic Exp., 1901-4, Nat. Hist. II, Crust.
Decap. p. 3 (1907) ; Lenz and Strunck, Deutsche Siidpolar Exp., XV, iii, p. 324 (1914).
Crangon ( Notocrangon ) antarcticus, Coutiere, C. R. Ac. Sci. Paris, CXXX, p. 1640 (1900).
The affinities of this shrimp are of considerable interest, in view of the support
which its distribution has been held to afford to the theory of bipolarity. There can be
no doubt that it is more nearly related to the species of Crangon than to those of any
other genus of Crangonidae. The resemblance in habit of body to the deep-water
species of Pontophilus, noticed by Coutiere, is purely superficial, and is not really very
striking. The small gill-formula (5), the long second leg, the broad stylocerite, and
the stout, narrow rami of the pleopods, with only the basal projection left to represent
the endopodite of the second pair in the male, are enough to separate C. antarcticus
widely from Pontophilus. No near relationship to any other genus, save to Crangon,
can well be suggested, in view of the condition of the legs, gills, armature of the
carapace, and eyes. Within the genus Crangon, the Antarctic species has been
supposed by Ortmann to be most nearly related to the Californian C. franciscorum, a
member of the typical sub-genus, but Caiman has shown that this view is negatived by
its gill-formula and the strong sculpture of its carapace. From its nearest geographical
neighbour, C. capensis, Stm., also a member of the typical sub-genus, it is still further
differentiated by the absence in the Cape species of the lateral spines on the carapace.
On the whole, its affinities would seem, in view of its loss of the arthrobranch of the
third maxilliped, and the strong sculpture of its carapace, to lie with Sclerocrangon,
rather than with Crangon, sensu stricto. It is not possible, however, to place
C. antarcticus in Sclerocrangon. The presence of only one spine on the median keel of
the carapace is not much more than a technical objection to this course, but the
peculiarity of the second pleopod of the male is a more serious obstacle. In this
respect the Antarctic species differs also from the sub-genus Crangon. Nor is its habit
of body altogether that either of Crangon or of Sclerocrangon, while in the combination
of a simple but salient arrangement of ridges and spines on the carapace with a smooth
abdomen it is intermediate between the two sub-genera. The best solution of the
problem of expressing its affinities in the terms of Systematic Zoology is that of
Coutiere, who has proposed to institute for it a new sub-genus, Notocrangon. The
facts suggest that the common ancestor of Crangon gave rise on the one hand to
Crangon s. str., and on the other to a stock from which Notocrangon has departed less
far than Sclerocrangon. On the face of it, this theory lends some support to the
hypothesis of bipolarity, though that is of course not its only possible explanation.
The “Terra Nova” specimens belong undoubtedly to the form described by
Caiman from the same part of the Antarctic. AH the peculiarities mentioned by
90
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
him recur in the examples in my hands. A further feature, not mentioned by Caiman,
is the elongation of the last two joints of the third maxilliped, each of which is more
than half the length of the basipodite and ischiomeropodite together. It is evident
that we have here a distinct local race, characterized by greater length and slenderness
of many of its parts. I propose for it the varietal name of gracilis. The same variety
was taken near Kaiser Wilhelm Land by the German South Polar Expedition of
1901-03. On the other hand, South Georgian examples in the British Museum, which
I have had the opportunity of examining, prove the correctness of Pfeifer’s original
description, and it would seem that those taken by the “ Belgica ” in long. 80° W.
belonged to his form. If that be the case, the type variety is at present known to
extend from about 30° W. to about 90° W., and var. gracilis from about 80° E. East¬
wards to about 1 60 W. Further information as to the distribution of these forms will
be of interest.
Numerous specimens were taken at Stations 294, 314, 31G, 338, 339, 348, 355.
20. Aegean cataphractus (Olivi), 1792.
Aegean cataphractus (Olivi), Zool. Adriat., pi. III., fig. 1 ; Heller, Crust. Siidl. Europa, p. 230,
pi. VII, figs. 12-15 (1863).
The specimens, which are from New Zealand waters, differ from the Mediterranean
form as it is described by Heller only in the almost complete loss of indications of the
double nature of the keels of the second and third abdominal segments. It is probable
that some of the supposed species of Aegean will prove to be merely varieties of this
extraordinarily widespread member of the genus.
J 9l 7 l Two sPecimens were taken at Station 96.
/?//- /.zy.yi-ioo
If /'/.I -if. Id i
Sub-order REPTANTIA.
Tribe PALINURA.
Family PALINURIDAE.
21. Jasus, sp. I J. verreauxi.
T1 ie collection contains one specimen of a Jams, in the natant stage.
Similar specimens from Stewart Island in the collection of the British Museum are
referred by a label on the bottle, in the handwriting of Professor E.-L. Bouvier, to
J. verreauxi, which is a New Zealand species.
One specimen, Station 96.
Family SC YLL A RID AE.
Arctus immaturus. Bate, 1888. (?)
Arctns immaturus, Bate, “Challenger” Macrura, p. 71, pi. X, fig. 3.
not
The specimens differ from Bate’s in that the antennular stalks
reaching the end of the antennae. They have appendages
are shorter,
on all the
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A BORRADATLE.
91
abdominal segments except the first. I refer them somewhat doubtfully
this species.
Two specimens were taken at Stations 133, 135.
to
Tribe ANOMURA.
Super-family THALASSINIDEA.
23. Axius (. Axius ) novae- zealandiae, n. sp. Fig. 5.
Diagnosis. — Cephalothorax deep and strongly compressed, with back continuously
curved fore and aft, falling to the rostrum rather steeply, but not so abruptly as in
Scytoleptus, Cervical groove well marked 011 the back, but, less so at the sides. Flat
Fig. 5. — Axius (Axius) novae-zealandiae, n. sp. (a) Side view, x 21 ; (b) dorsal view
of cephalothorax, X 21.
area of back with, in the middle, an elongate-triangular patch of granules, which
narrows forwards to become the middle keel of the rostrum, where its granules pass
into a single row of about a dozen spines. At each side of this patch a strip of
granules, which just behind base of rostrum become spines. Outside this again the
edging-keel of the flat area, bearing from seven to ten spines, which are small behind,
but grow larger in front till the last is a stout thorn at some distance from base of
rostrum. Beyond this thorn, keel continued till it becomes side keel of rostrum,
where it bears six long spines. Rostrum thus bears above three spined keels. It
ends in an upcurved spine. Eyes well pigmented, reaching barely half-way along
rostrum. Antennular stalk outreaching rostrum by its end-joint. Second and third
joints subequal, and together shorter than first. Basicerite of antenna equal to first joint
( )
92
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
of antennule ; ischiocerite outreacliing, by about half of its length, antennular stalk.
Fixed and movable spines of antenna well developed, the latter a little longer than
the former, and both a little outreacliing the rostrum. Antenna a little longer than
carapace including the rostrum. Third maxilliped outreacliing rostrum by its last two
joints, the last joint being a little longer than the preceding. Legs of the first pair
unequal : that on right side, which is the larger, outreacliing rostrum by its wrist and
hand. Palm square, fingers nearly as long as the palm, fixed finger with a row of
about ten blunt teeth. Inside of palm covered with fine pearly granules except near
the wrist, and a patch of similar granules on the outside at the base of the fixed
finger. Above, sides of palm slope to a sharp edge ; lower side Hat, with on outer side
a sharp keel, continued along fixed finger. Smaller hand resembling larger, but more
slender. Both sparsely hairy. Second leg outreacliing rostrum by its hand, whose
fingers are a little longer than the palm, and hairy all over the outer side. In third
and fourth legs, propodite with some spines below in short transverse rows, more
numerous on fourth leg than on third, and at the end a tuft of hairs, the dactylopodite
having two longitudinal rows of spines and a sharp end-claw. In last leg only the
distal two spine-rows on the propodite remain, hair-tuft longer, and broadened
dactylopodite bites against a process of end of propodite, so that a clumsy subchela
exists. Abdomen smooth. In male, each pleuron ends in a sharp point, and third to
sixth bear each a spine on the fore edge. In female, pleura are broader but have a
sharply cut hinder angle, except on sixth segment, and bear some hairs. Endopodite
of the uropod with one, and exopodite with two keels ; endopodite with about half a
dozen spines on its outer edge and the same number on its keel ; exopodite with the
same arrangement on its outer edge and outer keel, but its inner keel smooth.
Telson with, in its basal part, two marginal and four dorsal spines, in its distal part
on each side two marginal spines, and on the broad, rounded end a group of three
small spines on each side and a longer median spine.
Length of largest specimen, 6 cm.
Six specimens were taken at Station 96.
Super-family GALATHEIDEA.
Family GALATHEIDAE.
24. Galathea pusilla, Hend., 1885.
Galatliea pusilla, Henderson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) XVI, p. 407; “ Challenger ”
Anomura, p. 121, pi. XII, fig. 1 (1888).
Seven specimens were taken at Stations 90 and 96.
25. U roptychus maori, n. sp. Fig. 6.
Closely related to V. nitidus (A. M.-Edw.), 1880, but differs in that (1) the
tennal scale is only as long as the eye, and broader than in L. nitidus; (2) the
19/7. 1
/ 1 !']■ l-ZJ.
CRUSTACEA DECAPODA -BORRADAILE.
93
ischium of the chelipecl bears distally a fairly strong, straight spine below, and a very
strong, curved spine above ; (3) the fingers of the big chela are irregularly dentate
with coarse and fine teeth, while those of the small chela are finely and regularly
dentate save for a single big tooth on the movable finger.
o O O
One specimen was taken at Station 90.
Fig. 6. — Uroptychus maori, n. sp. (a) Dorsal view, x 2 f ; (6) externo ventral view
of ischium of great cheliped, X 2 f.
26. Uroptychus novae- zealandiae, n. sp. Fig. 7.
Diagnosis. — Carapace perfectly smooth and unarmed save for one spine at the
anterolateral angle and a larger one at a short distance behind it ; regions ill-marked ;
o 2
94
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
rostrum slightly outreacliing eyes, unarmed, hollow above. Eyestalks long, sub-
cylindrical ; eyes small. Antennule outreacliing rostrum by flagella. Antenna out-
reaching rostrum by nearly the whole of the narrow region of its flagellum. All flagella
short. Abdomen smooth. Third maxilliped outreacliing eyes by end-joint and half
propodite, polished, little hairy except near the tip. Cheliped of good length ; hand
equal to rest of limb ; meropodite spiny only where it articulates with carpopodite,
Fig. 7. — Uroptychus novae-zealandiae, n. sp., X 7.
which has also two spines at distal end ; rest of limb smooth and unarmed ; fingers
shorter than palm, with faint traces of teeth. Second, third, and fourth legs smooth,
unarmed save for a few slender spines at end of propodite, and a row of strong spines
under dactylopodite.
Length, 8 mm.
One specimen was taken at Station 96.
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A- BORRADAILE.
95
Super-family PAGURIDEA.
Family PAGURIDAE.
Sub-family PAGURINAE.
27. Paguristes subpilosus, Pten cl. , 1888.
Paguristes subpilosus, Henderson, “Challenger” Macrura, p. 77, pi. VIII, fig. 2.
The specimens would agree equally well with the description of P. barbatus
(Heller) (Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. VI, Syst., p. 279) were it not that the clactylopodites
of the second and third legs are a good deal longer than the propodites and do not
show a distinct continuation of the hairy line on the outside of the latter.
Four specimens were taken at Stations 90 and 96.
ip/,
Sub-family EUPAGURINAE.
28. Eupagurus norae, Chilton, 1911.
Eupagurus edwardsii, Filhol, Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris (7), VIII, p. 66 (1883); Miss. lie
Campbell, III, ii, p. 412, pi. LII, figs. 1, 2 (1885); Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 1898,
pp. 173, 182.
Eupagurus norae , Chilton, Rec. Canterbury Mus. I, p. 299 (1911).
The specimens agree closely with Thomson’s description, but in most, though not
in all, the teeth on the fingers of the great chela are obsolescent.
Many of both sexes were dredged in shallow water at Station 134, off New /A/ 7 / 1 2-! '1^0
Zealand. " ! ' E
29. Eupagurus kirki, Filhol, 1885.
Eupagurus Jcirlci, Filhol, Miss. lie Campbell, III, ii, p. 416, pi. LI, fig. 5; Thomson, Trans.
N.Z. Inst. 1898, p. 175, pi. XX, figs. 8-10.
According to Thomson, the antennular stalk should be one-fourth shorter than
the eyestalk. In the three specimens taken ley the Expedition the antennular stalk
slightly outreach es the eye.
Station 134. ip j' /*
30. Eupagurus crenatus* n. sp. Fig. 8.
Diagnosis. — Carapace smooth, with a few sparse hairs. Rostrum low, broad, not
covering eye somite. Length of eyestalks moderate, less than width of carapace just
behind antennae. Antennular stalk outreaching eye by nearly all its last joint.
Antennal scale outreaehes eye ; flagellum outreaching, by a little, second leg. Third
maxilliped a little outreaching antennule. First legs unequal. In the right, which is
the larger of the two, meropodite hatchet-shaped in side view, its outer surface scaly, a
spine at distal end of its upper edge and a row of smaller spines along lower edge ;
wrist faintly granular on outer side, strongly so above, some of the granules rising into
* In allusion to the crenate ridges on the hands of the chelipeds.
96
“TERRA NOVA ’ EXPEDITION.
blunt spines, a smooth strip near the inner side of the upper surface and a row of
spines along the upper edge ; hand granular all over, except inner surface, which is
polished and pitted ; a regular row of granules sweeping along lower edge but turning
upwards near base of palm, where a more irregular row of oblong granules marks the
extreme lower edge, another irregular row running along outer side of palm and fixed
finger, and a strong row slanting downwards across upper part of palm to base of
movable finger, along which it is continued by a granular ridge ; upper edge of palm
and movable finger sharp and irregularly granular. Smaller hand subprismatic, with
Fig. 8. — Eupagurus crenatus, n. sp. Male, X 3.
sharp, granulate ridges along upper and lower edges, and another along palm and fixed
finger. Second and third legs outreaching great chela by about half of their dactylo-
podites, those of left side a little smaller than those of right ; dactylopodites bear a row
of fine spines below, earpopoclites a spine above at end. All legs rather sparsely hairy.
Length of single specimen (a male), 4 cm.
Station 90,
CRUSTACEA DEC APOD A — BORRADAILE.
97
31. PorceUanopagurus edwardsi, Filhol, 1885. (? sp. ).
Porcell anopagurufi edwardsi, Filhol, Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris (7) IX, p. 48 ; Miss, lie
Campbell, III, ii, p. 410, pi. XLIX, figs. 2-4 (1885) ; Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. XXXT,
p. 187 (1899) ; Chilton, Subant. Is. N. Zealand, XXVI, p. 610 (1909).
The collection contains a single female specimen, taken at Station 96, off the north iV7d- ?./3V
end of New Zealand, of a species of the very interesting genus PorceUanopagurus. It
probably belongs to P. edwardsi , but its great chela differs considerably from that of
the male specimen described and figured by Chilton. The scales on the wrist are
coarser and less regular, the upper edge of the palm has a well-marked, though
irregular, crest of sharp granules or teeth, and along the lower edge there runs a
strong, regular line of fine granules, such as appears to lie present in P. japonicus,
Balss, 1913. Very possibly these differences are sexual, and in any case the examina¬
tion of a series of examples would be necessary before a new species could be
established for the form taken by the “ Terra Nova.” The specimen forms the subject
of a separate report (p. Ill below).
Tribe BRACHYURA.
SlJB-TRIBE BRACHYGNATHA.
Super-family BRACHYRHYNCHA.
Family PORTUNIDAE.
Sub-family PORTUNINAE.
32. Portunus corruyatu.s (Penn.), 1777. Fig. 9.
Cancer corrugatus, Pennant, Brit. Zool. IV, p. 5, pi. V, fig. 9.
Portunus corruqatus, Bell, Brit. Stalk-eyed Crust., p. 94 (1853); Miers, “Challenger”
Brachyura, p. 200 (1886).
The collection contains a female specimen of this very widespread species, dredged
in moderately deep water off New Zealand. It is of small size (7 mm. long), but
closely resembles a rather larger British specimen with which I have compared
it, and also, as the accompanying figure shows, the representation given bv
Bell. The only respect in which it differs from the British form is a greater
indistinctness of the regions of the carapace. It does not agree with the variety
subcorrugatus, A. M.-Edw., 1861, from the Red Sea in the features in which
that variety is unlike the type. Specimens from Australia and Japan have the
regions of the carapace strongly marked, but show no constant difference from the
British form.
Station 134.
Sf/yj-zy . id c,
98
“TERRA NOVA
EXPEDITION
Fig.
b
9. — Portunus corrngatus (Penn.), 1777.
New Zealand, (a) Dorsal view, x 5
Female specimen taken by the Expedition
( b ) right cheliped from outer side, X 7 A
in
b
Fig. 10. — Pilumnus maori, n. sp. Male, (a) Dorsal view, x 5; (b) right
cheliped from outer side, X 5.
CRUSTACEA DECAPODA- -BORRADAILE.
99
33. Neptunus ( Hellenics ) spinicarpus (Stm.), 1870.
Achelous spinicarpus, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Corup. Zool. II, p. 148 (1870).
Neptunus (Hellenus) spinicarpus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mexique, Crust., p. 221, pi. XL,
fig. 1 (1879) ; Miers, “Challenger” Brachyura, p. 182 (1886).
Very numerous specimens taken at Station 42.
/ 7 / 7. / . c
Family XANTHIDAE.
Sub-family MENIPPINAE.
34. Pilumnus maori , n. sp. Fig. 10.
A Pilumnus, dredged in 70 fathoms off New Zealand, does not appear to belong
to any of the described species of the genus, and I am therefore reluctantly compelled
to add one more to the already long list of local forms of these crabs.
Diagnosis. — Body and legs covered thickly in front and above, but more
sparsely behind and below, with coarse hairs, yellowish in colour when preserved in
spirit, some of the hairs much longer than the rest ; body otherwise smooth save
for five sharp anterolateral spines of the carapace, of which the first stands at the angle
of the orbit, and the second is smaller than the rest, and very slightly more veil trail y
placed. Regions of carapace rather faintly marked. Length of carapace in middle
line three-quarters of greatest breadth, which is at base of last side-spine ; width
between orbits rather more than one-third of greatest breadth. Distance from outer
angle of orbit to base of last side-spine somewhat less than that from base of same
spine to hinder edge of carapace. Carapace strongly convex in front. Upper surface
of front marked by a shallow groove, its edge with a faint median notch, and at its
ends a forward trend to orbital edge, which bears below some sharp teeth irregularly
set, and above some blunt tubercles and a shallow notch. No subhepatic spine.
Flagellum of antenna naked. Chelipeds alike, but unequal, the right the larger ;
arms with two spines near end of upper edge, wrists spinous on exposed surface,
palms spinous above and on upper part of outer side, granulate on its lower part, the
granules not in regular rows. Fingers black and distinctly toothed. Walking legs
stout, with spine at end of upper edge of meropodite, two or three spines on upper
edge of carpopodite, and a small, sharp end-claw.
Length of single specimen (a male), 6 mm.
Station 96. ~ Itf
Family GONEPLACIDAE.
Sub-family GONEPLACINAE.
35. Goneplax hirsutus, n. sp. Fig. 11.
Diagnosis. — Carapace about two-thirds as long as broad ; its greatest width at
base of extraorbital spines ; its regions faintly marked except for a pronounced
F
100
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
iU
H -shaped depression in the middle ; its sides converging backwards from the sharp
extraorbital spines, behind each of which, and nearer to it than in G. angulcitus, stands
a smaller, very sharp spine. Front almost straight, with a shallow median notch, in
which stands a rostral prominence. Orbital margin sinuous, sloping backward ; width
of orbit about equal to that of front. Chelipeds almost equal, the right very slightly
the larger ; arm in female and (? young) male about two-thirds length of carapace,
deep, with a spine a little beyond middle of upper edge ; wrist about two-thirds length
of arm, rather broader than long ; hand longer than rest of limb ; fingers about equal
to palm, irregularly toothed, not gaping ; a long and dense tuft of hair on outside of
b
Fig. 11. — Goneplax hirsutus, n. sp. (a) Dorsal view, X 21, ;
(b) right cheliped from outer side, x 2L
distal half of wrist and base of palm, and a fringe of similar hairs along inner side
of arm. Walking legs slender, simple, fringed with hairs, much like those of G. antju-
I'tfus, but without spine on meropodite. Abdomen of (? young) male narrow, like
that of G. maldivensis, Rathb.
Length of largest specimen, 13 mm.
Two specimens (male and female) taken at Station 42.
Family PINNOTHERIDAE.
36. Pinnotheres pisum (L. ), 1766. Fig. 12.
Cancer pisum, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. XII, p. 1069 (1766).
Pinnotheres pisum, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. VI, p. 85 (1803) ; Leach, Malacost. Pod. Brit.
pi. XIV (1815) ; Miers, Cat. Crust. N. Zealand, p. 48 (1876).
Pinnotheres mytilorum , H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) XX, p. 217, pi. X, tig. 1 (1853).
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A — BORRADAILE.
101
The figures given by Leach and Milne-Edwards do not accurately
represent the third maxilliped of this species. The propodite is
articulated to the outer angle of the distal end of the ischiomeropodite,
and does not project beyond its inner edge. In this, as in all other
respects, the New Zealand specimens agree with British examples.
Two female specimens from D’Urville Island, and one from Nelson,
New Zealand, all taken in mussels.
Family GRAPSIDAE.
Sub-family GRAPSINAE.
37. Grapsus ( Leptograpsus ) variegatus (Fabr.), 1793.
Fig. 12.
P innotheres pisum
(L.), 1766. Third
maxilliped, x 9.
Cancer variegatus , Fabricius, Ent. Syst., p. 450 (1793).
Grapsus variegatus, H. Milne-Edwards, Flist. Nat. Crust. II, p. 87 (1837); Miers, Cat. Crust.
N. Zealand, p. 36 (1876).
Leptograpsus variegatus, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (3), X, p. 171 (1853); Kingsley,
Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1880, p. 196.
One male specimen from the Bay of Islands, New Zealand. Wit-
Sub-family PLAGUSIINAE.
38. Plagusia chabrus (L.), 1764.
Cancer chabrus, Linnaeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 438 (1764).
Plagusia tomentosa, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. II, p. 92 (1837).
Plagusia chabrus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), I, p. 152 (1878); Cat. Crust. N. Zealand,
p. 45 (1876).
Alcock (J. As. Soc. Bengal UNIX, ii, 3, p. 437, 1900) states that the exognatli of
the third maxilliped of Plagusia has no flagellum. In the present species a small but
distinct flagellum is present.
One male specimen from Elmsley Bay, New Zealand. IVl-i
Family GECARCINIDAE.
39. Gecarcinus lagostoma, II. M.-Edw., 1837.
Gecarcinus lagostoma, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. II, p. 27 ; Miers, “ Challenger
Brachyura, p. 218, pi. XVIII, tig. 2 (1886).
One male specimen from South Trinidad Island (Station 36).
i)
Super-family 0 XYRH YN CH A.
Family HYMEN 0 S 0 M AT I D A E.
40. Elarnena longirostris, Filhol, 1885.
Elamena longirostris, Filhol, Miss. He Campbell, p. 403, pi. XLVI, fig. 7.
A small and much damaged specimen which appears to belong to this species was
taken with plankton near New Zealand, probably clinging to the body of some pelagic
p 2
I • <<. ^ x /»»)"/
<-/ • U>J
<1 .
i). Hr Is
102
“TERRA NOVA’’ EXPEDITION.
^ / 7 J ' 2.°! .
/ £» V3
organism or other floating object. The surface of its body is not hairy, but this may
l»e due to immaturity, or the hairs may have been rubbed off. There are traces of
longish hairs on the leys.
o o
One specimen, Station 109.
Family MAIIDAE.
Sub-family INACHINAE.
Genus ECH INOMAIA, n. gen.
Two male specimens, dredged in 100 fathoms north of New Zealand, belong to a
species new to science, related to those of Cyrtomaia and Platymaia, but differing from
each of them in points which appear important enough to demand the institution of a
new genus for its reception. This may be diagnosed as follows : —
Carapace subpyriform, as broad as long, with well-marked and somewhat swollen
regions, naked, porcellanous, sprinkled irregularly with granules of various sizes, and
bearing also large and small, blunt spines. Sternum and abdomen also sprinkled with
granules, among which small, sharp spines are regularly arranged. Abdomen of male
seven-jointed. Rostrum three-toothed ; its middle tooth a spout-like outgrowth of the
interantennulary septum directed obliquely downwards; its other two teeth sharp,
hooked, and standing erect on the hood-like antennulary fossettes. Eye-hood
prominent. No pre- or supra-oeular, but a strong postocular spine, not hollowed to
receive the eye. Epistome broader than long, concave, lozenge-shaped. Edges of
mouth-frame projecting strongly, and rising at each outer angle into a lobe. Eyestalks
long ; cornea somewhat ventral, bearing a papilla at the end and [2] others on the
upper side. Basal joint of antenna of moderate width, reaching fore edge of eye-hoocl,
not fused with surrounding structures, but firmly fixed ; its ventral side flat, bearing at
end two jagged lobes; last two joints of stalk spreading on their outer sides each into
a large, leaf-like flange ( flagella wanting in both specimens]. Third maxilliped
subpediform, merognathite being narrower than ischiognathite and palp strong;
exognathite well developed and only its flagellum hidden. Legs long, slender,
sul (cylindrical, with compressed end-joints; first two bearing many sharp spines, fourth
smooth [fifth wanting in both specimens]. Chelipeds shorter than walking legs,
stouter, though still slender, and more spiny. Hands narrow, subprismatic, with
fingers bent somewhat downwards on palm.
In the shape of the rostrum and the compression of the last joint of the walking
legs, Eeliinomcda resembles Platymaia. The profile of its carapace is much like that of
P. turhynei, Stebb., 1902. In regard to the eyes, the spines of the carapace, and the
shape of the hands, it is more like Cyrtomaia. In the stalk of its antenna it differs
considerably from both genera, Echinoplax appears to lie a related genus, and so
perhaps is Macrocheira. It would be interesting to know the habits of this remarkable
group of crabs, but on account of their deep-water habitat little more than conjecture
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A — BORRADAILE.
103
is possible. As they have not the characteristic hooked hairs of the Maiidae, it cannot
be their practice to cover themselves with sessile organisms. Nor is the texture of
their carapace that of a weed- or sponge-haunting crab. In that respect they are far
more like the sand- and mud-dwelling Oxystomes or Parthenopids, which they also
resemble not a little in the shape of their chelipeds, while the forepart of the carapace
Eig. 13. — Echinomaia Msjrida, n. sp. Male, x 3.
is strongly reminiscent of the snout-like region that Leucosin thrusts up to the surface
of the sand. The kind of ground upon which specimens have been taken has not
always been recorded, but in the instances I have been able to trace it has always been
“ mud ” of some sort, except in the present case. The new crabs were taken by the
“ Terra Nova” on “rock,” but such a bottom often contains pockets of sand in which
a characteristic sand fauna lives.
104
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
41. Echimomaia hispida, n. sp. Fig. 13.
Diagnosis. — Large spines of carapace, nine in number, arranged as follows: two
postocular, two at the sides of the gastric region, each joined by a ridge to the
postocular of the same side, two on the branchial regions, one median on the hinder
part of the gastric region, two on the cardiac region. A somewhat smaller spine on
the first abdominal segment, and three smaller still on the second. On each hepatic
region, postocular succeeded by a smaller tooth. On each branchial region a row of
about fifteen small regular teeth. Cheliped of male reaching middle of propodite of first
walking leg ; its fingers shorter than palm, very slightly gaping, irregularly toothed ; palm
with six rows of spines — two above, two below, one on inner and one on outer surface.
Wrist about half length of palm, bearing a number of spines; arm with three rows of
spines on inner side and a spine above near end. Meropodite of first walking leg
similarly provided, but with smaller spines; those on earpopodite and propodite
similarly placed, but still smaller ; dactylopodite about half length of propodite, smooth.
Third walking leg smooth, except for a spine above at end of meropodite. Second and
fourth walking leg wanting in both specimens.
Length of longer specimen, 16 mm.
j , ; y . or, , Two specimens, Station 90.
/•'•«: 7.
42. Eurypodius latreillei, Guerin, 1828.
Eurypodius latreillei, Guerin, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, XYI, p. 384, pi. XIV ; Miers,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 64.
/
Vl- l-i 9- ItrplL I
Ill the three specimens (one male and two female) the rostrum is straight, its
spines diverging a little at the tip, the spines on the branchial region rather small, the
propodites of the walking legs longer than the carpopodites and moderately dilated.
The male belongs to Miers’ form A.
Station 42.
Sub-family MAI1NAE.
43. Paramithrax ( Paramithrax ) latreillei, Miers, 1879.
Paramithrax barbicornis or P. latreillei, Miers, Cat. Crust. N. Zealand, p. 6, pi. I, fig. 2.
Paramitltrax latreillei, Chilton, Rec. Canterbury Mus. I, iii, p. 289 (1911).
Paramithrax latreillei, Thomson, Trans. N. Zealand Inst. XLV, p. 236 (1912).
Two male specimens from Elmsley Bay, New Zealand.
44. Paramithrax ( Leptomithrax ) afjinis, n. sp. Fig. 14.
A female specimen dredged in 100 fathoms north of New Zealand, resembles
P. ( P ) lough nanus, Filhol, 1885, but differs from it in the following respects
(i) The cheliped is barely as long as the first walking leg, its wrist is smooth,
and its arm less tubereulate than in Filhol’s species. These may be merely
sexual differences.
lAtc. if-K.
/b<^> . _ _ „ — —
/Pp /•i.p lUX-Otl
CRUSTACEA DECAPO DA — BORRADAILE.
105
(ii) The rostral horns are wider apart, and show no tendency to converge distally.
Unfortunately their tips are broken off in the specimen.
(iii) Each of the meropodites of the legs, including that of the cheliped, bears a
small spine above at the distal end.
(iv) There is a sharp spine on the edge of the merognathite of the third maxilli-
ped, just outside the articulation of the carpopodite.
It seems probable that the specimen represents a form which is related to, but
specifically distinct from, P. longimanus, and I am accordingly proposing for it the
above name.
Its leno-th is 34 mm.
O
Station 00.
iii j. i-Zj.iio 4
c
n
b
Fig. 14. — Paramithrax ( Leptomithrax ) affinis, n. sp. Female, (a) Dorsal view, x U ;
(b) end of meropodite of walking leg, X 2 ; (c) third maxilliped, X 3.
45. Paramithrax parvus, n. sp. Fig. 15.
A small Paramithrax , dredged in jp fathoms off the North Cape of New Zealand,
is probably closely related to P. minor, Filhol, 1888 (Miss. He Campbell, III, ii, p. 356,
pi. XL, fig. 4), but is clearly of a distinct species. It differs from Filhol’s species in
the following points : —
(i) The rostral horns are shorter (about one-sixth the length of the rest of the
carapace) and broader.
106
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION,
Fig. 15. — Paramithrax parvus, n. sp. Female, X 5.
Fig. 16. — Persephona ( Myropsis ) laevis, n. sp. Male, x If
CRUSTACEA DEC APOD A— BORRADATLE.
107
(ii) The postocular spines are shorter (not reaching the tip of the spine of the
eye-hood) and stouter.
(iii) The gastric region of the carapace is only very faintly tuberculate.
(iv) The last spine on the hepatic region is smaller than that before it.
(v) The basal joint of the antennal stalk has a strong spine directed forwards as
well as outwards, and serrate on its outer side.
The specimen (a female) measures 1 cm. in length.
Unfortunately the chelipeds are wanting. Probably the species belongs to the
type-sul )genus.
Station ^jf. /34-
Sub- tribe OXYSTOMATA.
Family LEUCOSIIDAE.
Sub-family LEUCOSIINAE.
46. Persephona (Myropsis) laevis, n. sp. Fig. 16.
Diagnosis. — Carapace longer than broad, smooth and minutely pitted, except on
the hinder edge, where it is granulate, with a marked median keel, indications of the
regions, and a very shallow notch between the hepatic and branchial regions. Front
with a median notch between two slightly swollen projections ; its edge fringed with
hair, barely hiding mouth-frame. Fissures of orbit well marked. Of live spines in
hinder region of carapace all somewhat upeurved, median and laterals fairly slender,
intermediates little more than rectangular corners of hinder edge. Besides these, three
blunt spines on branchial and one on hepatic region. Exopodite of third maxilliped
about as wide as endopodite, its outer edge gently curved. All legs quite smooth
and unarmed. Chelipeds of male a little less than three times length of carapace,
fingers finely but irregularly toothed, gaping a little at base, nearly as long as palm,
which is about one-third as wide again as wrist. Walking legs short, slender, about
one-fiftli longer than arm of clieliped ; dactylopodite equal to propodite with about half
of carpopodite.
Length of single (male) specimen, 24 mm.
Placed in a bottle with Gecarcinus from South Trinidad Island, and therefore
probably taken near the island. Its condition somewhat suggests its having been
picked up dead on the shore.
/yj./.ip lU
<!
CRUSTACEA DECAPOD A — BORRADAILE.
109
INDEX.
Acantliosoma, 81.
acestra, Leucifer, 82.
Aegeon cataphractus, 76, 77, 90.
allinis, Paramithrax (Leptomithrax), 77, 104.
ancylops, Sergestes, 80.
angulatus, Goneplax, 100.
antarctica, Hippolyte, 85.
antarcticus, Chorismus, 75, 76, 85.
,, Crangon (Notocrangon), 75, 76, 89.
Arctus immaturus, 76, 77, 90.
atlanticus, Sergestes, 77, 80.
Axius novae-zealandiae, 76, 91.
barbatus, Paguristes, 95.
barbicornis, Paramithrax, 104.
batei, Leucifer, 76, 77, 82.
brevinaris, Periclimenes, 87.
brocki, Periclimenes, 87.
Cancer chabrus, 101.
,, corrugatus, 97.
,, pisum, 100.
,, variegatus, 101.
capensis, Crangon, 89.
cataphractus, Aegeon, 76, 77, 90.
chabrus, Plagusia, 76, 101.
Chorismus antarcticus, 75, 76, 85.
corniculum, Sergestes, 77, 81.
cornutus, Sergestes, 77, 81.
corrugatus, Portunus, 76, 97.
Crangon antarcticus, 75, 76, 89.
,, capensis, 89.
,, franciscorum, 89.
crenatus, Eupagurus, 76, 95.
Cyrtomaia, 78, 102.
Dichelopandalus, 85.
Echinomaia, 102.
,, hispida, 77, 78, 103, 104.
Echinoplax, 102.
edwardsi, Porcellanopagurus, 76, 78, 97.
„ Sergestes, 77, 81.
Elamena longirostris, 77, 101.
Elaphocaris, 81.
Eupagurus crenatus, 76, 95.
,, kirki, 76, 95.
Eupagurus norae, 76, 95.
Eurypodius latreillei, 77, 104.
faxoni, Leucifer, 77, 83.
franciscorum, Crangon, 89.
frisii, Sergestes, 80.
Galathea pusilla, 76, 92.
Gecareinus lagostoma, 77, 101.
Goneplax angulatus, 100.
,, hirsutus, 77, 99.
,, maldivensis, 100.
gracilis, Crangon antarcticus, 75, 89.
Grapsus variegatus, 76, 101.
Hamiger, 87.
,, novae-zealandiae, 76, 87.
hanseni, Leucifer, 77, 83.
Hellenus spinicarpus, 77, 99.
Hippolyte antarctica, 85.
hirsutus, Goneplax, 77, 99.
hispida, Echinomaia, 77, 78, 103, 104.
immaturus, Arctus, 76, 77, 90.
inermis, Leucifer, 83.
japonicus, Porcellanopagurus, 97.
Jasus, sp., 76, 90.
,, verreauxi, 90.
kirki, Eupagurus, 76, 95.
laciniatus, Sergestes, 81.
laevis, Persephona (Myropsis), 77, 107.
lagostoma, Gecareinus, 77, 101.
latreillei, Eurypodius, 77, 104.
,, Paramithrax, 77, 104.
Leptograpsus variegatus, 76, 101.
Leptomithrax affinis, 77, 104.
Leucifer acestra, 82.
,, batei, 76, 77, 82.
,, faxoni, 77, 83.
,, hanseni, 77, 83.
,, inermis, 83.
„ reynaudi, 82.
„ typus, 82, 83.
lifuensis, Periclimenes, 87.
longirostris, Elamena, 77, 101.
longispina, Pasiphaea, 75, 76, 83.
Macrocheira, 102.
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
110
maldivensis, Goneplax, 100.
maori, Pilumnus, 76, 99.
,, Uroptyclius, 76, 92.
minor, Paramithrax, 104.
montagui, Pandalus, 85.
Myropsis laevis, 77, 107.
mytilorum, Pinnotheres, 100.
Xeptunus spinicarpus, 77, 99.
nitidus, Uroptychus, 92.
norae, Eupagurus, 7 6, 95.
Notocrangon antarcticus, 7 5, 7 6, 89.
novae-zealandiae, Axius, 76, 91.
„ Periclimenes (Hamiger), 76, 87.
,, Solenocera, 76, 79.
,, Thalassocaris, 76, 84.
,, Tozeuma, 76, 86.
,, Uroptychus, 76, 93.
pacificus, Sergestes, 77, 80.
Paguristes barhatus, 95.
,, subpilosus, 76, 95.
Pandalus montagui, 85.
„ paucidens, 77, 85.
Paramithrax affinis, 77, 104.
,, barbicornis, 104.
„ latreillei, 77, 104.
,, minor, 104.
„ parvus, 77, 105.
parasiticus, Periclimenes, 87.
parvus, Paramithrax, 77, 105.
Pasiphaea longispina, 75, 76, 83.
paucidens, Pandalus, 77, 85.
Periclimenes brevinaris, 87.
,, brocki, 87.
,, lifuensis, 87.
,, novae-zealandiae, 76, 87.
,, parasiticus, 87.
„ petitthouarsi, 80.
,, spiniferus, 80.
Persephona laevis, 77, 107.
petitthouarsi, Periclimenes, 80.
Phye, 84.
Pilumnus maori, 76, 99.
Pinnotheres mytilorum, 100.
,, pisum, 76, 100.
pisurn, Pinnotheres, 76, 100.
Plagusia chabrus, 76, 101.
,, tomentosa, 101.
Platymaia, 78.
,, turbynei, 102.
Pontonia, 88.
Pontophilus, 89.
Porcellanopagurus edwardsi, 76, 78, 97.
,, japonicus, 97.
Portunus corrugatus, 76, 97.
pusilla, Galathea, 76, 92.
reynaudi, Leucifer, 82.
Rhynchocinetes typus, 76, 85.
Sclerocrangon, 89.
semiarmis, Sergestes, 76, 81.
Sergestes ancylops, 80.
,, atlanticus, 77, 80.
,, corniculum, 77, 81.
,, cornutus, 77, 81.
,, edwardsi, 77, 81.
,, frisii, 80.
,, laciniatus, 81.
,, pacificus, 77, 80.
,, semiarmis, 76, 81.
,, vigilax, 77, 81.
Solenocera novae-zealandiae, 76, 79.
spinicarpus, Xeptunus (Hellenus), 77, 99.
spiniferus, Periclimenes, 80.
Stylopandalus, 85.
subcorrugatus, Portunus corrugatus, 97.
subpilosus, Paguristes, 76, 95.
Thalassocaris novae-zealandiae, 76, 84.
tomentosa, Plagusia, 101.
Tozeuma novae-zealandiae, 76, 86.
turbynei, Platymaia, 102.
typus, Leucifer, 82, 83.
„ Rhynchocinetes, 76, 85.
Uroptychus maori, 76, 92.
,, nitidus, 92.
,, novae-zealandiae, 76, 93.
variegatus, Grapsus (Leptograpsus), 76, 101,
verreauxi, Jasus, 90.
vigilax, Sergestes, 77, 81.
LONDON : PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.
-
Ups*
A.'-'-
... : -•- ■- ■ -
■
- "7;, ■• - ;V-' ■ .
- - ~ - :. '.-,.77.' - : -T- r. -
• . ‘
- v « - , . . ;„v';7 •• -'77/ - -:7-" - 7 V- •' .IY-. .
. •: ~ v* . ■ •
■
' 1 /' :• •' • . f' ' •■■■;
* ‘ 7*. 7. •
” -'i.-'T . • . • ■' fv>7 • • '•"<» 77 // .. T-7;
7 -7 • 7- .7" - , ■ • - 7. - 7 ■ -
*■ v; -f. . , •y^-- . . . »>* - -r . *- - <• • — . . • • •* v- -.i
7 .•••* ;-w • ' ' • -\ •. • *■ . v- . »_ _ v.
- - - . .
’ ./"7V •• •’
■ 'V/^-7 >TV‘. >7 : .7:. .
-77'. .777'/' -
f . - ' ' - . . ■ ' . - - ?■ - 1 -■ ■ ■ ■ % .--- , .st** - ' - ' 7
*■ - . ....... -
-
-
. -- • . ' • .-'-C.-
■' • • ■' ' . i-r '
-- If',: : :r ■
,
■ r ' -.7 . ■ ' ■ ' ■'
- 7. 7- - - ...: - ■, • . -7 . >
■■■■■ P
*
. v. . - . •
k-.^, ■*• J. ' y.> - ; ->• . .. .. .. .
' , , - ... - - ■
■’ *. • ~ J -,v . ‘ . - ‘ ■- y. >.? y r .
Ijl . .. - .. . • - ^
' '' »•'•/ 'XV r * • yt'-x -■ ."** 'X • v,-- •• , -'j-
- . ■ . . -
^ .. ~ n- 4 S' '
• •; I---.-
' V' Jri- c-., ''-.j-' - •'••X'. v
. " -
*S'' '/*■
..'r'.-'i.1- ;■:< . •:
' v- : ’ ~ ‘ . - -■
' ~ : Jed' - -v.d -
7- ' V 7-''v- s-- -
'• -.i.^ ^ V • • - -. - S ■ ' ■■■ -
. . . - • ' * S ' v' - r ' * ■ > . ' •/ .» ,« , • ... ......
. . y-y • * '• -- •*' . • - ' '
^>‘ A -v . -Li • V-. : - • ■ • ■ • >-r
" •; v-^r< ■<:->?. . . ; - - , . • ' -
".V -V -v "'-'-X:- .-.vv>- v*
: \ , <-.7:7 .-■. : ' KS
i4;V
-
• -■ , . ... - . - 7 - ' ■. -. ' ' ■ r ' . .
, ;; "t - . . " . .......
* JlVF»Z A.V-" •
. ' a- -...a- v - ... -:;a,; a'.--,.; aa—-^ a "
Tv'. " '
rt'-.-A 4. •■; /* ~ . ..* ;
: >.*. ./■ A' •-• .. r. • , • -A
- .A >44 : e- . ; ■■; i:
-■ ' 4 A .Vo-.-/ • . W3
• . -v , . • JSi '
r-*« : ■'> • A1 'A •■“
AA; V AV A.;.
aaaaa;
. a -A-'. •: .a a-:
'4 >f A’
•v
.... VAV A VA ' -*4* ~ • ?' ^A
A-jivA- v
A '
4 A
v- -4 f ."■ ' ... • '• :
:-t> A - ‘v : ■■■•■■ >vr TA-A
44 ''A-AyA
r. ’• vr A/ • -v • ■: .’■ ■■ r -
- ■■■■ r . ■ ■ r - :>,r " ■■ . , . " , ' .'7... .7 pr >4
> - ; - ' . - . . • - ■-.■ ; . - 7 - ■ - :• - ■ -• • - ,4 . - :4v_ . -4
.
‘
' v; 7 r-7-7 , -, - ■- . -yV-V- - 4 ... -7 • :"Y
. -v - 7- ■ , ' ■ ■ ' ■ -? •- '
- -
‘ - . 7' . 4 ' -■ V - ' ' . ‘ 7 - ' 4. • -
■7 - 77 ' ' '7- ' . '■ ''7-7. ; ......7'- ' .7.-7 . ,i'.~ -7 "• \
' - ' '■ -7 - . ■ ,:.7 V-;-- 7. .7 - . - r: . .... 77. ■, ., ' .
. ■ .- - .. - - ■ .
/•( .r>7-
i7 f'7
.A
A:
7 j. . a a : ■' , : a . • °. ■- if. ■ •
--A' -'- - A - .',a.a. A A/AV.-A. '"." ■.
A-,.‘ " A- V:w .A r
• .-A'-
>
■
M
Air *■ % : ■
, A . ^
■ -A - • - AA ■' ' *
-
■
■••A" ■ ' ’• " :. ” v A, - -
•• . ' - --a:\ V;
' ' ' - ■ - % „■ ..
-
• -V'. 'y
'
A" -V-; ^ -
/A AVs
. \Av
7 7':'7,;7'7 ...
v V ■ ■ .'A
'AA'./;' 7 7 -
■
” A-; A ..A.. .: -A
\i ' A "7 ’••7-v'
I' ' 77 7 .77 • .-
. -C. V . -V --
.;AA:%;:Aw
. i... ' w rv / . .:■■■
.-js: --- 7..7--77.-.V 7 k0' r' " 1
. v - 7 -77 - 4 -4 "7
1 , .'7'- 7.... :7 ■ '.-.Y; -7 ^ Y/' '■ . : Y.Y i?
A;
\ ' •
. ■ ' . - . , .
’ A -.A . • - •' ' ' -V ' ■ • -• . ' '• ' : ■' 4' - 1 a -A^A;- :$l
■ ' -Y4 7' ,7 7. - . 77: 77, „-7; :...y
• ’ ” . • -• , '
- - -
/•A- 4-..-...^.-;
- ' ' .- ■: /
j1 r .• ' ’ • A-
y , 7 y 7.7.7 .::■ ■ 7
:77 • -V. . 7:
-• •- i.j ^
-.
.IsXaT.:
sagg?
"A
> .'■ v ' -
■ a-: A-
777- ■ - --y,; :-7.,7
-■-'-■vy;;,'-'.: 7.'7.v t
: . .. W.v ..V- • .,.v
V •- : V- -- A Y..-7
7^7;
- , - .
A y A'
v
VYY.Al
■ *. 'AAAy'-A’
V - -• -- * ;
; '‘;/'Av v>:: A£-;:-' ^ ‘-Avy ,;v
.7-477.7 Y'.Y-Y'Y
A'-AyAA •- ' A 4- • AA 7 . .. .'
7- .7 ■ Y ' ' 7 '■ ',-7' -7 ■.." '7' 4.-^':
■7 - . ' .7. . -, ... -77 ... ...... • • . •
- . ■ . - ■- A-
- £*&&&£$** yAvya-
A ■; - ■ ' ■ • ■ A 7
- - - - Y '7
A Ay AA: ./ . A'%; ,/
UiV. " ' ■' ' ;-AV'Aw
. .; *
AA- A : ■ Tv • ;A W- •' TA,.. c-,'-':’Aa' _ ?AAA A '- AaJ
' , - -
A ;; - ■ ' - A ■ - .
■ ■ ' - A ; ; A -
'•’A - 7 'A ' A ' . ••••-' 'Y- ,. -A/ - ;■ r .... y’VA-'.'- , A
•7 • -
-.a! Ji A A'-
- s .
■
■
AA“ : -A- ' . - AA v,v ' A A ' - .. ‘ - A- ••.••A
■ - ' . • ; • V" a*aa v • >v vV- a .V.-;
... : . ' :. 7. 7 . 7-77; ' ' " ■ 7. ■: 77
• - . •• A.” '• AA -A ’-aA-A-'v-: ;• ^ ■ ■■' -A
: - ' - . .. 7 4 / . , ; A", ; A 77.' ;
-7 7, _ .7 ' ' • ; -7.’ .- ... . ■ - , . - ' ' ... 7 j1 *.
•Y. t -7.7-
-7 -7777
■ 7. 7 - 7S- 7 . , 7 - ..V-..
5' - '■ 44,'; ;. _ >.. 7- ;■ ■
41 ?4 ■ 4; 4 A 74.77-4-.
. . .. " - ■
77 7 77 -.4. -,A'7 ■ ' 4
1 ' ., V :7. ... .7 .'7 . '■ .
7. '• „ i .7. ■ .■. .
. - ..... . . - ,,,,
A;, : | .Y'YAAAYyAl 4' aTa'v'AA A A
44 Y, -4-. .; 44" -7. ■; 4.'. '! 4i’v •'''A';-. '•••
7- :'.7 - 7- - 7-. 7 ' ", 7 7 '77..
,7 7-. . ■ 7,7 - 7 . ■ 7, . . ■
. ' ;
■7- ----4 ; -.4, • v.--7 7 •
- , vv - 5.7.7 ■ ... . ,7V r 7 4
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
BRITISH ANTARCTIC (“TERRA NOYA”) EXPEDITION, 1910
NATURAL HISTORY REPORT.
ZOOLOGY. VOL. Ill, No. 3. Pp. 111-126.
CRUSTACEA.
PART II.— PORCELLANOPAGURUS : AN INSTANCE OF
CARCINIZATION.
BY
L. A. BORRADAILE, M.A.
(Fellow, Dean and Lecturer of Selwyn College, Cambridge ; Lecturer in Zoology in the University).
WITH THIRTEEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
LONDON :
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
Sold by Longmans, Green & Co., 39, Paternoster Row, E.C. ; B. Quaritch, 11, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, W.
Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37, Soho Square, W. ;
AND AT THE
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
1916.
[All rights reserved .]
Price One Shilling and Sixpence.
[Issued 28th October, 1916.]
c
■ \ v - ■ y '■ • ?
CRUSTACEA.
PART II.- PORCELLANOPAGURUS : AN INSTANCE OF
CARCINIZATION.
BY L. A. BORRADAILE, M.A.,
Fellow , Deem and Lecturer of Selwyn College, Cambridge ; Lecturer in Zoology in the University.
WITH THIRTEEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
The “ Terra Nova” Expedition captured off the northern end of New Zealand a berried IJJJ. /. ^
female specimen* of Porcellanopagurus. Although four members of this genus have
already been described,! our knowledge of the exceedingly interesting crustaceans
which compose it is as yet very incomplete. The “ Terra Nova ” example (which 1
have provisionally referred to the type species P. edwardsi, Filliol) is in rather bad
condition, all but the last pair of the legs being detached from the body, while the left
chelipecl and both legs of the fourth pair are missing. From this specimen, however, it
is possible to gather certain facts which have not yet been stated, and to draw certain
conclusions. The authorities of the Zoological Department of the British Museum
have very kindly afforded me facilities for examining also two male specimens of
P. tridentatus, Whitelegge, from the Kermadec Islands, and for comparing them with
various other Paguridea. The following communication embodies the results of my
observations upon this material.
Porcellanopagunts (Fig. 1) is one of the many attempts of Nature to evolve a crab.
The material, in this instance, seems to have been an ordinary hermit-crab of the sub¬
family Eupagurinae, and the method followed was not only, as in other such cases, a
broadening and depression of the cephalothorax, as though a weight had been placed
upon it, together with reduction of the abdomen, but also a drawing out horizontally
of the edges of that hard plate which roofs the forepart of the body of a hermit-crab.
This plate is bounded at each side by the front part of the linea anomurlca — the “ line
* The specimen is mentioned on p. 97 of the systematic account of the Decapoda collected by the
“ Terra Nova ” (Yol. Ill, No. 2).
f P. edwardsi, Filhol, 1885; P. platei, Lenz, 1902; P. tridentatus, Whitelegge, 1904; P. japonicus,
Balss, 1914. The literature of the genus and its species is as follows : Porcellanopagurus, Filhol, Bull.
Soc. Philomath. Paris (7), IX, p. 47 (1885) ; Miss. lie Campbell, III, ii, p. 410 (1885). Thomson, Trans.
N.Z. Inst., XXXI, p. 187 (1899). Alcock, Cat. Ind. Decap. Crust. II, i, pp. 27, 191 (1905). Chilton,
Subant. Is. N.Z., XXVI, p. 610 (1909). Balss, Abb. K. Bayer. Ak. Wiss., math.-phys. Kl., Suppl. II,
ix, p. 66 (1913). P. edwardsi, Filhol, Thomson, Alcock, Chilton, 11. c. P. platei, Lenz, Zool. Jahrb.
Syst., Suppl. V, p. 740 (1902). P. tridentatus, Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. IV, p. 180 (1904).
Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. XLIII, p. 552 (1911). P. japonicus, Balss, l.c. P. edicardsi f, Borradaile,
“Terra Nova” Nat. Hist. Rep., Zool., Ill, No. 2, p. 97 (1916).
R
112
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
/' of Boas — and extends backwards a little way beyond the cervical groove. In
Porcellanojmgwrus (Fig. 5) its edges have grown out into a series of lobes, by which the
spread of the back is increased. One of these lobes is a large, triangular rostrum, and
there are on each side four others, which vary in size and shape according to the species.
The rostrum bears a low median riclge. The first side-lobe stands at the angle of the
carapace, above the antenna. The second has, in P. edwardsi, three cusps, of which
the foremost is low and blunt, the middle long and sharp, and the hinder a mere knob.
The third and fourth lobes, like the first, are simple. The fourth stands behind the
Fig. 1. — Porcellanopagurus sp., probably P. edwardsi, taken by the “ Terra Nova” north of
New Zealand : dorsal view of a berried female, X 3.
cervical groove on a fairly wide piece of hard cuticle, which in ordinary hermit-crabs
is represented by a much narrower strip. Besides the ossicles of the fourth pair of
lobes there is a little post-cervical calcification in the cardiac region. The cervical
groove which separates this hinder series of small pieces from the main part of the
back-plate is undoubtedly here, as in other hermit-crabs, the hinder of the two furrows
to which that name has been applied, f the anterior cervical groove being absent in all
Paguridea. The horizontal “ line d ” of Boas — the anterior part of the linen thalassinica
of which a trace exists in other Paguridae, in the form of a groove of varying depth
K. Dansk Yidensk. Selsk. Skr. (6) I, p. iv.
f See Gardiner’s “ Fauna of the Maldives,” Art. “On the Classification and Genealogy of the Reptant
Decapods,” vol. II, p. 690.
PORCEELANOPAGURUS— BORRADAILE.
113
Fig. 2. — Porcellanopagurus : side view
of the specimen shown in Fig. 1,
X 3. Ah, Abdomen ; c, base of
cheliped ; s, sixth abdominal
tergum ; t, telson ; w, waist.
and length, is represented in Porcellanopagurus by a short, deep, forward branch from
the cervical groove above the third lobe of each side, and perhaps by a faint forward
continuation.
The substance of the dorsal plate, and of the armour of the first three pairs of legs,
is very hard, porcellanous, and a little translucent, not at all like that of most hermit
crabs, but its surface is roughened by many short,
transverse ridges, and somewhat sparsely covered
with hairs, placed in little rows, each in front of one
of the ridges, an arrangement which, developed in s
various degrees, is not uncommon in Eupagurinae.
Below the projecting lobes of the back-plate, the sides
of the cephalothorax (Fig. 2) are almost vertical,
though rather low, and they and the hinder part of
the thorax are soft, as in an ordinary hermit-crab.
The post-cervical region is shorter and wider than in
other Paguridae, and the concavity of its hinder
edge is semicircular, not deep and narrow, as is usual in the family. In correspondence
with this shortening of the region behind and above it, the hinder part of the linea
anomurica is directed more downwards than usual. The “ line la ” of Boas branches
as a Y at its upper end, the forward branch joining the linea anomurica opposite the
cervical groove, the hinder branch behind the last side lobe.
On the underside of the thorax (Fig. 3) the legs are set wider apart than in an
ordinary hermit-crab, and the sternal series of plates is better developed, though in
number and position its pieces faithfully resemble those of Eupagurus. The widely
separated bases of the third maxillipeds are connected by a
slender sternum, rather wider in the middle than at its ends.
The two small sternal pieces on the segment of the chelipeds
are fused, though their limits are still visible. They are not
quite symmetrical, the left being rather more prominent than
the right. The second pair of legs has a pair of large sternal
plates. Behind them stands a transverse piece of good size,
which appears to belong to the same segment as the two rather
small ossicles at the bases of the third pair of legs. The sternum
mxp
Fig. 3. — Porcellanopagurus :
third to sixth thoracic
sterna of the specimen
shown in Fig. 1, x 3. of the fourth pair of legs is a very narrow bar, placed more
ch, Chehped ; l 3, third dorsally than that of Eupagurus, on the anterior wall of a deep
leg ; mxp, base of third . . , , r. ’ , 1-1,1
maxilliped furrow which separates from the cephalothorax a region con¬
sisting of the last thoracic segment together with the abdomen.
On the hinder side of this furrow, thus seeming to belong to the abdomen, stands the
sternum of the fifth pair of legs, which is also a very narrow bar. The oviducal opening
is placed, not, as usual, on the ventral side of the coxopodite of the third leg, but on
the hinder face of the joint, which is directed towards the furrow between the last
R 2
114
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
two thoracic segments, and is not covered by the sternum of the fourth pair of legs
because the latter has receded to a more dorsal position than that which it usually
occupies.
The condition of the abdomen in the living animal has, unfortunately, not been
described. In spirit specimens (Figs. 2, 5, 13a) it forms a rounded sack, placed behind
the cephalothorax. From the last thoracic segment it is separated by a groove, fairly
deep on the ventral side, but little marked above. In front of that segment, however,
there is a greater furrow, by which, as by a waist, the body is divided into two regions,
one consisting of the major part of the cephalothorax, the other of the abdomen
together with the last thoracic segment. The waist also is deepest on the ventral
side. The abdomen is a good deal flattened above but bellies below. It is possible,
though perhaps not likely, that its length is greater in living than in preserved
specimens, in which case the true aspect of the animal might be considerably less
crab-like than that under which it is at present known.
Where the thorax joins the abdomen there lies across the back a narrow transverse
strip of hard cuticle (Fig. 13a), which has at least the appearance of being the tergite of
the last thoracic somite. Its ends abut on a pair of oval plates of like substance, placed
one above the base of each of the legs of the segment, and perhaps to be regarded as
pleural structures. A similar arrangement is found in Eupagurus, where Boas*
describes the transverse strip as part of the first abdominal tergite. That, however, it
is not, either in Eupagurus or in Porcellmupagurus. It can hardly be a persistent
thoracic tergite, since it is not found in lower Deeapoda, and may perhaps be more
correctly described as a structure sui generis than as a tergite at all ; but in both genera
it lies clearly in the thoracic region, and can be distinguished from the first abdominal
tergite, which lies behind it, and from which is formed the opposite face of the thoraco¬
abdominal groove, along whose floor in Eupagurus there runs a fine, white, transverse
line like a suture. The two tergal sclerites are, however, firmly united, and together
provide a necessary strengthening of the back in the region of the attachment of the
last pair of legs. The true tergite of the first abdominal segment has in Porcellano-
pagurus the form of a moderately broad transverse plate, lacking the median backward
expansion which is found in Eupaguru, s. A pair of independent plates, of which the
left bears a limb, stand in the female for the second tergite; a smaller plate bearing a
limb is the remains of the third tergite, while at the base of the limb of the fourth
segment there is barely a trace of such a thickening. The fifth segment is altogether
soft. This arrangement is derived from that of Eupagurusj by the disappearance of
the plate on the right hand side of the third and fourth segments, and of the whole
tergite of the fifth. In the male (of P. tridentatus) there are no abdominal tergit.es,
save a vestige on the first segment. But, although calcified remnants of the terga are
* Loc. cit ., p. 112.
f The shapes and sizes of the hard pieces of the abdomen vary a good deal from species to species in
Eupagurus.
PORCELLAjSTOPAGUIIUS — BOERADAILE.
115
thus scanty, the segmentation of the abdomen is distinctly, though not strongly,
marked by shallow grooves on the dorsal side, separating strips of slightly stouter
cuticle on which stand the tergal pieces already described. The hinder edge of the
fifth segment is sharply marked, and stands out as a half ring, under which the stout
tergite of the sixth segment is telescoped for a short distance. This may also be seen
Fig. 4.- -Eupagurus bernhardus : dorsal view of a female
specimen, nat. size. 2, 5, Second and fifth terga.
Fig. 5. — Porcellanopagurus : dorsal view of the
specimen shown in Fig. 1, after removal
of most of the eggs, X 4. The end of the
fifth leg is also shown enlarged. The
limbs of the second, third, and fourth
abdominal segments are exposed by the
removal of the eggs which they carried :
a few of the eggs remain attached to the
long hairs of the appendages. The tergal
vestiges upon which these limbs stand are
shown. The tergum of the first abdominal
segment may be seen in front of the fore¬
most egg-bearing limb. The fifth segment
has no hard tergite. That of the sixth
segment, composed of four large and two
small pieces, is seen behind, between the
uropods. c, Cervical groove ; r, rostrum ;
1-4, side-lohes of the cephalothorax.
in Eupagurus. In the male, only the slightest traces of segmentation are recognisable.
The sixth tergite in both sexes is represented by two stout plates, one behind the
other, each divided by a deep median groove into two, with a pair of small nodules at
the sides against the junction of the main plates. In Eupagurus each pair of plates is
represented by a single structure. The tergite of the telson is softer than that of the
116
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
sixth segment, and consists of two successive plates. The
two lateral pieces of the hinder edge are less independent
than in Eupagurus, and there is a median notch, not a point,
as in Chilton's and Lenz’s figures. The suit-anal valve* is
present, though soft. The telson is carried folded under the
sixth segment. The dorsal side of the abdomen, which in life
is covered by the flat shell of a mollusc, as will be explained
later, is smooth and only sparsely hairy, but the sides and
ventral surface, which are exposed, are rough-skinned and
much more hairy. 1 can detect no trace of sterna.
The eyes, antennules, and antennae (Figs. 1 and 2) closely resemble those of
Eupa</urus. The scales on the bases of the eyestalks are present, but hidden by the
Fig. 7. — Poreellanopagurus : mouth-limbs of the left side of the specimen shown in Fig. 1. — a , Mandible,
ventral view ; a1, the same, dorsal view ; b, maxillule, ventral view ; b1, the same, lateral view ; c,
maxilla ; d, first maxilliped ; e, second maxilliped ; /, third maxilliped.
rostrum. The antennary exopodite, by an extraordinary error, is figured by Filliol (loc.
c/t. fig. 2) on the ventral side of the limb, and Lenz omits it altogether in his figure of
P. plate i. In P. edwardsi and P. tridentatus it is, as a matter of fact, situated in the
of the abdomen of the
specimen shown in Fig. 1 ,
X 5.
See Gardiner’s “ Fauna of the Maldives,” Art.
“ Land Crustaceans,” vol. I, pp.
I 6.
31.
PORCELLANOPAGURUS — BORRADAILE.
117
Fig. 8. — P or cell a nopag urus : outer
view of the great cheliped of
the specimen shown in Fig. 1,
X 3.
ordinary position, and well developed, as a Hunt-ended and sparsely hairy, movable spine.
The fixed basal spine of the antenna is also present, and is shorter than the exopodite,
directed almost straight forwards, and provided with several teeth. The mouth-limbs
(Fig. 7) also show no remarkable features. The molar process of the mandible is fairly
wide, and the cutting- edge has one low tooth near the
middle and another at the hinder angle. As in Eupa¬
gurus, the outer edge of the endopodite of the maxillule is
turned forwards. The small process on this edge, which
perhaps represents the true end of the limb, is directed
forwards, not backwards as in Eupagurus bernhardus.
In E. prideauxi it is wanting. The first pair of legs,
incorrectly figured by Filhol as equal, has been shown
by subsequent writers to be unequal, the right the
larger. The hand of this limb (Fig. 8) is much broader
and heavier than in Eupagurus. The fingers are white-tipped, not spoon-shaped,
and open nearly vertically. The legs of the second and third pairs are those of an
ordinary hermit-crab, but rather stouter than usual, and symmetrical. The little
ridges to which allusion has been made cover them on both sides, and, standing out
in profile along the anterior edge, make it seem toothed. In fact, only one ridge,
situated at the end of the carpopodite, is drawn out into a tooth. Under the propodite
of each leg is a double row of movable spines,
under the dactylopodite a single row. The
fourth pair are subchelate as in an ordinary
hermit-crab, and have the usual scaly patch on
the palm. The fifth pair are like those of
Eupagurus (Fig. 9), with a clumsy chela, whose
fingers are spoon-shaped, lined with hair, and
finely toothed around the edge. Whitelegge is
incorrect in stating this limb to be simple in
P. tridentatus, but the mistake is an easy one to
make, for when the fingers are closed the
dactylopodite, hidden among the long hairs at
the end of the leg, looks merely like a low mound
upon the tip of the propodite. This leg also
has the scaly patch by which it is characterized
in hermit-crabs, only somewhat reduced.
The gill-formula is the same as that of Eupagurus, consisting of eleven gills on
each side — five pairs of arthrobranchiae and a pleurobranchia. The gills are pliyllo-
branchiae.
The abdomen of the female bears, besides the uropods, three limbs, placed on the
second, third, and fourth segments (Fig. 5). I make this statement on the evidence of
Fig. 9. — Eupagurus bernhardus : end. of the
last leg — a, from the inner side, with
the chela closed; b, slightly different
view, with the chela open, X 7f.
118
“TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
the “ Terra Nova ” specimen, which is a female. Filliol, describing what may have been
either a male, or a female deprived of her egg-bearing limbs, mentions a pair of small
appendages on the forepart of the abdomen, presumably on the first abdominal segment,
though they do not appear in his figure. Lenz even figures such limbs in P. platei , of
which his specimens were females. 1 am unable to find any traces of appendages in
this position in the “Terra Nova” specimen, nor are they mentioned or figured by any
other author. Probably they do not exist..* In Eupagurus this segment is without
limbs in either sex : in various other Eupagurinae it bears them, sometimes in the
female, sometimes in the male. The limbs of the second, third, and fourth segments of
the female Porcdlanopagurus (Fig. lOu) resemble those of the same sex of Eupagurus
(Fig. 10/') in being biramous, and in the shape of both branches, but not in the size of
the exopodite, which is so minute that the limb appears at first sight to be uniramous.
Outside (that is, above) the exopodite, the end of the protopodite has a strong, blunt
angle, upon which is a bunch of long hairs, whose function is to supplement those of
the endopodite in bearing the eggs. The position of these limbs is interesting. They
are all dorsal, and the first is almost median : the other two lie successively more to the
left, so that the three form a slanting row. Here is a reminiscence of the relation which
the same appendages bear to one another in an ordinary hermit-crab, where, although
they lie directly one behind the other if the abdomen be untwisted, yet in its normal
spiral position they form a row slanting to the left. In correspondence with this is the
fact that iu Porcellanopagurus the exopodite, which stands in front of as well as above
the endopodite in the limb of the second segment, is more dorsally placed in that of the
third, and directly above the other branch in that of the fourth segment, and thus has
in each case the position which it would have if the abdomen were spirally twisted. It
would appear, therefore, that the secondary straightening of the abdomen of Porcellano¬
pagurus has been brought about by a process of telescoping rather than by untwisting,
so far as the greater part of its length is concerned : the telson and sixth segment have
to a considerable extent been rotated backwards into their original position. That the
limbs are more dorsal in position than usual, is no doubt in connection with the manner
in which the abdomen is protected, and serves to bring the eggs under shelter of the
shallow shell which the animal carries over its back. I have been unable to find in this
genus any trace of the little appendage which is borne on the fifth abdominal segment
in Eupagurus.
The only male Porcellanopagurus which I have been able to examine is that of
P. tridentatus. In it the abdomen bears no limbs on any segment but the sixth.
This is a sharp distinction from some species of Eupagurus, but not from others.
* It is not clear that Filliol is not alluding to the limb of the second abdominal segment, or even to
the last thoracic appendage. Lenz’s figure is probably very inaccurate. I have already stated that it
omits the antennal exopodite. It also shows a pair of appendages in the first abdominal segment, but
none on the second, third or fourth. If these be not serious errors, P. platei differs very remarkably from
the other species of the genus to which it has been assigned.
PORCELLANOPAGURUS — BORRADAILE.
I ID
E. hernhardus (Fig. 10c) lias appendages of moderate size on the third, fourth, and fifth
segments of the male. E. prideauxi (Fig. 10 d), however, shows only simple, micro¬
scopic vestiges of these limbs. It is interesting to note that in the male E. hernhardus
the appendages in question are biramous with one branch reduced, but that this is the
endopodite, whereas in the female of Porcellanopagurus it is the exopodite that has
undergone reduction. Chilton describes the male of P. edwardsi, and as he makes no
reference to any abdominal limbs save the uropods, it is probable that the latter alone
are present. Balss, however, figuring what he states to be the male of P. japonic/ /s,
shows three unequally biramous limbs on the same segments as in the female. It is
A
Fig. 10. — Dorsal views of the limb of the third abdominal segment in Eupagurinae —
A, Porcellanopagurus, sp., 9 , X 6 ; B, Eupagurus bemliardus, J , x 5 ; C, the
same, J , X 5 ; I>, Eupa, gurus prideauxi, £ , X 8. ex, Exopodite ; v, vestige of
pleopod ; t, postero-external angle of tergum.
possible that he may be mistaken in the sex of his specimen, but in that case it is
to be observed that, as they are represented in his figure, the reduced rami appear to
be the endopodites as in male E. hernhardus. If the male of P. japonicus lie rightly
figured by Balss, then there is in Porcellanopagiirus a difference between species in
regard to the development of the abdominal limbs of the male, as there is in Eupagurus.
The question needs reinvestigation.
The uropods (Fig. 6) of the two sexes are alike, and resemble those of the ordinary
hermit-crabs, except in that they are almost completely symmetrical in shape and not
very asymmetrical in position, though they are still obviously placed at an angle with
120
“TERRA NOVA-’ EXPEDITION.
the horizontal plane. It is noticeable that they retain the scaly patches on both rami
which are used, by the hermit-crabs which inhabit hollow objects, to give foothold on
the inside of their homes.
With regard to the habits of Porcellanopngums, some information may be gained
from the statements of the naturalists who collected the specimens at present known to
science. P. edward-si was originally taken in shallow water (down to 5 m.) at Campbell
Island and Stewart Island, living among sea-weeds, and was expressly stated by Filhol
not to live in a shell. Chilton records it dredged at the Snares in 60 fathoms. The
“ Terra Nova’’ specimen, which I have rather doubtfully referred to the same species,
was trawled in 70 fathoms off the North of New Zealand, on a bottom of sand and
rock. P. platei was obtained on the shore at Juan Fernandez, and Plate, who collected
it, stated that it deckt die Pier mit einer Muschelschale zu. Lenz, for no very obvious
reason, distrusted Plate’s statement, and held that the animal’s abdomen kann nach
coni auf den Riieken geklappt werden, and in that position was mistaken by Plate for
the shell of a bivalve mollusc ! This very improbable supposition may be dismissed,
in view of the subsequent evidence by which Plate’s statement is confirmed for other
species. P. trident at us has been obtained in 54-59 fathoms off Wata Mooli in New
South Wales, and between tidemarks in the Kermadec Islands. Oliver, by whom it
was collected in the latter locality, found it under stones, and states that it was not
common, and that it never uses a spiral shell, but manages to keep on its back a single
valve of a bivalve mollusc’s shell, or a vacant Siphonaria or limpet shell. P. japonicus
is as yet. only reported from the Uraga Channel in Japan, where a single specimen was
taken. No information is available as to the depth or nature of the habitat in which it
was found, but it is stated to have carried over its back a Cardium shell, held in
position by the telson of the crab fixed in the umbo.
It appears that Porcellanopagurus has a wide distribution in the extra-tropical
parts of the Pacific, that each of the several as yet widely separated localities in which
it has been taken possesses its own representative of the genus, that it ranges from near
high-water mark to a depth of at least 70 fathoms, and that the same species may
extend throughout this vertical range. As will be explained later, while the distinctions
and affinities of the species are as yet obscure, it seems that the New Zealand, Chilian,
and Japanese forms resemble one another more closely than any of them resembles
the Australian-Kermadec species. In most respects there is no indication that the
habits of the genus differ substantially from those of the ordinary hermit-crabs, but the
mode in which the abdomen is protected is unique among Paguridea. Some kind of
shallow, non-spiral shell found by the animal is held over the back, covering, to judge
by the extent of the egg -mass, the abdomen and the soft part of the cephalo thorax.
How the shell is kept in position is not clear. That the telson and uropods should be
wedged into the umbo suggests itself at once, and this was the case in Balss’ specimen,
but if, as Oliver states, a limpet shell is sometimes used, the abdominal organs alone
will not suffice to retain the protecting structure. It- may well be that the hinder two
PORCELLANOPAGURUS— BORRADAILE.
121
pairs of legs take part in holding the shell in position. Speculation as to how
this may be done, and whether their scaly pads are used for the purpose, does
not at present seem likely to lie profitable. The eggs, which are of rather small
size ( • 5 mm.) in my specimen, must pass into the deep furrow on the ventral side
to which I have already alluded. Thence they must by some means, perhaps by
the last pair of legs, be transferred to the back and attached to the hairs of the
abdominal limbs. The mass which they then form is moulded to the shape of the
covering shell.
The species of Porcellanopagurus have as yet been very inadequately described for
systematic purposes, with the exception of P. tridentatus, of which Whitelegge’s
account is full and good. This member of the genus differs from the rest more, as it
seems at present, than they do from one another. It is smaller, measuring 10 mm. in
length, whereas the others probably all reach a length of 15 mm. or more. Its scaly
sculpture is finer and its hairs shorter, the lobes of its carapace-edge are less marked,
and probably its great chela has a more swollen hand. P. plate l and P. japonicus, to
judge by the figures of them which have been published, lack the third cusp of the
second carapace-lobe and have the point of the third lobe more forwardly directed than
in P. edwardsi. P. japonicus has a small, sharp spine at the tip of each of the lobes,
which is wanting in Lenz’s figure of P. platei , and the two species differ also in the
greater smoothness of the legs of the latter. I have already alluded to the question of
the abdominal limbs. The “Terra Nova” specimen agrees pretty well with the
descriptions of P. edwardsi, but its great chela shows considerable unlikeness to that of
the male of Filhol’s species as described and figured by Chilton. The scales on the
wrist are coarser and less regular, the upper edge of the palm has a well-marked,
though irregular, crest of sharp granules or teeth, and along the lower edge there runs
a strong, regular line of fine granules. This is evidently also present in P. japonicus.
Possibly, however, these differences are sexual, and in any case the examination of
a series of specimens would be necessary before a new species could be established for
the form taken by the “ Terra Nova.”
Porcellanopagurus is a quite independent case of the phenomenon which may be
called “ carcinization,” and which consists essentially in a reduction of the abdomen of
a macrurous crustacean, together with a depression and broadening of its eephalo thorax,
so that the animal assumes the general habit of body of a crab. To this end, by
devious routes, evolution has proceeded throughout the Anomura. In the lower
members of most divisions of that tribe the abdomen is a strong and important organ,
and the cephalothorax little, if at all, depressed. Their higher members are “ crabs.”
Among the Paguridea, the widening of the region between the bases of the third
maxillipeds of the Eupagurinae may perhaps be regarded as a first step in this
direction, the broad-backed Pupagurus splendescens (Fig. 11) represents a further
advance, and besides Porcellanopagurus two other members of the sub-family — Tylaspis
122
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
and Ostraconotus* — may fairly be said to have become carciuized. It would be natural
to expect that these three genera would be closely related, but, in fact, that is not the
case. As regards the mode of reduction of the
abdomen, Tylcispis and Ostraconotus do show
some resemblance, though the process has been
carried much further in the latter genus than in
the former. In both of them the abdomen is
straight and slender, and carries its unpaired limbs
in the usual position on the ventral side. But
when the appendages of the male are regarded it
becomes evident that Tylaspis belongs to the
group of genera which have paired limbs on the
forepart of the abdomen (in point of fact it has
two pairs), whereas Ostraconotus resembles Kupa-
qurus in having no paired pleopods at all. The
condition of Porcdlanopagurus in this respect is,
as we have seen, at present still a little doubtful,
but in any case, with its unique arrangement in
the female of three limbs dorsally placed in a
slanting row, it is obviously the result of an
entirely different process from that which produced
either of the others, so that, even if there were
any grounds on which it could be supposed to be
related to one of them, its carcinization must have
Fig. 11. — Eupagurus splendescens
outline dorsal view, x 2J-.
occurred independently. The cephalothorax tells the same tale. In Tylaspis the soft
hinder region found in an ordinary hermit-crab has become inflated and then
hardened. f In Ostraconotus the whole cephalothorax has taken something of the
shape of that of a Galatheid, the hinder region being hardened as in Tylaspis. In
Porcdlanopagurus , while the hinder region remains soft, the
forepart is quite unlike that of either of the others, as will be
gathered from the description I have given of it. In the shape
of the legs there is again the widest difference between the
three. The sole point of resemblance between them lies in the
fact that the last leg of each has the same minute, clumsy,
3
Pig. 12. — End of fourth
leg of Tylaspis, X 7J-.
spoon-fingered chela, and this they share with other Eupagurinae. The fourth leg is
subchelate in Porcdlanopagurus-, simple, with a wide propodite for the protection of
* For descriptions and figures of these crustaceans, see Henderson, “Challenger” Anomura, p. 81,
pi. VIII, fig. 5, 1888 (Tylaspis), and Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Harvard, XIV, iii, p. 167,
pi. XII, 1893 (Ostraconotus).
t This is also the case in Eupagurus splendescens.
PORCELLANOPAGURUS— BORRADAILE.
P23
the eggs, in Ostraconotus ; simple,*' slender, and unusually small in Tylaspi s. rFl ie
walking legs (pairs 3 and 2) in Ostraconotus have very remarkable flattened dactylo-
podites that almost suggest a swimming function ; in Tylaspi s they are very long and
slender ; in Porcellanopagurus little modified from those of an ordinary hermit-crab.
The chelipeds are of quite different types in all three, as inspection of the figures
will show. In short, there is not the least resemblance between the three cases, and
when all the facts are known, there is little doubt that it will appear that the crab¬
like habit of body has arisen in different circumstances, and is made viable by different
modes of life, in all of them. I have indicated the explanation of the case of
Porcellanopagurus. In the other two genera there is great likelihood that the soft
abdomen is somehow protected in life. Perhaps, as they are both deep-water animals,
it is merely buried in the ooze of the sea floor. Certainly in Ostraconotus it is not
carried under the cephalothorax, and its unarmoured dorsal side makes it unlikely that
this is the case in Tylaspis.
Superficially, the abdomen of Porcellanopagurus resembles that of Birgus more
than that of any other pagurid, but the position of its egg-bearing limbs is different,
and in any case Birgus belongs undoubtedly to the Pagurine stock, while Porcellano¬
pagurus and the other genera we have been discussing are as certainly Eupagurine,
so that there can be no question of relationship in this case.
The Lithodidae.f with their flat, hard-backed abdomen, deprived of uropods and
pressed against the sterna of a very crab-like cephalothorax, present a more advanced
case of the carcinization of Paguridea than those we have hitherto mentioned, but
there appears no likelihood that any of them are connected with those less highly
modified forms. They are, in truth, probably diphyletic, the Lomisinae being derived
from primitive, trichobranchiate Pagurinae, and the Lithodinae from Eupagurinae,
which differed from Eupagurus in keeping a pair of limbs on the first abdominal
segment of the female, although they had lost that feature in the male. They must
therefore have left the Pagurid stock at a point not very far removed from that at
which Porcellanopagurus took origin, but there is no possibility of reconciling the two
cases in the crucial matter of the course of evolution of the abdomen.
Still less, of course, can the Hippidea, the Porcellanidae, or the true crabs, all
primarily symmetrical groups, be supposed to have arisen either from a hermit-crab—
or, for that matter, from one another. The descent of the true crabs, indeed, must lie
traced from a decapod which, though its structural features would bring it under the
Anomura, as that group must be defined, J was more primitive than any existing
member of the tribe.
* At the end of the propodite of the fourth leg of Tylaspis (Fig. 12) there is a slender process, but
this is not in the plane in which the dactylopodite works, so that there is no chela.
f The evolution of this group is discussed by Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat. (7), XVIII, £>. 157 (1895).
1 See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIX, p. 473 (1907).
124
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
g h i
Fig. 13. — Outline dorsal views of the bodies of a series of “ crabs” — a, Porcellanojoagurus ;
b, Tylaspis ; c, Ostraconotus (after Milne- Edwards) ; d, Birgus ; e, Lornis ; f, Lithodes ;
g, Porcellana ; h, Albunea ; i, Carcinus. Not drawn to scale. In each case the part
indicated by a dotted line is normally carried under the rest of the body.
PORCELLANOPAGURUS- -BORRADAILE.
125
Discussion of the affinities of Porcellanopagurus has brought into view all the
various crab-like Crustacea. It is not possible to make such a survey without being
struck, on the one hand, by the persistence with which their habit recurs quite
independently, and, on the other, by the fact that examples of it are found solely
upon one branch of the decapod tree. I have elsewhere* shown reason for regarding
the Anomura and the Brachyura as ultimately forming a single stock of the Reptantia.
Outside that stock crabs do not occur. Now this fact cannot be attributed to special
conditions of life. The Anomura are subject to no common conditions which they do
not share with other Reptantia, and, if conditions of life have induced the origin of
crabs among Anomura, we are faced with the question why they have not done so
among other groups of Reptantia or among such reptant Caridea as many Alpheidae
and Pontoniinae. The habit of body of these Macrura does not, upon the face of
things, present any greater difficulty to the evolution of something like a crab than
that of the hermit-crab which gave rise to Lithodes. The conclusion seems inevitable
that there is in the constitution of the Anomura a disposition or tendency — only the
vaguest terms can be used here — to achieve that special conformation of body which
constitutes a crab, and such is not the case with other Decapoda. Whether this
tendency be primarily one of morphology or of habits is another question ; but seeing
that a similar form of body has been reached independently in circumstances which
must have needed very different changes in the habits of the animals, it would appear
likely that a morphogenetic tendency is the primary factor, but that it can only be
realized in the event of the development of suitable habits.
It may be doubted whether the conditions of life play any part other than a purely
permissive one in the realization of the tendency to carcinizatiou. The circumstances
in which the life of reptant Decapoda is passed cannot be supposed to have in this
respect the kind of stringency which dictates, for instance, the special features which
are common to the pelagic or to the endoparasitic fauna. An incalculable number of
modes of life is open to them, to be taken advantage of according to the special
physique of each. The tendency to carcinization, emerging independently from time
to time, has led in each case to different habits, but the obligation to the change must
have lain always within, not without the organism. The history of the abandonment
by hermit-crabs of their habit of living in a shell when they became Lithodidae must
have been very different from that of the case in which certain Galatheidea, perhaps
when the broadening of the thorax was permitted by the habit of placing their
bodies upside down with the flexed abdomen pressed against a stone, became
Porcellanidae. The true crabs, again, must have arisen in a different manner,
perhaps when a lobster took to backing into shallow crevices with the abdomen
doubled under the thorax — a habit which would naturally lead on the one hand
* The subject of the genealogy of the Reptantia is discussed in the article in Gardiner’s “ Fauna of
the Maldives,” already quoted above.
126
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
to that of the Dromiacea and Dorippidae of carrying their shelter with them by
means of the hinder lews, and on the other to that of the free-wandering crabs. But
none of these organisms lives in a habitat locally removed from that of other Reptantia.
Crabs and lobsters, Porcellanopogurus and ordinary hermit-crabs may be taken in the
same locality. It is with their habits rather than with their habitats that their
structure is correlated. Nor is it possible, in view of the fact that they possess free
larvae, and those of the same type, and therefore persistent from their common
ancestor, to construct any hypothesis which shall account for their unlikeness by
supposing that at some former time they were isolated in unlike conditions of life.
They owe their differences to themselves alone.
There are few better instances than those afforded by carcinization of the fact that,
the organism is, after all, the dominant factor in evolution. What is bred in the bone
will come out in the flesh, and Nature is no more able than Man to make silk purses
out of sows’ ears.
LONDON: PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.
'K -: /-.• r './ft/, /ft-ftr/ ■ * -// ./ •>•
-ft •■ /ft-.-X: -V ••;£:■'.■ .V
■
.. _ "X'X--' X-> ftXXX'-Xi-.ft-ft. -c.'- ;v.-f
->X x- '-X-..X-XX:/Xft XX/ ^XX'XX'X XX: -X . / / XX- XX- v/XXX;-
- ft -/ft. t;-ft <.:>//: ft;-- '--ft - - ft*
:f' - .T?X X <\ _x . • •••? - v r---v
-Xv .. T, r ; ' ’ -
i
-X.',r>x >x\ -
■ .., ••/, X '•
-•
■r'y'-; . :v-;
•••'- y<.-~
>Ar|sy> . .. >.• ^
V. -- •'
- * v.1-" f . > . - - • - ft-- ••
X >. ,w..v
.-•s-S.r ■
. . - ■/.- . ■ ~>x;> ■ x
• ;• <.. \- •.„ ' - • ; •/ ■•- ' .' . -:.. -ft-. ■'• . •■• • -■ ■.-■■
■ ■'• - ;
;•■ ft-'ft ■’■..«--■> , V- . ' , - ft - ' - ■
, - ft '■ - - ' •: ' .-'
«. - r - ,- SK* . STSS&fefci
.■•• X' '•>, -..''SV -ftvft ’ ■ ...--.ft-
-<■>•: <• ••• • ■ ■ ..• •• O' r -.". •’ • • . ■ ---
- - ' • ■ : : - ■
' ~ -^'Z% ;’r- ■ - V- i$4 -^A:
.. ■■■■ ■ />■.-■ • .' . - - - ---
. ■-■ X ' - ‘
. \ - ’ ; --V-- - .* ' ' i-7*
v j.-'s1 •> , . >\V„ V * .
•aa.* • ' v ••. v.
,,vi -
•. • • *. • .„■•• • : .
;; 1 - '' ft 4:
i
■ _ . ■ -
' '
- •- V:-' - •
• »-v- . -TV ft"- >
n ^ : ft* "ft-- 'V
. ■ " £. ■■■ < , . • , ; ••-..» ;t r ,. ■ • . V. \ . v-* - • • V i-?>:
. ■ ;•'/■• . • ft-7^.2--
xi£ft'x>xr'; xx;:
r ft, ft* , ftft-ft " * ‘ ft- „ '..ft -
. -ftftft ■ : , ' -ft- '• -
ft ft ft' - ftft-:,- v- .-'ft ; ftftftft ,
ftf : VX- X’v.fiX
• .-ft --- ft ft.---' " -fti-
-- 1 . -ft?-.'' r-»
- *7'? • 'I ?. ^ v W* ‘ - .".'•/■■* ’ >&- .
' . • -X: XZ^V-'V'--
'-V ; - ^ '.'V
--ft ftft'ftft. ft--,-
:X'-v ■:>• ;'
•v’-
- . - •
ft? ft -; ft
.--•■ft"/ "ft - - ' - : - - - -ft- '
.ft.-.:- /.ft. '*--- -■ ft/ ft/.ftft-.-ft -/-ft ■ ■; '
ft /ft- ' ft: : -/.ft ft ' ftftftft-lft - - - -
... , ■ - ’ - - ’ ■
-- ft ' * '-,';-/ft ft
v-' ' - ft.
ft'
ft ft.'-'*-'
‘vftft Xi*
: :
•siifiJ. T-
, ft
- .
ft’-te--VV>'" V> -.ft
ft/vV^V
; - ■ .
:¥' -/ft'?
S&S
'
ft ;
.--ft/--
* » . -. V- v
-
- . *! Jsr.- - 1 -;f?. .. '• ;
' v >v'. •-
X^'ft
;■
mi . . .
xAv- ’
T; ^
^ '-Vv>
: iyfA •, ;; ^
' ’r. .. ^
/ ft-'X ^ r; ? :/s$
"
-r • ■ - y _
.ft- - ft -•: -.
: \v-Z ‘_'ft . Vy
'•'ft-. -'ft:
■jjy: & ■
A,
5---
- ’ f •' 'ft.' .. . -
ft ft
/ *•' . -
ftftft.
... --.ft
ft''/-'
X /•/;. / '•/'-
-
-ft*- ft ft. ftvftft- --'-. - ' ft: :
ft-; -:.- /X "- ft//-:ft/'ft -;X ’/- / •/; - ■ -
ft- - X>
----- . - " - /-
- _• . • •/ - ' .. •' '
> Ar.-
;^,vrxv/.: .
.
- -
*»
:
* ■ r> *•*- 'V T - . . t. v
r.-t-f/'/r..
••' ^ •./ :-i ■
. u-yt.'
■ - «y ; •? ‘ - -
-. -'-/ft- -. , ' ft
ft' - : . - - ■- -ft''"'- :''::ftftftft'
'
- 'X/- s-.X --?^X-ft -> •/ ' X ' " -/-/;. ;' X' •'■
-
3§a£$$ •
• - s O-- vX'i ■; -
:r • ;■ ft . -ft ' •
X. -V- • ;x- .■ “ .;/ ■■■•: - . r X * -' --?* :■ ;-■■ - ' . • - .
'• J-’ZftX..'-:'- ;.. .- ^ ■
-X; '^XX^;-^ -
- - ftVft-ft-rft^/.-* . -ft ft-
- ... ftft: -. - .. . .-
, . •• '•: -ft - ...
» ‘- -v "PW
ft/ ft - ;/."'/- ■ X >. - '/-X '-.. ■■ •
. . -
'••/ »-• '- ■•' ‘ •* „
--X.r*'V :> r • -/.',: •• •
■ - -
.■/.ft -Xt - '•.
-. ' -
- ' .-
. ..... /■
- -..- - - - - .- . - i' --ft- ,-
: ‘ - - ' - -
>* ■: -ft;-:?:--
- -£ ■ :VAr
■ v- vftr.’ ft ft.
fr't'iy
■i
-ftft-j
,. , - . .*• *n; •;r-; , .-ft ,
/ftX-ftXX? ';/-*>•.-
.-' ' i .- y-". ...
-■ x . ~ - • SX ^ X-X ' x
/ : -'XX
f: ■ <4* ■?
/• /• vi . -V •■'-' ■
fe •. ,ir-‘-c ■>:' / ,
. -v -■,* — . ' ^7'. --••^r •-
- ■ ' : j-§j% :
■ -'---- -- • - ..:/- *.
v./ftft
mm
1
■J
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
BRITISH ANTARCTIC (“TEBRA NOVA") EXPEDITION, 1910.
NATURAL HISTORY REPORT.
ZOOLOGY. VOL. Ill, No. 4. Pp. 127-136.
CRUSTACEA.
PART III.— CIRRIPEDIA.
BY
L. A. BORRADAILE, M. A.
(Fellow, Dean and Lecturer of Selwyn Gollecje, Cambridge; Lecturer in Zoology in the University).
WITH SEVEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT
LONDON :
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
Sold by Longmans, Green & Co., 39, Paternoster Row, E.C. ; B. Quaritch, 11, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, W. ;
Dulau & Co., Ltd., 37, Soho Square, W. ;
AND AT THE
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
1916.
[. All rights reserved. ]
Price One Shilling.
[Issued 2bth November, 1916.]
1
CRUSTACEA.
PART III.— C1RRIPEDIA.
BY L. A. BORRADAILE, M.A.
( Fellow , Dean and Lecturer of Selwyn College, Cambridge ; Lecturer in Zoology in the University).
WITH SEVEN FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
The “Terra Nova brought back specimens of fourteen species of barnacles.1* Five of
them appear to be new, though, as is explained below, there is room for doubt in the
case of four of these, on account of our lack of knowledge of the ran o-e of variation and
of the life-history of forms to which they are related. Seven species were taken at or
near New Zealand, four in the Antarctic, two at South Trinidad Island, and one from
the bottom of the “Terra Nova herself, the locality in which the ship acquired it
being, of course, impossible to determine. None of the species was taken in more
than one of these places, and there is nothing of interest in the occurrence of any of
them where the Expedition found it, except in the remarkable case of Hexelasma
antarcticuin, and perhaps also in the appearance of Conclioderma ciuritum in New
Zealand waters.
The following is a list of the species found, arranged according to localities :
Antarctic :
Scalpellurn ( Arcoscalpellum ) discoveryi, Gravel, 1907.
Scalpellurn ( Arcoscalpellum ) nymphonis, n. sp. (?).
Scalpellurn (. Arcoscalpellum ) compaction, n. sp. (?).
Hi welasma antarcticuin , n. sp.
By an unfortunate oversight the Report on the Cirripedia collected by the “Discovery” Expedition
(Nat. Antarct. Exp. 1901-1904, Nat. Hist., Vol. Ill, 1907) contains no record of the localities where the
specimens were obtained. They were as follows : —
Balanus psittacus (Molina). Port Ross, Auckland Islands.
Elminius rugosus, Hutton. Enderby Island, Auckland Islands.
Scalpellurn discoveryi, Gravel. “Discovery’s” Winter Quarters, 5 fathoms.
Scalpellurn bouvieri, Gravel. “Discovery’s” Winter Quarters, 10—20 fathoms. — S. E. H. (Ed.).
“ TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
128
New Zealand :
Smilium spinosum, Ann., 1911.
Lepas pectinata, Spengler, 1793.
Lepas testudinata, Aur., 1894.
Conchoderma auritum (L.), 1767.
Balanus amphitrite, Darwin, 1854.
Chthamalus stellatus (Poli), 1795.
Coromda diadema (L.), 1767.
South Trinidad Island :
Lithotrya atlantica, n. sp.
Balanus improvisus, Darwin, 1854.
On the hull of the “ Terra Nova ” :
Lepas afjinis, n. sp.
rThe following is a systematic description of the collection.
SUB-ORDER PEDUNCULATA.
Family PULLICIPEDI1 LE.
1. Smilium spinosum, Ann., 1911.
Scalpelluni (. Smilium ) spinosum, Annandale, Tr. N. Zealand Inst., XLIII, p. 164 (1911).
tplpja'd
I have opened several individuals of this species without finding a dwarf male.
One specimen harboured in its mantle numerous nauplius larvae, somewhat clumsy in
shape and with rather short limbs. Very young barnacles are often to be found
scattered over the stalk and mantle of what was presumably their parent. Probably
the larvae have little power of swimming. The case resembles that of S. stearnsi ,
described by Hoek (Siboga Exped. Rep., Cirrip. Ped., p. 73, 1907).
Station 96 (7 miles E. of North Cape, New Zealand, 70 fathoms).
1. Sealpellum (. Area scalp ellum) discover///' , Gruvel, 1907. Fig. 1.
Seal pell um discovery i, Gruvel, Nat. Antarct. Exped. 1901-1904 [“ Discovery ”], Nat. Hist., Ill,
Crust. VI, p. 2, pi. figs. 4-6 (1907).
A specimen of this species was taken on the pycnogonid Ammothea (jlacicdis in
the Antarctic. It is intermediate in characters between the two individuals figured by
Gruvel, and, like them, shows the features of the section Mesoscalpellum ,* though
there may well be a later stage of the species which has those of a Neoscalpellum.
! See Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, LX, p. 110, 1908. Mesoscalpellum and Neoscalpellum are
treated by Pilsbry as sections of the subgenus Arcoscalpellum, s. lat.
CIRRTPEDIA— BORRADAILE
129
It was accompanied by a smaller specimen (Fig. 1), probably a young example of the
same species. This, like the young stages of S. larvale and S. japoidcum * is indis¬
tinguishable in general features from the members of the section Arcosccdpell inn, s.s.
It may be recognized among the other forms assigned to that
section by the following combination of characters : the carina
is continuously curved ; the lower border of the tergum is
very oblique, and very slightly sinuous; the carinal border
of the same plate is almost straight, very slightly convex in
its lower part, about half of it projecting beyond the carina :
the lateral border of the scutum is convex and notched distally
for the reception of a projection of the adjacent angle of the
upper lateral plate ; this projection alone prevents the upper
latus from having a pentagonal shape ; the carino -lateral is
deep, and notched where it meets the shoulder of the carina ;
the umbo of the carino-lateral does not project beyond the
outline of the capitulum ; the inframedian plate is tall and
narrow, with slightly concave sides, and only a little broader
at the base than at the distal end ; the rostro -lateral is trans¬
versely oblong, its umbo not projecting beyond the outline of
the capitulum. The scales of the peduncle are sub-triangular,
and broad, but not imbricating. The length of the capitulum
is 6 mm. These specimens are from Station 340 (7° 5G' S., 164° 12' E., 100 fathoms).
At Station 350 (off Granite Harbour, entrance to McMurdo Sound, 50 fathoms) there
were taken three exactly resembling the smaller described above.
Scalpellum ( Arcosccdpell um ), spp. ? j u v.
I am compelled to describe here as new species two small
Scalpella related to, but, as it seems, quite distinct from, that which
I have treated as the young of S. discover y 1. Very possibly they are
the young of Mesoscalpella or Neoscalpella, and, it may be, of species
already known to science. The same possibility exists in regard to
other members of the section Arcosccdpellum , s. str., though it is
necessary for purposes of reference that all such forms should receive,
on their description, specific names of their own.
Fig. 1. — Scalpellum ( Arco -
scalpellum ) discover///,
juv. (?). X 8.
3. S. (J.) nympltonis, n. sp. (?).
Fig.
An Arcoscalpellum rather smaller than the early stage of S. di*- * IG- 2- Scalpellum
coveryi described above (length of capitulum 4*5 mm.), and differing njjmphonL^n ^sp (?)
from it as follows: the uncalcified strips between the plates are wider ; x 10.
ipJA.'i
* Pilsbry, loc. eit, and Bull. Bur. Fish., XXVI, pi. YI, fig. 4, 1907.
n-iti
1 30
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
the tree part of the tergum is shorter ; the lower border of the same plate is concave :
the lateral border of the scutum is much less convex; the inframedian plate is
pentagonal, with a thickened triangular area which leaves at the side structures like
the radii of a Balcinus ; the umbo of the rostro-lateral projects beyond the outline of
tlie capitulum : the scales of the peduncle are narrower.
One specimen was taken at Station 349 (off Butter Point, western shore of
McMurdo Sound. 80 fathoms), growing on a pyenogonid of the genus Nynvphon.
i’lG. 3. — Scalpellum (Arco-
scalpellum) compaetum,
n. sp. (?). X 9. i.m.,
inframedian plate of
opposite side.
Fig. 4. — Lithotrya
atlantica, n. sp.
Capitulum. x 6.
Fig. 5. — Jaws of Lithotrya. a, mandible of L. atlantica
a, mandible of L. pacifica ; b, maxilla of L. atlantica
//, maxilla of L. pacifica.
4. S. (H.) compaetum, n. sp. (?). Fig. 3.
An Arcoscal pellum of about the same size as the supposed young stage of >8.
discovery i (length of capitulum 5 • 5 mm.), but differing from it as follows: the lateral
border of the scutum is not notched ; the produced angle of the upper lateral plate is
much sharper ; the cariuodateral is not notched where it meets the shoulder of the
oarina: the umbo of the rostro-lateral projects beyond the outline of the capitulum,
but transversely, not with an upward trend, as in S. ni/mplionis ; the inframedian plate
is triangular with the apex distal (except on one side of one specimen, where it is very
narrow, with a spear-head at the distal end) ; the plates of the peduncle are narrower
and more widely separated.
One specimen was taken at Station 356 (off (Iranite Harbour, western entrance to
McMurdo Sound, 50 fathoms).
I
CIRRIPEDIA— BORRADAILE.
131
5. Lithotn/a atlantica , n. sp. Fig. 4, Fig. 5, a, b.
Three specimens of a, Lithotrya, taken in calcareous rock on the shore at South
Trinidad Island, closely resemble L. pacifica , Borr., 1900, but differ from that species in
having the distal row of scales of the peduncle much smaller and more numerous, and
also in the mouth-parts (Fig. 5). The distance between the first and second teeth of
the mandible is much greater than, instead of being nearly the same as, that between
the second and third ; and the lobes of the maxilla are not so distinct. The palps and
maxillules, though not identical in the only two specimens I have been able to compare,
are less unlike. The above-mentioned differences are probably specific.
Station 36.
Family LEPADIDAE.
Sub-Family LEPADINAE.
6. Leyas pectinata, Spengler, 1793.
Leyas pectinata, Spengler, Darwin, Lepadidae, p. 85, pi. 1, fig. 3, Ray. Soc. (1851); Pilsbry,
Bull. U.S. IN at. Mus. 60, p. 81, pi. VIII, figs. 4-8 (1907).
Half-a-dozen specimens with well-marked ribs and moderate pectination were
taken on floating weed at Station 89 (off Three Kings Islands, surface). , 9 * '» /• t-
7. Lepas testudinata, Aur., 1894 (?).
Lepas testudinata, Aurivillius, Iv. Svenska Vet. Ak. Hand! XXVI, no. 7, p. 7, pi. I, figs. 1—3 ;
pi. VIII, fig. 4 (1894).
The “ Terra Nova ” example appears to belong to
this species by every character except the absence of the
second filamentary appendage. As, however, the speci¬
men is somewhat damaged in the region of that structure,
it is possible that the appendage was really present.
Station 143 (34 58' S., 170 12' E., surface).
8. Lepas affinis, n. sp. Fig. 6.
Numerous specimens of a Lepas, removed from the
bottom of the “ Terra Nova” while she was in Lyttelton
Harbour, in October, 1911, are nearly related to L. hilli,
but differ from that species in the following respects
1. The occludent edge of the scutum is either
straight, or slightly concave, or slightly convex,
not markedly convex, as in L. hilli.
2. There is less space than in L. hilli between the carina and scutum, and the
branches of the forked end of the former extend further beneath the latter.
This appears to be due to a greater width of the scutum.
132
TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
3. There are only two pairs of filamentary appendages.
4. The peduncle is longer and narrower than that of L. hilli.
5. The skin is Mack. In L. hilli it is generally yellowish.
It is possible that this is merely a variety of L. hilli, but on the whole the
differences between the two forms appear sufficiently pronounced to necessitate the
recognition of a new species.
The plates of the shell are strong, white, and polished, with well-marked lines of
growth, but very faint radial striae. The fork of the carina is at about the same angle
as that of L. < mat if era, but between its prongs is a small median prominence. The
scuta have no umbonal teeth.
It is of course impossible to say in what quarter of the globe the “Terra Nova ”
i ! / * * 7 • a* received the larvae of this species.
/ VI'
!). ( 'onchoderma auritum (L.), 1767.
Conelioderma aurita (L.), Darwin, Lepadidae, p. 141, pi. Ill, fig. 4 (1851).
Numerous specimens from Megaptera nodosa in the Bay of Islands and off
Cape Brett, New Zealand.
! j ! **4 />> /*\ / /
7 / • /. 4*
Sub-order OPERCULATA.
Tribe SYMMETRICA.
Family BALANIDAE.
10. Balanus irmprhl+ntt. Darwin-, ITffid.
Balanus amphitrite, Darwin, Balanidae, p. 240, pi. V, fig. 2 (1854).
Several specimens of var. communis , on whelk-shells, associated with small
anemones, were taken at Station 134 (11-20 fathoms, near N. Cape, New Zealand).
I ~f I 'J . ^ • j. C (a yd
1 7 1 /• * • /• *
1 1. Balanus improvisus , Darwin, L854.
Balanus improvisus, Darwin, Balanidae, p. 250, pi. VI, fig. 1 (1854).
Several small specimens from rock-pools in South Trinidad Island.
12. Hm •I asm a antarcticum, n. sp. Fig. 7.
A number of valves, some badly broken, others almost complete, belonging to
several specimens of a large balanid barnacle were obtained under unusual circum¬
stances. The original label reads, “ Evans Cove, Terra Nova Bay, \ ietoria Land. In
glacier, 30 feet above sea. level. Collected by K. E. Priestley.” The individuals to
which they belonged were members of a species closely related to II. auckland icum
CIRRIPEDIA— BORRADAILE.
1
Fig. 7. — Hexelasma antarcticum , n. sp., nat. size, a, a', external and internal views of rostrum ; b, b', the
same of lateral ; c, c, the same of carino-lateral ; d, d', the same of carina ; e, e', the same of
tergum ; f, /', the same of scutum. The valves figured are the most perfect specimens collected ;
they do not belong to the same individual.
“ TERRA NOYA ” EXPEDITION.
134
(Hector), 1887 (Withers, P.Z.S., 1913, p. 840. pi. LXXXV), differing from it. however,
in the following particulars
1. In the rostrum, the lateral strips marked with longitudinal lines extend to
the base.
2. In the laterals, the ala is relatively wider, and the internal sculpture is a little
different, the lines of the parietal margin lacking the downward bend where they meet
the longitudinal ridge, and the transverse lines of the ala being stronger.
o O o o
3. In the cari no -laterals, the internal sculpture shows the same features as that of
the laterals.
4. In the carina, the angles of the alae are nearer the apex of the valve, and the
transverse sculpture of the inner side is stronger and more extensive.
The tergum and scutum are shown in Figs. 7c, The longest valve, a carina,
would measure, if complete, nearly 90 mm. The rest are of the same order of magnitude.
The occurrence of this barnacle presents a very puzzling problem. It is not
possible to judge from the appearance of the shells whether they are recent or fossil.
The valves are all disarticulated, of a pure and brilliant whiteness, and without anv
trace of organic matter, but they are not imbedded in any matrix. They are covered
with a very fine white dust, but this may be derived from the disintegration of their
surface, though they are sharply sculptured, and retain Spirorhis shells that have
grown upon them on both inner and outer surfaces. More probable traces of a matrix
are minute sandy deposits which soil the surface here and there, but the meaning
of these is doubtful. That the animals should be recent seems, however, hardly
possible, for no trace of such a barnacle has been found in any dredging or collection
either in the Ross Sea or elsewhere, nor — a stronger argument — can any satisfactory
suggestion be made as to the way in which recent shells could have reached the position
in which these were found. The nearest known relation of II. nntarcticum is II.
aucldandicum from the Miocene of New Zealand. The other described members of
the genus are recent deep-sea species of small size. Withers thinks that the loose
articulation and relative thinness of the shell of II. aucldandicum shows that it also
lived below the littoral zone. The shell of Id. antarcticum is similarly loosely
articulated, though it is not particularly thin. If the new species be a fossil, it seems
highly probable that it is. if not of Miocene age, at least Tertiary, for it is quite unlike
any Cretaceous barnacle. Here, however, is the difficulty. No Tertiary rocks are
known from the neighbourhood of the glacier in which the shells were found, nor,
indeed, has anything later than the Carboniferous been reported in this region. It mav
be that somewhere in its course the glacier is in contact with Tertiary rocks. Decision
upon this point must rest with the geologists. It is for them also to decide what
bearing the facts here stated may have upon the history of the Antarctic Continent.*
* Hennig (Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Sudpolar-Exped. Ill, X. p. 10, pi. XI, figs. 3-7, 1911) mentions
the existence in the Pleistocene of Cockburn Island of a small Balcmvs, but this is quite unrelated to
Hexelasmn antarcticum.
CIRRIPEDIA — BORRADAILE.
135
13. Chthamalus stellatus (Puli), 1795.
Chthamalus stellatus (Poli), Darwin, Balanidae, p. 455, pi. XVIII, fig. 1 (1854).
With some doubt, I refer to this species six specimens, much eroded and with
obliterated sutures, whose soft parts have not been preserved. They are from the Bay
of Islands, New Zealand.
IV i-s-m
14. Coronula diadem a (L. ) 1767.
Coronula diadema (L. ), Darwin, Balanidae, p. 417, pi. XV, fig. 3 ; pi. XVI, figs. 1, 2, 7 (1854).
The overlapping of the base of the shell of this species by the skin of the whale
on which it stands might seem to be due to the growth of the epidermis of the host.
A very interesting specimen in the British Museum shows that this is not the ease.
Some specimens of Balanus crenatus have settled upon a piece of oilcloth, and, no doubt
by the growth of their shells, have scaled off the surface of the fabric and caused it to
rise over their bases just as the skin of the whale is caused to rise.
Several specimens were taken on Megaptern nodosa off New Zealand, associated
with Conchoderma auritum.
‘i'l
VOL. III.
U
136
“TERRA NOVA ”
EXPEDITION.
INDEX.
The more important references are indicated by black type.
affinis, Lepas, 128, 131.
ampkitrite communis, Balanus, 127, 132.
antarcticum, Hexelasma, 127, 132.
Arcoscalpellum, 128, 129.
,, compactum, 127, 130.
,, discoveryi, 127, 128, 129.
,, nympkonis, 127, 129, 130.
atlantica, Litkotrya, 128, 130, 131.
aucklandicum, Hexelasma, 132, 134.
auritum, Conckoderma, 127, 128, 132.
Balanus amphritrite communis, 128, 132.
,, crenatus, 135.
,, improvisus, 128, 132.
Chthamalus stellatus, 128, 135.
communis, Balanus ampkitrite, 128, 132.
compactum, Scalpellum (Arcoscalpellum), 127,130.
Conckoderma auritum, 127, 128, 132.
Coronula diadema, 128, 135.
crenatus, Balanus, 135.
diadema, Coronula, 128, 135.
discoveryi, Scalpellum (Arcoscalpellum), 127, 128,
129.
Hexelasma, 134.
,, antarcticum, 127, 132.
Hexelasma aucklandicum, 132, 1.34.
hilli, Lepas, 131, 132.
improvisus, Balanus, 128, 132.
Lepas affinis, 128, 131.
„ killi, 131, 132.
,, pectinata, 128, 131.
,, testudinata, 128, 131.
Lithotrya atlantica, 128, 130, 131.
,, pacifiea, 130, 131.
Mesoscalpellum, 128, 129.
Neoscalpellum, 128, 129.
nympkonis, Scalpellum (Arcoscalpellum), 127, 129,
130.
pacifiea, Litkotrya, 130, 131.
pectinata, Lepas, 128, 131.
Scalpellum (Arcoscalpellum) compactum, 127, 130.
discoveryi,
127,
128,
129.
nympkonis,
127,
129.
‘ 130.
Smilium spinosum, 128.
spinosum, Smilium, 128.
stellatus, Chthamalus, 128, 135.
testudinata, Lepas, 128, 131.
LONDON : PRINTED B\ WILLIAM CLONES AND SONS, LIMITED, DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.
m
::T y)
v
r
f
hi
; , 1 4
-it . '-'{K- i'- '•/■■■ ■ ;V >r,:;
IV v */.£' r. : . V. .ft -/ft-'/ . ‘••v.v* v-~ .ft
PS :Mm
. - - . ->
-■ ■ . - ■ 4/v :■ a - - . : ftft/ftftftft i
. ;
- - '
: : - - : , - t
v/ftftiftft. / .4/4/ 44
-/- -;- •/• ft ;• ft :,, . ••;, -.■'•‘’•ft/'. .■ .•' >'/, ^ ^Yftft^VVv 1 ?-■& 4ft > •-- ■ft.ftft.r .'• v),. >■.•;■ ir.y.-
■■ ft ;■-
■: ft/4 ’ I - - . • ..■ ■ ... \ • -ft;. ■■ \ ; ft. .■ /<•■ - . •
- ■ ft -ftaft a ft mm.
- m
iW$£< : ■ 44.ftft4ftft44ft:
' . // : 4 ft/ftftftft
- ■
-> ■ ^ -ft;. /..-ft.,,,
v . -• :' : .--S vftftftftft •.■'■•ft *:-i< ‘-'ft , .
■ -4 - 3
- • ; '
4®4 gg :ftft /fta/^ftftftft '4 / ' V^44>'V. ,.4ftj 4ft.4 - 44 v4 44 4^4' 44//. 4'-;:'
: ■ ■ ' ■ 444; ■ . , .
. ■ , ■ ■
-
ft;. 44 ; . . . ... . v, .
,-ft g ;v
■Mmm 4-- ■-■4 4ft f?
•;■■ .■ ?/'•- \r*< • ' ■ .'" v.'-»
' -■ ft. V .4 V - -.?.■%,£ ■ ■ . : / • .J -
WM
- -4 ■•? ■ • ... ■ ft 4: 4 ■ : .. C 43-4:4
ft 'ftftKftS : .
'm.mSM
s ' ' ft- ' x'ft
^ ^ A>-' ^ .
ft „ M Sw i ^ ^ I , ...
i ■ ■ . '■ ft> ■- 1 - ■■-. -: ■ ’ . -4'- - V ;' ■ ■.. wait ■
... - - - ■
4 ' 4:44 - ,.. ' ,. .4/4.. V 4 v . 4444 , :4 : , .,-4.,, v 4 :
■ ftfti-?S-ftI SI :. ■ lltcSftS f" :" . . „
..' ■ ■ fti4
f ' ‘ -. ,>. : .- '.• • :. . .. •.. • . ■■ "? ’• --ft. ■• . . ft . : ft
' g
4:4‘v4ftft4.:«;ftftft; .
44-4' 4: c-ftftft 4ft4v.; ;..4.{,ft.ft 44?; ■ 4. ftftftftV 4v;
: : . ■
- “
'J$\ " ft ft. 4 ft'. 7 4/^
jftyft/t •' '
v/v ' •;.■•■•<, /'. : -v-ft.v -4--4'4ft/.;/3,...':,;:|.?..
• ' •>■'• '<•**• s':» >. “ft’--, *-.t -j ft 44'? v.
s P s
Cv'S.'Jk'
•ft- •'•;;?-• • ft ijr:-/;/'. -?
4- •- 4,: -;•: 4' 4--?4- - '--ft
... - -t .-.- .-:•. •:• - -. . -■ -■ -. •-,.:.>; *v. r - .•• .'■' / ..•' .; /-.'•/■/.
'■' .•■: 44' •. 4:4/4 4,^- ,. , • - --
ftft--,.. .■: ’• - — ■- '■■■4: . K ^ ■.,.■■ - '■■-•- :- ■
.' ‘ ' .:> .-; -, ■;•■- -- ■■ ‘ ■ ••>,' 0" ■ '-i-; •; f ■■:" -Jr^ r . ;„4y/ 4ft . •
' •'* •'■ ft--' 4. ft-iv- ft. -4 ' 4 >^r^. . .••■•4-4; T'i ' " ' ' ‘
IPPPftSP . ;;'44 4 "■ ^
444 : ■; 44 4- ■ ■ 4ft ^ ■
44 4|sfe4 444^4:4/44 .3 44 ftftftftftVftv/ft/
^B^ll^^J^iMMMi/;4/?44-4.a4r:v4:/.4y-4.:;/./:'-:V-.-
' ■
a 4:4/ ■
■ ./ : -'■■■ a./::-''?/-,-''//.'-’- 1 a . ■
..a' a, ■ - V. ■ ;-,- ..; ,-■ . ' a ..... /. '.-. kft /.a-,.-. -.„■*. ..... '.,... ; ; ;• '•■ . ' . .- j'./../ - K> ift,- »/ “ • ■
sCccc-ca-
iT x^cryy-K. ■
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
BRITISH ANTARCTIC (“TERRA NOVA”) EXPEDITION, 1910
NATURAL HISTORY REPORT.
ZOOLOGY. VOL. Ill, No. 5. Pp. 137-162.
CRUSTACEA.
PART IV.— STOMATOPODA, CUMACEA, PH YLLOCARI DA,
AND CLADOCERA.
BY
W. T. CALMAN, D.Sc.
( Assistant in the Department of Zoology, British Museum ( Natural History))
WITH NINE FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
LONDON :
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
Sold by Longmans, Green & Co., 39, Paternoster Row, E.C. ; B. Quaritch, 11, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, W.
Duxau & Co., Ltd., 37, Soho Square, W. ;
AND AT THE
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
1917.
[All rights reserved .] ^
Price Two Shillings.
[ Issued Uth February, 1917.]
gif
mm $ ' i
r. ; ....,> .
r..* .M
■ ' ;
-
mxmmmmmm ■
§|t
!§§■ B .: ■ • •< -; *v:-'-.. ¥*V ^rkW'. %':
■Sr-: •;;v^w-/:^,%:r^^;.^:: t ' ‘.;
' ■ -*V:' " >-.
CRUSTACEA
PART IV.- STOMATOPODA, CUMACEA, PHYLLOCARIDA,
AND CLADOCERA.
BY W. T. CALMAN, D.Sc.
(. Assistant in the Department of Zoology, British Museum ( Natural History)).
WITH NINE FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
STOMATOPODA. page
I. — Introduction . . . . . . . . . 138
II. List of Stations at which Stomatopoda were obtained . . 138
III.- Systematic Notes and Description of a New Species . . 139
CUMACEA.
I. — Introduction . . • • . . . . . 145
II. — List of Stations at which Cumacea were obtained . . . 146
III. List of Species . . . . . . . . . 146
IV. - Systematic Notes and Descriptions of New Species . . . 146
PHYLLOCARIDA . 156
CLADOCERA.
I.— Introduction . . . . . . . . 157
II. — List of Stations at which Cladocera were obtained . . . 157
III. — Systematic Notes ......... 157
List of Papers referred to . . . . . . . 159
Index . . . • • • . . . . . . 161
This report deals with four very diverse groups of Crustacea which are brought
together here only for reasons of convenience, as they are represented in the “ Terra
Nova ” collections by no great numbers of specimens or of species.
VOL. III.
X
Kst f
. ‘ ‘ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION .
138
STOMATOPODA.
I,— INTRODUCTION.
The only species of Stomatopoda represented hy adult specimens in the “Terra
Nova” collection was obtained off the Brazilian coast, and is apparently undescribed.
A considerable number of larvae and a few early post-larval specimens were collected
by the tow-net in the Atlantic and oft’ the north of New Zealand. It has not been
thought necessary to give more than brief notes on these immature specimens. In
most cases they can be identified with, or placed near to, larvae described by earlier
authors, but the material does not enable the sequence of stages to be traced out for
any species, and the mere description and naming of new larval “species” from scanty
material seems unlikely to be of much value to future workers.
In the notes which follow, the larval names are distinguished bv being enclosed
within square brackets.
II. — LIST OF STATIONS AT WHICH STOMATOPODA WERE OBTAINED.
South and Equ
Station 39.
,, 40.
„ 42.
„ 45.
„ 46.
47.
„ 49.
„ 50.
,, 58.
311.
ATORiAL Atlantic.
Six miles off month of Rio de Janeiro Harbour. Plankton. 50-mesh net at 2 metres
depth. April 27, 1913, 11.0 p.m. to 1.30 a.m.
Same as Station 39. 2.30 to 5.0 a.m.
22 56' S., 41 34' W. 40 fathoms, Agassiz trawl. May 2, 1913.
21 S., 37 50' W. Plankton. 7-mesh net at surface. May 4, 1913, 12.50 to 1.30 a.m-
20 30' S., 36 30' IV. Plankton. 7-mesh net at surface. May 4, 1913, 10.30 to
1 1.0 p.m.
Same as Station 46. 50-mesh net.
18 ’ 51' S., 33 40' W. Plankton. 7-mesh net at surface. May 6, 1913, 4.30 to 5.0 a.m.
is S., 31 45' W. Plankton. 50-mesh net at surface. May 7, 1913, 12.35 to 1.15 a.m.
O ’, 25 15' W. Plankton. 50-mesh net at surface. May 16, 1913, 1.0 to 1.30 a.m.
35 29' S., 50 26' W. Plankton. Young fish trawl at 2 metres depth. Apr. 22,
1913, 8.0 to 10.0 a.m.
North or New Zealand.
Station 86.
127.
133.
135.
1 36.
Off Three Kings Islands. Plankton. 50-mesh net at 3 metres depth. July 25, 1911,
8.0 p.m. to 5.0 a.m.
34 4' S. , 171 55' E. Plankton. 24-mesh net at surface. Aug. 6, 1911, 9.0 p.m. to
4.0 a.m.
34 13' S., 172 15' E. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at surface. Aug. 24, 1911,
9.0 a.m. to noon.
Off Three Kings Islands. Plankton. 50-mesh net at surface. Aug. 25, 1911, 9.0 p.m.
to 5.0 a.m.
Spirits I lay, near North Cape. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at 20 metres depth.
Aug. 30, 1911, 8.0 p.m. to 6.0 a.m.
Spirits Bay, near North Cape. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at 3 metres depth.
Sept. 1, 1911, 9.0 p.m. to 6.0 a.m.
Spirits Bay, near North Cape. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at surface. Sept. 2,
1911, 9.0 p.m. to 6.30 a.m.
STOMATOPODA -CALMAN.
130
[II. — SYSTEMATIC NOTES AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES.
1. Squilla brasiliensis, n. sp. Figs. 1-3. 19/7.3.J. /-
Occurrence. — Station 42 (near Cape Frio, Brazil). Bottom fauna, 40 fathoms.
Three females (including liolotype), four males.
Description. — Total length (liolotype), about 106 mm. Length of carapace
(excluding rostrum), 24 mm.
Dorsal surface between the carinae
faintly rugose and polished. Breadth of
carapace behind antero-latera] teeth
about one-half of its length. Anterior
O
margin on either side of rostral plate
straight and sloping backward, so that
the tips of the small antero-lateral
teeth falJ well behind the level of the
frontal edge. Lateral margin angled
o O o
posteriorly.
All carinae of carapace well
marked. Median carina forked in front
and behind, the posterior fork hardly
visible in front of cervical groove.
Dorsal pit equidistant from frontal
margin and cervical groove ; anterior
O o
fork of median carina extending not
more than halfway from frontal margin
to dorsal pit.
Rostral plate fully as long as it
is broad at the base, sides converging
to a rounded tip, which just reaches
or slightly overlaps the hinder edge
of the ocular somite : median carina
indistinct.
Anterior lobe of ocular somite
rounded, with a slight median emargin-
atiou. Eyes with corneal axis longer
obliquely.
Pig. 1. — Squilla brasiliensis, n. sp. Female (liolotype).
Anterior portion of body from above. X If.
by one-fourth than peduncular axis, set
Dorsal processes of antennular somite with spiniform points, directed forwards.
Antennular peduncle equal to, or slightly longer than, the carapace.
Third segment of mandibular palp little longer than the second.
Raptorial limb without a tooth on proximal segment ; carpus with anterior
ridge divided into two, rarely three, teeth ; propoclus more than three times as long
9
X
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
140
as wide, without tubercle at distal end of pectinated edge ; dactylus with six teeth
including the terminal one.*
Epipodites are present on the first five thoracic limbs.
Free thoracic somites with well-marked submedian and intermediate carinae not
ending in spines. Fifth somite with lateral processes undivided ,f acute, and strongly
curved with the points turned directly forwards. Lateral plates of sixth and seventh
somites acutely pointed.
Abdominal somites with well-marked carinae; lateral carinae ending in spines on
all the somites, the intermediate on the last four and sometimes on all. and the
submedian on the fifth and sixth and sometimes on the fourth. Telson resembling
that of S. empusa; four to eight denticles between submedian teeth, nine to eleven
on each side between submedian and intermediate, and one between intermediate and
lateral. Marginal thickenings rather less evident than in S. empusa , those at bases
of denticles more or less confluent. A short but prominent post-anal keel. Exopod
of uropods with six or seven spines on proximal segment.
Pigmentation resembling that of S. africana, Caiman (1916, p. 373, figs.). t but
with the marginal lines on the somites darker and more sharply defined, the blotch
on the exopod of the uropods less extensive, and, in addition, a pair of dark spots near
the base of the telson at the sides of the median crest.
Remarks. — It seems probable that the specimens described above belong to the
same species as the young male recorded by Bigelow (1894, p. 529) from the same
region (off Cape Frio, 59 fathoms), and regarded by him “with some hesitation” as
' In one specimen the raptorial limb of one side has seven teeth,
t In one specimen the lateral process of one side is forked.
1 The numbers in brackets after names of authors refer to the list of papers at the end of the report.
STOMATOPODA — CALMAN.
II I
representing a “ Variety C” of liis Squilla panamensis. Of this specimen he writes:
“ In the shape of its body, the arrangement of pigmented areas in the integument, and
the form of its eyes, it resembles S. panamensis very much, and the edge of the telson
appears to have begun to thicken, so it is probably better to regard it as belonging to
this species rather than to S. ernpusa." In the “Terra Nova” specimens the marginal
thickening is, at most, no greater than in specimens of S. ernpusa of similar size, but
it is less distinctly broken up into separate swellings at the bases of the denticles, and so
far it resembles the condition found in S. panamensis. The pigmentation of the 1 >ody
appears to agree with that described by Bigelow, more especially as regards the two
dark spots on the telson. The characters given as distinguishing the variety C from
the typical form of the species (from the Bay of Panama) are not of great importance,
but they are all, with the exception possibly of the elongated rostrum, present in our
specimens. The lateral processes of the fifth thoracic somite are not described in the
variety, but in the typical form they are described and figured as only slightly curved,
differing conspicuously from the strongly hooked processes in all the “ Terra Nova ”
specimens. Bigelow does not mention the form of the anterior margin of the carapace,
which appears to be the most conspicuous distinction between our specimens and
S. ernpusa. Under these circumstances it appears best to record the Brazilian specimens
under a new specific name, leaving it for future work to decide their precise relationship
to the allied forms of the Pacific coast.
Among the characters that have been little used in classifying the species of this
genus, the number of thoracic epipodites and the relative positions of the “ dorsal pit ”
and the anterior bifurcation of the median carina of the carapace appear to deserve
attention. The following key utilising these characters deals only with those Atlantic
species nearly related to S. mantis that are represented by spirit-specimens in the
M useum collection.
A. Epipodites present on first five pairs of thoracic appendages.
a. Anterior margin of carapace on each side of rostrum concave and nearly transverse.
a. Anterior bifurcation of median carina of carapace extending two-thirds of distance from
frontal margin to dorsal pit . . . . . . . S. mantis, Latr.
b. Anterior bifurcation extending at least five-sixths of this distance . S. ernpusa , Say.
b. Anterior margin on each side of rostrum straight and sloping backwards S. brasiliensis, n. sp.
B. Epipodites on first four pairs of thoracic appendages. Anterior margin on each side of rostrum
concave and slightly oblique. Anterior bifurcation of median carina interrupted, extending
two-thirds of distance from frontal margin to dorsal pit . . . S. africana, Caiman.
C. Epipodites on first three pairs of thoracic appendages. Anterior margin on each side of rostrum
nearly straight and sloping backwards. Anterior bifurcation of median carina obscure, extending
for less than half the distance from frontal margin to dorsal pit . . S. chibia, M.-Edw.
2. Squilla, sp. (near S. y uade ideas, Bigelow).
Occurrence. — Station 40. Six miles oil’ mouth of Rio tie Janeiro Harbour.
Plankton at 2 metres depth. One male.
JR-emarks. — The specimen, which measures II mm. in total length, is in an early
post-larval stage. The dactylus of the raptorial limb has four teeth, including the
/yiy.jj. s
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
/?/7.5./. iy-20
142
terminal one, and an external tubercle at tlie base. There is 110 mandibular palp and
no epipodite on the fifth thoracic limb. Submedian and intermediate carinae are
present only on the last abdominal somite. The telson lias twenty-two denticles
between the submedian teeth and nine on each side between submedian and lateral.
The uropods have five spines on the first segment of the exopod, and the inner edge of
the peduncular process is serrated with sharp teeth.
The specimen apparently belongs to a species related to S. juadridens, Bigelow,
but, although it is of exactly the same length as a post-larval specimen figured by
Bigelow (L894, p. 548, fig. 28) as belonging to that species, it differs in many details,
the propodus of the raptorial limbs being relatively broader, the uropods longer, etc.
Some of the differences may possibly indicate a more advanced stage of development.
•3. Squilla, sp. [Alima dilatata, Hansen].
Alima dilatata , Hansen, 1895, p. 95, pi. viii, figs. 12, 12a, 13.
Occurrence. — Stations 39 and 40. Six miles off mouth of Rio de Janeiro Harbour.
Plankton at 2 metres depth. Ten specimens.
Station 311. South Atlantic (off Rio de la Plata). Plankton at 2 metres depth.
Two specimens.
Remarks. -The specimens, which range from 7 to 20 111111. in total length (in¬
cluding rostrum), differ in various small details from Hansen s description and figures,
although they agree better with this than with any other larval form yet described.
The largest specimen, exceeding in size the largest recorded by Hansen, has no trace of
teeth yet visible on the dactylus of the raptorial limb. The uropod has six spines.
4. Squilla, sp. [Alima macroqkht/udma, Brooks].
Alima macrojddhalrua, Brooks, 1886, p. 93, pi. vii, figs. 1-6, pi. viii, figs. 1—3.
Occurrence. — Station 86. < )ff Three Kings Islands. Plankton at 3 metres
depth. One specimen.
Station 110. (Near Three Kings Islands.) Surface-plankton. One specimen.
Remarks.- — The larger of our two specimens (total length 21 mm.) agrees very
well with that figured by Brooks in his PI. viii, fig. 3, although somewhat exceeding it
in size. The smaller (total length 16 '5 111111.) has longer postero-lateral spines 011
the carapace, and approaches the A. macrocephala of Jurich (1904, p. 380. pi. xxvii.
figs. 1, lc).
5. Pseudo squilla ciliata (Fabr.) [Pseuderichthus communis , Hansen].
P sender id dims communis, Hansen, 1895, p. 86, pi. viii, figs. 5— 5b.
Occurrence. — Stations 45, 47, and 49. South Atlantic, off Brazilian coast.
Surface-plankton. Nine specimens.
Remarks. — The specimens, which do not exceed 11 111111. in total length, resemble
ST< )M ATOPODA CALM AN.
I4A
the form figured by Claus (1872. p. 140, pi. vii, fig. 26) and fiy Hansen (/.r.), although
they are in a less advanced stage of development. In some, Out not in nil. there is a
small “ zoea-spine on the hind margin of the carapace.
6. Pseudo squilla, sp. | Pseuderichtlius elongcitus , Hansen |.
Pseuderichthus elongatus, Hansen, 1895, p. 86.
Occurrence. — Stations 45. 46, 47, 49, 50. South Atlantic, off Brazilian coast.
Surface-plankton. Nine specimens.
Remarks. — The specimens range from 12 to 20 mm. in total length. They differ
from the specimen of 47 mm. length figured by Claus (1872, p. 140. pi. vi, fig. 25) in
having a small denticle below the postero-lateral spine on each side of the carapace,
and in the shorter ventral process of the uropods, which does not extend beyond the
telson.
/U7.3. 1.36-3%
7. Lysiosquilla qlahriuscula (Lamarck) | Lysierichthus edirardsn (Eydoux and
Souleyet)].
Lysierichtlms Edwanhii (Eyd. and Soul.), Hansen, 1895, p. 75, pi. vii, tigs. 4-4e, 5-5c (with
synonymy).
Occurrence. — Station 58. Equatorial Atlantic. Surface-plankton. One specimen
(larva).
Remarks. — The specimen, which measures 20 mm. in total length (including
rostrum), agrees very closely with Hansen’s account of the later stages of L. edwardsii,
although the number of teeth on the raptorial clactylus cannot yet be made out.
A post-larval specimen, 8 ’ 5 mm. in length, from Station 40 (off Rio de Janeiro
Harbour, plankton at 2 metres depth), may be mentioned here, although its specific
and even generic position remains obscure to me. It has the general characters of a
Lysiosquilla, except that the chela of the fourth thoracic limb is of similar shape to,
and little wider than, the fifth ; the raptorial limb has eight teeth on the dactylus
(including the terminal one), and the uropod has seven spines.
1 117.3.1 $1
New Zealand.
8. Lysiosquilla, sp. \Lysierichthus, sp.].
Occurrence. — Stations 126 and 127. Near Three Kings lsiai
Surface-plankton. Three specimens (larvae). /(J/ 2 ) / r\
Stations 133, 135, and 136. Spirits Bay, New Zealand. Plankton, surface to \ '
20 metres depth. Many larvae, one post-larval specimen.
Remarks. — The post-larval specimen from Station 135 measures about 1 1 mm. in
length. Its general characters and, in particular, the form of the last two pairs of
chelipeds, indicate that it belongs to the genus Lysiosquilla. It has, however, only four
teeth (including- the terminal one) on the dactylus of the raptorial limbs, thus differing
from all known species of the genus except the form described by Thomson (1882,
144
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
-3 . 1 .i'hi'i
p. 230) as Squilla tridentata. Thomson’s type-specimen was only three-quarters of an
inch in length, and Chilton ( 1891, p. (!1), who re-examined it, regarded it as a young
specimen of Li/siosquilla spinosa (Wood-Mason). Kemp (1913, p. 119), while
accepting the identification, remarks that “ it is not very easy to account for the small
number of dactylar teeth, for the specimens which Lanchester records from Penang,
and which also were only ‘75 inches in length, possess twelve to fourteen teeth. It is,
however, not impossible that the post-larval development of the species may vary in
different localities.” While this possibility may be admitted, it must be pointed out
that the present form appears to be distinguished by other characters besides the
number of dactylar teeth (especially by having the rostral plate as long as it is broad)
from the allied form with seven dactylar teeth found in the same locality and described
below ; further, its specific independence is supported by the fact that, out of a
considerable number of larvae of the “ Lysierichthus ” type found in company with it,
the largest specimen (about 10 mm. in length, including the rostrum) shows rudiments
of three teeth (making, with the terminal one, four teeth in all) on the raptorial
dactylus. The younger larvae may, or may not, belong to the same species; 1 cannot
find any conspicuous characters in which they differ among themselves.
9. Li/siosquilla, sp.
Occurrence. — Stations 133 and 135. Spirits Bay, New Zealand. Plankton at
3 and 20 metres depth. Two specimens (post-larval).
Remarks. — The specimens are of the same size (about 11 mm. in length) as the
post-larval specimen from Station 135 described above, and resemble it in general
characters. They differ, however, in having seven teeth (including the terminal one)
on the dactylus of the raptorial limbs, and in the much shorter rostral plate, the length
of which is about two-thirds of its breadth at the base. As the number of dactylar
teeth in the adult L. spinosa is stated to range from nine to fourteen, it is just possible
that these specimens may belong to that species. The only other species of the genus
recorded from New Zealand is L. hrazieri, Miers, which Kemp identifies with
L. latifrons, de Haan. In that species there are six, or, rarely, seven dactylar teeth,
but the short ramus of the last thoracic appendage is almost linear, while in the
specimens now examined it is only slightly narrower than that of the preceding limb.
10. Coronida bradi/i (A. Milne-Ed wards) \Coroniderichthus armatus (Leach)].
Coroniderichthus armatus (Leach), Hansen, 1895, p. 81, pi. viii, figs. 3-3d (with synonymy).
Occurrence. — Stations 46, 47, and 49. South Atlantic, off Brazilian coast.
Surface-plankton. Four specimens.
Remarks.-- The specimens agree closely with Hansen’s account of this large and
well-known larval form, the abundance of which in the warmer parts of the Atlantic
is in striking contrast to the extreme rarity of the adult species to which Hansen refers
CUMACEA — CALM AN.
145
it. In stating that the adult is known only by the unique type-specimen, however,
Kemp (1913, p. 130) lias overlooked Hansen’s additional records (1895, p. 83).
11. Odontoclactylus, sp. [ Odonterichthus , sp.].
Occurrence. — Station 49. South Atlantic, oh’ Brazilian coast. Surface-plankton.
Two specimens. my.i.i.ty-sir
Remarks. — The specimens, which measure about 14 mm. in total length, resemble
a larva of 28 mm. length from the Canaries, figured by Claus (1872, p. 139, pi. v,
fig. 21a), but differ from it in having a short “ zoea-spine ’ on the hinder margin of
the carapace, and in the very much shorter lateral and intermediate teeth of the telson.
This larva, regarded by Claus as belonging to the genus Gonodactylus, is stated by
Hansen (1895, p. 90) to be an Odonterichthus (larva of Odontodactylus). Somewhat
similar larvae (possessing a zoea-spine) are figured by Brooks (1880, pi. xv, figs. 1, 5,
11) from Celebes and the West Pacific.
CUMACEA.
I. — INTRODUCTION.
The Cumaeea brought back by the “Terra Nova Expedition are few in number.
From the Antarctic region only two species were procured, each represented by a
solitary specimen. A considerable number of specimens belonging to nine species (two
of which are described as new) were obtained in three plankton-gatherings from Spirits
Bay in the extreme north of New Zealand. In the remainder of the collections no
Cumaeea have been detected.
A comparison with the results obtained by the Herman and the Swedish Antarctic
expeditions might suggest that the Ross Sea area was relatively poor in species of
Cumaeea. It is probable, however, that the deficiency is more apparent than real, and
is due to the fact that the two British expeditions to that area devoted less attention
than the others to the special methods of collecting necessary for obtaining the more
minute bottom-living Crustacea.
Of the Antarctic species, Campylaspis cintarctica was obtained by the “Discovery”
in the same region (McMurdo Sound), and by the “ Gauss ” at Wilhelm Land, while
Cyclaspis gigas, described from the last-named locality, is now found to have a
similarly extended range.
All the species from Spirits Bay (with the exception of a species of Campy lay) is
left for the present undetermined) are either identified with, or described as closely
allied to, species already known only from New Zealand. It is worthy of note that
the three plankton-gatherings in which they occurred were taken during the night,
since it has already been observed that Cumaeea commonly choose the hours of
darkness for their excursions from the sea-bottom.
VOL. III.
Y
146
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
II.— LIST OF STATIONS AT WHICH CUMACEA WERE OBTAINED.
Antarctic.
Station 355. 77° 46' S., 166° 8' E. (McMurdo Sound.) 300 fathoms, Agassiz trawl. Jan. 20, 1913.
North of New Zealand.
Station 133. Spirits Bay, near North Cape. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at 20 metres depth.
Aug. 30-31, 1911, 8.0 p.m. to 6.0 a.m.
,, 135. Spirits Bay. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at 3 metres depth. Aug. 31-Sept. 1,
1911, 9.0 p.m. to 6.30 a.m.
,, 136. Spirits Bay. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at surface. Sept. 1-2, 1911, 9.0 p.m.
to 6.30 a.m.
III.— LIST OF SPECIES.
Antarctic and New Zealand species are distinguished by the letters A. and N.Z.
respectively.
F amily Bodotrih 1 ae.
Cyclaspis gigas, Zimmer. A.
,, elegans , Caiman. N.Z.
,, similis, Caiman. N.Z.
,, argus, Zimmer. N.Z.
,, levis, G. M. Thomson. N.Z.
,, thomsoni, Caiman. N.Z.
,, coelebs, n. sp. N.Z.
,, Diastylidae.
Diastylis neozealanica, G. M. Thomson, N.Z.
Colurostyli s lemurum , n. sp. N.Z.
,, Nannastacidae.
Campylaspis antarctica, Caiman. A.
„ sp. N.Z.
.3-/. Ifilf
IV.— SYSTEMATIC NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
12. Cyclaspis gigas, Zimmer.
C. gigas, Zimmer, 1907, p. 368 ; id. 1913, p. 441, pi. i, figs. 1 and 2 ; Stebbing, 1913, p. 38.
Occurrence. — Station 355. McMurdo Sound. 300 fathoms, trawl. One im¬
mature male.
Remarks. — Although the specimen is immature, the pleopods having no natatory
setae, it is of practically the same size (total length L 4 ■ 8 8 mm.) as Zimmer’s adult
female, with which it agrees closely except in the points in which immature males of
this genus usually differ from females. The ocular lobe is notched in front, but no
definite corneal lenses can be detected. Zimmer expresses himself guarded lv about
these lenses, and in any case it is evident that the difference in the structure of the
CUMACEA -CALM AN.
147
eye is not sufficient to justify the wide separation of this species from C. glacialis,
Hansen (1908, p. 15, pi. iii, figs, la-lg), as in Stebbing’s arrangement of the genus.
13. Cyclaspis elegans, Caiman.
C. elegans, Caiman, 1907b, p. 9, pi. ii.
Occurrence. — Station 135. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New Zealand.
Plankton, 3 metres depth. One male.
Remarks. — The solitary male specimen (total length G'4 mm.) resembles the
male syntypes of this species in the general disposition of the ridges on the carapace,
but differs from them in having the ridges much less prominent, the tubercles at the
lower corners of the lateral enclosed area inconspicuous, and the whole surface some¬
what closely and coarsely granulated. The dorso-lateral ridges of the posterior
thoracic and abdominal somites are also less pronounced. The slight development of
the sculpturing of the carapace gives this specimen a certain resemblance to the males
of C. similis described below.
14. Cyclaspis similis, Caiman. Fig. 4.
C. similis, Caiman, 1907b, p. 12, pi. iii, figs. 1—3.
Occurrence.- — Stations 133, 135, and 136. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New
Zealand. Plankton, at 20 metres, 3 metres, and surface. Four females, two males.
Remarks. — The female specimens (total length 4*7 mm.) agree with the solitary
holotype in general form, except that the sculpture of the carapace is a good deal
bolder ; the lateral depressed area is more excavate, and the surrounding ridges are
stronger and meet above so as to enclose the area completely, while the anterior lower
and posterior upper corners of the area are marked by prominences. The surface is
everywhere sparsely tuberculated. In ovigerous specimens the first leg-bearing somite,
instead of being exposed only at the sides, is visible as a very narrow strip right across
the dorsal surface.
The appendages, as far as they have been examined, are similar to those of
C. elegans, with a tendency to greater elongation of the distal segments. In the third
maxillipeds the distal lobe of the basis is more acute and much longer relatively to the
y 2
>V1
/20
148
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
/irjJ.l.y-M
basis itself, although its relation to the longer distal segments is much the same as in
C. elegant. In the first legs the distal segments are together distinctly longer than
the basis.
A male specimen has a total length of 5 ' 6 mm. The general form agrees closely
with that of the male C. elegant, but the disposition of the ridges of the carapace
resembles that of the female described above. The lateral enclosed area is relatively
smaller than in the female. The carapace differs from that of the male C. elegant in
having no tubercle at the posterior lower corner of the enclosed area (although this
tubercle may be inconspicuous in C. elegant, as in the specimen described above) and no
ridge running thence to the hind margin, while the posterior vertical ridge forks at its
upper end, the anterior limb of the fork forming part of the upper enclosing ridge.
The surface between the ridges is somewhat coarsely but sparsely granulated.
15. ( 'ydatpis negus, Zimmer.
C. ar<j us, Zimmer, 1902, p. 444, tigs. A-C ; id. 1913, p. 470, pi. xlvi, tig. 70.
C. hi striata, Zimmer, 1902, p. 447, tigs. D-F ; id. 1913, p. 470 ; Stebbing, 1913, p. 39.
C. biplicata, Caiman, 1907b, p. 17, pi. iii, figs. 4—15; Zimmer, 1913, p. 470.
Occurrence. — Stations 133, 135, and 136. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New
Zealand. Plankton, at HO metres, 3 metres, and surface. Many specimens.
Remarks. - The majority of the adult females in this collection differ from the
syntypes of C. biplicata in their greater size (total length 5*1 mm., as against from
3 ‘ 6 to 4 ’2 mm.) and less strongly calcified integument; in having the dorsal edge
of the carapace more strongly arched, the lateral ridges much less marked, not con¬
verging above, and situated a little further forward on the carapace; and in having
the abdominal somites relatively more robust. In all these characters they resemble
the immature female described by Zimmer as C. bistriata. They further differ from
the syntypes of C. biplicata in having the posterior tooth of the crest of the caparace
less abruptly defined, and all the abdominal somites with a strong dorsal keel; this
keel is elevated towards the hinder end of each somite, forming a blunt tooth, so that
the dorsal outline of the abdomen appears serrated. The fifth abdominal somite is
hardly more than twice as long as deep, while in < biplicata the proportion is about
two and a half to one.
These characters leave little doubt that the specimens belong to the same species
as the holotype of Zimmer’s C. bistriata, and they might have been urged as evidence
for the distinctness of that species if it had not been for the presence of some distinctly
smaller females from Station 136. One of these, an ovigerous female, measures only
4 • 6 mm. in total length, and while it agrees with the others in the outline of the
carapace and in the character and approximate position of the lateral ridges, it has
the dorsal keel of the abdomen much less conspicuous and the somites much more
slender, the fifth, for instance, being 2 * 3 times as long as deep. In general appear¬
ance, as in size, this specimen is, to a great extent, intermediate between the syntypes
CUMACEA — CALM AN.
149
of C. biplicata and the larger specimens of the present collection, and it leaves little
justification for regarding them as belonging to distinct species.
This conclusion is supported by the characters of the adult males of the present
collection. They are a good deal larger than the males of C. biplicata (total length
5 '58 mm. as against 4' 16 mm.) ; the dorsal outline of the carapace is perhaps a trifle
more convex and has certainly a more marked depression at the base of the ocular-
lobe. The ridges of the carapace are very inconspicuous (even when the specimens
are dried) as they are iu the holotype of ( '. argus, where they were originally
overlooked altogether (Zimmer, 1913, p. 470); they also seem to be a little further
forward than in C. biplicata , although this difference is less than in the females.
The dorsal tooth of the second leg-bearing somite is less strongly curved than in
C. biplicata, although it is not so straight as in Zimmer’s figure of C. argus (1913,
pi. xlvi, fig. 70).
Zimmer considers it likely that C. argus is the male of ( '. bistnata , his observa¬
tion of the lateral ridges of the carapace excluding the possibility of its being paired
with C. pus ill a as Stebbing has suggested (1913, p. 33); but Zimmer is inclined
to uphold my separation of ( biplicata, a view which, after study of the “ Terra
Nova ” specimens, I can no longer maintain.
16. Cyclaspis levis, G. M. Thomson.
C. levis, G. M. Thomson, 1892, p. 264, pis. xvi and xvii ; Caiman, 1907b, p. 8, pi. v, figs. 6-8.
Occurrence. — Station 133. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New Zealand.
Plankton, 20 metres depth. Eight females, one male.
Remarks. — -The specimens recorded under this name differ in some small
characters from those described in my former paper. The adult females are somewhat
smaller (total length 6 '32 mm.), the exoskeleton is less strongly calcified and more
transparent, and the pitting of the surface of the carapace less distinct. The frontal
region is slightly more produced, with a more distinct concavity of the dorsal outline
at the base of the ocular lobe. Posteriorly, the dorsal edge of the carapace is more
convex than in the specimen formerly figured, although not more so than in other
specimens in the Museum collection. The appendages present only trifling differences.
The basis of the first leg has a slight indication of a tooth at the distal inner corner,
but I find this also in the specimens formerly referred to Thomson’s species. The
propodus of the same limb is subequal to the carpus, which is longer than the
dactylus.
17. Cyclaspis thomsoni, Caiman.
C. thomsoni, Caiman, 1907b, p. 16, pi. v, figs. 12-16.
Occurrence. — Stations 133, 135. and 136. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New
Zealand. Plankton, at 20 metres, 3 metres, and surface. Many specimens.
/(jq .3 J ^l~ST6'
J?)lp
126'
“ TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
/9/p/.<?4-?r
lit, -or
150
Remarks. — The specimens described above as belonging to C. lev is, G. M.
Thomson, diminish, although they do not altogether obliterate, the difference formerly
stated to exist between that species and this as regards the dorsal outline of the
carapace. The specimens now recorded tend to depreciate another of the characters
separating the two species, inasmuch as the oblique ridge of the carapace becomes so
merged in the general rugosity of the surface as to be, in certain specimens, altogether
indistinguishable. Nevertheless, the specimens are at once easily separable from those
referred to < levis, even when occurring in the same gathering, by the strong pitting
of the surface of the carapace. The pits are so large and so close together that
the intervening surface forms an irregular raised network and the carapace may
be described either as pitted or as reticula tely rugose. This sculpturing is, of course,
to be distinguished from the minute reticulate texture which the whole of the
exoskeleton shows, as it does in many other Cumacea.
The remaining differences formerly enumerated between this species and C. levis
concern chiefly the proportions of the distal segments of the first leg and of the
peduncle of the uropod. In both cases careful measurements of specimens in the
present collection show differences of the same kind, though somewhat less than those
stated in my former description ; the dactylus of the first leg is three-fourths as long
as the propodus as against a proportion of four-fifths or a little more in C. levis, and
the peduncle of the uropod is longer than the last somite bv nearly one-fourth in the
female and one-third in the male. In C. levis the peduncle is only about one-sixth
longer than the last somite.
The double lateral ridge of the last thoracic somite, mentioned only for the male
sex in the original description, is present also in the female.
1 8. Cyclaspis coelebs, n. sp. Fig. 5.
Oeeurre/ire. - Stations 133, 135, and 136. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New
Zealand. Plankton, at 20 metres, 3 metres, and surface. Five males (inch holotype).
Description. — Adult male. Total length 5 • 6 mm.
Resembling in general form the male of ( '. thomsoni but with the carapace shorter
and deeper, its height being about two-thirds instead of little over half its length.
Surface of carapace obscurely and irregularly rugose or pitted. On either side, just
below the lateral limits of the frontal suture, is a broadly rounded prominence,
somewhat elongated antero-posteriorly, very conspicuous when seen from above,
occupying the position of the anterior upper tubercle of C. elegans. Behind the middle
of the carapace is a faintly marked oblique ridge inclined backwards and downwards
and dying out below in the general rugosity of the surface. A curved ridge running
backwards from the antennal tooth is very prominent. The ocular lenses are
conspicuous ; three very large ones form a triangle dorsally and a pair are set close
together at the tip of the ocular lobe, while three others on each side, overlapped by
the upper margin of the lateral plate, are only indistinctly seen.
CUM AGFA — CALM AN.
151
There is a median dorsal keel on the last thoracic and on all the abdominal
somites, but there are no lateral keels.
First legs with basis longer, by nearly one-fourth, than the distal segments
together, propodus longer than carpus, dactylus less than two-thirds as long as
propodus.
Peduncle of uropods longer by one-third than last somite and slightly longer than
the rami. Exopod with an apical spine and plumose setae on inner edge. Endopod
sharply pointed, serrate on inner edge, with a series of pectinate setae followed by
five or six spines. Peduncle with plumose setae on inner edge.
Fig. 5. — Cyclaspis coelebs, n. sp. Male. A. Side view, x 22. B. Anterior portion of body, from
above. X 22. C. First leg. X 45. I). Last somite and uropod. X 45.
The exoskeleton is strongly calcified and, when dried, of a dull white appearance,
contrasting with the glossy surface of C. thomsoni.
Remarks. — The oblique ridge on the carapace suggests a comparison of this species
with C. thomsoni, from which, however, it is at once separated by the antero-lateral
prominences as well as by the slightly different outline of the carapace and the shorter
dactylus of the first legs. The specific name refers to the fact that the males on which
the description is based were unaccompanied by females.
“ TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
mu-w
19. Diastylis neozealanica, G-. M. Thomson. Fig. 6.
I). neo-zcalanica, G. M. Thomson, 1892, p. 268, pi. xviii, tigs. 1—11 ; Caiman, 1908, p. 239.
Diastylopsis neozealanica, Stebbing, 1913, p. 110.
Occurrence. — Station 133. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New Zealand. Plankton,
20 metres depth. One male.
Remarks.- — The solitary male specimen is imperfectly preserved, and is only
referred to Thomson’s species (of which no male has yet Been recorded) because the
ridges on the carapace are arranged as in the female specimen in the Museum collection
which I have mentioned (/.r.) as belonging to this species. From the female it differs
in the characters proper to its sex, and it is to be
noted, in particular, that the flagellum of the
antennule has the conspicuous spurs described in
Ik insularum at the end of the basal segment
O
(Caiman, 1908, p. 237, figs. 5 and 5a). The
accompanying figures show the disposition of the
ridges of the carapace in the “ Terra Nova ’
specimen.
in the neighbourhood of this species I would
place a specimen obtained by the “Discovery” at
the Auckland Islands, and mentioned but not
described in my report on the Cumaeea of that
expedition. The specimen is in very poor con¬
dition, having apparently suffered drying, and the
carapace, in particular, is so crumpled that its
sculpturing can no longer be distinctly traced.
All that can be said is that the appendages show
a general agreement with D. neozealanica and
Ik insularum, but that the carapace is not
minutely spinous as in the latter species, while
the ridges are apparently much less conspicuous
than in the former.
Stebbing (l.c.
“ seems to be a variety of Ik neozealanica .” 1 do
not know on what grounds this opinion is based, and it would require the examination
of better-preserved and more abundant material than is at my disposal to confirm or
disprove it. The species are certainly closely allied, as is shown by the characters of
their appendages, but in the form which 1 described as Ik insularum the carapace is
minutely spinous, with a scarcely perceptible ridge or line of spinules on the side of
the carapace, while in the specimens that I refer to Ik neozealanica the surface of the
carapace has three oblique lateral ridges, and apart from these is quite smooth.
) states of / k insularum that it
B. Dorsal view, of carapace. X 25.
CUMACEA— CALMAN.
153
Stebbing, following a suggestion made by Zimmer (1908, p. 190) but afterwards
abandoned by him (1913, p. 478), has placed this species in the genus Diastylopsis.
In Mr. Stebbing’s classification Diastylopsis is distinguished from Dicistyli * mainly by
the wide separation of the second and third pairs of legs in the adult females of the
former genus. In this respect D. neozealanica and IK insularum do not differ from a
number of species included by Stebbing in Diastylis, and their exclusion from
Diastylopsis leaves that genus more sharply delimited.
20. Colurostylis lemur urn, n. sp. Figs. 7, 8.
Occurrence. — Station 135. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New Zealand. Plankton,
3 metres depth. Six females (inch holotype), one male.
Description. — Ovigerous female. Total length 4 mm.
Carapace rather more elongate than in C. pseudocuma and having the pseudo-
rostrum, in most specimens, distinctly longer and more acute. There is a strong-
oblique ridge running forwards and downwards on the side of the carapace ; in front of
this a weaker ridge, running more horizontally, defines a somewhat depressed area
occupying the lateral region of the frontal lobe ; these ridges unite with a narrow
U-shaped ridge on the dorsal surface. There is a strong ridge running parallel with
and close to the hind margin of the carapace. Between the ridges the surface is pitted
with shallow depressions, less marked than those of C. pseudocuma. The ocular lobe
is large, about twice as wide as long, with visual elements apparently well-developed,
in four groups, without pigment, and without conspicuous corneal lenses.
The separation of the second from the third pair of legs, while well-marked, is not
quite so extensive as in C. pseudocuma. The third and fourth free somites are more
firmly united than in that species, being only defined from each other by a superficial
Groove.
O
Telson a little less than half the length of the last somite, shaped as in
C. pseudocuma.
Antennules with the third segment of peduncle narrower and longer than second.
Antennae apparently consisting of four segments, each bearing a single seta.
Branchial apparatus with about ten finger-shaped lobules.
First legs rather stout, distal segments longer by one-tliird than the basis,
propodus nearly equal to carpus and twice as long as dactylus.
Second legs with basis nearly as long as distal segments together, dactylus less
than one and a half times as long as propodus.
Exopods of third and fourth legs less than one-third as long as the basis.
Peduncle of uropods from twice to two and a half times as long as last somite,
enclopod a little longer than exopod and less than two- thirds as long as peduncle ;
proximal segment of endopod three-fourths of length of distal segment or a little more ;
peduncle and exopod serrated on inner edge, endopod with a close-set row of fine setae.
I!
VOL. III.
Z
154
“TERRA NOVA'’ EXPEDITION.
Adult male. Total length 4 • 2 mm.
The single adult male specimen agrees with the female as regards the arrangement
of the ridges on the carapace, although they are less strongly marked. In other
Fig. 7. — Colurostylis lemurum, n. sp. Female. A. Side view, x 30. B. Anterior portion of body from
above. X 30. C. Antennule. x 75. D. First leg. x 75. E. Second leg. x 75. F. Last
somite and uropod. x 75.
respects, apart from its larger size, it does not present any noteworthy differences from
the male of C. pseudocuma ; in particular, the proportions of the uropods are almost
CU MACE A — CALM AN.
exactly as described for that species, although the spines on their inner edges are a
little more numerous.
Remarks. — Some of the female specimens of this species have the pseudorostrum
shorter and blunter than in the female figured, but although in this respect they
Fig. 8. — Colurostylis lemurum, n. sp. Male. X 30.
approach C. pseudocuma, they differ in having ridges on the carapace of which no trace
can be seen in the much smaller syntypes of that species.
The specific name is chosen in allusion to the name of the bay where the
specimens were taken.
21. Campy [asp is antarctica, Caiman. Fig. 9.
C. verrucosa, var. antarctica, Caiman, 1907a, p. 5, pi. tigs.
14-16, text-fig. 4 ; Zimmer, 1913, p. 454.
C. antarctica, Stebbing, 1913, p. 199.
Occurrence. — Station 355. McMurdo Sound. 300
fathoms, trawl. One female.
Remarks. — The single specimen is badly preserved,
and does not enable any particulars to be added to
those previously given. As the form of the third
maxillipeds helps to distinguish this species from Hansen’s
C. frigida (1908, p. 16, pi. iii, figs. 2a-2n) I give a
figure of this appendage from one of the “Discovery’
syntypes.
22. Camm/lasms, sp. FlG- 9 .—Campylaspis antarctica ,
Caiman. Female. Third max-
Occurrence. — Station 135. Spirits Bay, near North illiped. Syntype from “ Dis-
Cape, New Zealand. Plankton, 3 metres depth. One ^overy collection, x 45.
immature female.
Remarks. — The specimen here recorded resembles somewhat closely ( '. undata,
Gl. 0. Sars, with specimens of which, determined by Prof. Sars, I have compared it. It
z 2
/?/7 3J. / o ^
156
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
mo.1.1. ioj-io*)
differs from these in certain details of sculpturing on the carapace, but the evidence
afforded by a solitary immature specimen is insufficient to justify either the establish¬
ment of a new species or an extension of the known range of C. undata from Norway
to New Zealand.
PHYLLOCARIDA.
23. Nebedta long icorms, Gr. M. Thomson.
Nebalia longicornis, G. M. Thomson, 1879, p. 418, pi. xix, figs. 7-9 ; N. 1. with var. magellanica,
etc., Thiele, 1904, p. 9, figs, on pi. iv ; N. 1. magellanica, Thiele, 1905, p. 66, pi. ii, figs.
14-17 ; Thiele, 1907, p. 1, text-figs.
Occurrence. — Station 130. Off Three Kings Islands, New Zealand. Plankton.
Square 18-mesh net at surface. Aug. 26-27, 1911, 8 p.m. to 6.30 a.m. One specimen.
Station L35. Spirits Bay, New Zealand. Plankton. Square 18-mesh net at
3 metres depth. Aug. 31 to Sept. I. 191 1, 9 p.m. to 6.30 am. One specimen.
Station 331. Off Cape Bird Peninsula, entrance to McMurdo Sound. 250 fathoms,
dredge. Jan. 14, 1912. One specimen.
Remarks. — In the proportions of the rostral plate ( 2 T : 1 ), in the form of the
ocular peduncle with its “sensory” tubercle, and in the armature of the fourth segment
of the antennule ( 1 spine, 7 or 8 setae), the specimen from McMurdo Sound agrees
almost exactly with Thiele’s account of the “ Discovery ” specimens, and gives evidence,
as far as a solitary specimen may, for constancy in the characters of the local race
which Thiele refers to his subspecies magellanica.
The two specimens from the north of New Zealand are noteworthy, in the first
place, for the fact that they were taken with the surface-net. We have no record of
the depth of water over which they were swimming, but it is not likely to have been
great, and indeed many of the plankton-gatherings from this region contain animals
that are, at most, temporary migrants from the bottom-fauna.
Both the New Zealand specimens appear to be immature, and one of them retains
the mucronate termination of the rostral plate regarded by Thiele as a juvenile
character. Both specimens have on the anterior margin of the fourth antennular
segment one strong spine followed by three or four setae, and so far agree with Thiele’s
definition of N. longicornis as against the northern N. bipes. They diverge remarkably
from this definition, however, in the narrow form of the rostral plate. In the specimen
which is presumably the more mature of the two, the proportion of length to breadth
is 2' 76 : 1, that is to say, the plate is considerably narrower than that which Thiele
figures (1904, pi. iv, fig. 7) as typical for N. bipes, the proportion measured from his
figure being about 2 • 3 : 1. In both specimens the eyestalk is short, the corneal area
occupies about half of its length, and the “sensory” tubercle is insignificant.
If we attach primary importance (as Thiele seems to do) to the form of the rostral
plate as distinctive between N. bipes and N. longicornis, then these New Zealand
PHYLLOCARIDA — CLADOCERA — CABMAN.
157
specimens would have to he classed under the former name. On the other hand, the
armature of the antennules is decidedly that of .V. lomjicornis, and in view of their
place of origin they may, for the present, he referred to that species. It is evident,
however, not only from these facts hut also from the observations of Thiele himself,
that the classification of the " forms ” of Nebalia will have to he studied in greater
detail and with more abundant material before it is possible to say how many species
can be recognised or how far these can be subdivided into subspecies or varieties.
CLADOCERA.
I.— INTRODUCTION.
The known species of Cladocera inhabiting the sea are few and their number is
not increased by the “Terra Nova” collections. A search through all the plankton-
gatherings has only resulted in the discovery of three species from five stations. One
of the species occurred both to the north of New Zealand and off Rio de Janeiro. No
Cladocera were obtained in Antarctic waters.
IL— LIST OF STATIONS AT WHICH CLADOCERA WERE OBTAINED.
Station 17. 26:> 17' 1ST., 20° 54' W. Plankton. 50-mesh net at 10 metres depth. June 30, 1910, 7.30
to 7.50 a.m.
,, 39 and 40. Six miles off mouth of Rio de Janeiro Harbour. Plankton. 50-mesh net at 2 metres
depth. Apr. 27, 1913, 11.0 p.m. to 1.30 a.m. and 2.30 to 5.0 a.m.
,, 65. 23° 28' N., 34° 45' W. Plankton. 50-mesh net at surface. May 26, 1913, 1.30 to 2.0 a.m.
„ 148. Bay of Islands, New Zealand. Plankton. 50-mesh net at 14 to 7 fathoms. Aug. 27-Sept. 15,
1912.
1 1 1.— SYSTEMATIC NOTES.
24. Penilia avirostris, Dana.
Penilia avirostris, Dana, 1849, p. 47 ; id. 1852, p. 1269, pi. lxxxix, figs. 2a-b ; Richard, 1894,
p. 351, pi. xv, fig. 9.
P. orientalis, Dana, 1849, p. 47; id. 1852, p. 1270, pi. lxxxix, figs. 3a-e ; Poppe, 1888,
p. 295 ; Scott, 1894, p. 133 ; Richard, 1894, p. 350, pi. xv, fig. 12.
P. schmackeri, Richard, 1894, p. 344, pi. xv, figs. 5, 7, 11, 15, pi. xvi, fig. 8 ; Hansen, 1899,
p. 4, pi. i, figs. 1-lb; Sudler, 1899, p. 109, 3 pis.; Richard, 1905, p. 9; Caiman, 1908,
p. 232 ; Zernov, 1909, p. 500, 1 fig. ; Brady, 1915, p. 136, pi. ix, fig. 1 ; Leder, 1915,
p. 350, 4 figs.
P. pacifica, Kramer, 1895, p. 222, pi. xxiii, figs. 1-5.
P. sp. ?, Richard, 1894, p. 352.
Occurrence. — Stations 39 and 40. Six miles off mouth of Rio de Janeiro Harbour.
Plankton at 2 metres depth. Many specimens.
Station 148. Bay of Islands, New Zealand. Plankton at D to 7 metres depth.
Several separate hauls. Many specimens.
Remarks. — The specimens from the two widely separated localities mentioned
above agree equally well with the descriptions and figures of P. schmackeri given by
/<?!'!. 3- l./io-iicj
-U+3
158
“ TERRA NOVA ’’ EXPEDITION.
Richard and by Hansen. Since Rio de Janeiro Harbour is the type-locality for
P. avirostris, Dana, our specimens taken a few miles away practically fulfil the
condition laid down by Richard (1905, p. 10) for the identification of his species with
that of Dana, and there seems to be no need to wait for further specimens from the
Straits of Suncla before withdrawing P. oriented is, Dana, also as a synonym.
The genus Penilia, therefore, appears to include only a single known species which
has been recorded from Beaufort (North Carolina), Vera Cruz (Gulf of Mexico), Rio de
Janeiro, Mediterranean off S.E. Spain, Trieste, the Black Sea, various localities in
the Gulf of Guinea as far south as Loanda, Durban, Straits of Sunda, Hong Kong,
Port Jackson, Auckland, and Bay of Islands. It seems to be strictly neritic or coastal
in habitat, and, as Leder has shown, it is tolerant of large changes in salinity. With
the exception of its occurrences at Trieste and in the Black Sea, and possibly also of
the New Zealand stations, its range to north and south is limited by the mean annual
surface isotherms of 18° C.
nn.ti. ibk
25. Eradne terc/estina, Claus.
Evadne ten/estina, Claus, 1877, p. 140, pi. v, figs. 15—16, etc. ; Hansen, 1890, p. 11 : Juday,
1907, p. 157, fig. ; Scott, 1912, p. 580.
E. aspinosa , Kramer, 1895, p. 222, pi. xxii, figs. 1—8.
1 E. gibsoni, Brady, 1914, p. 2, pi. i, tigs. 1-5.
Occurrence. — Station 89. Six miles off mouth of Rio de Janeiro Harbour.
Plankton at 2 metres depth. One specimen.
Remarks. — The solitary specimen appears to belong to this species, with which
it agrees in the numbers of setae on the exopodites of the legs. It presents, however,
a slight but distinct notch on the dorsal edge behind the cervical organ, as in Bradv’s
figure of P. <jibsoni, a species which may prove to be identical with the present one.
P. terc/estina is known from many localities in the Tropical and South Atlantic, as well
as from the Mediterranean, the Indian Ocean, Australia, New Zealand, and Southern
California (Hansen, 1899, and later references given above).
2C>. Pvadne spinifera, P. E. Muller.
Evadne spinifera, P. E. Muller, 1868, p. 225, pi. vi, figs. 11—13 ; Claus, 1877, pi. vi, fig. 21 ;
Hansen, 1899, p. 10 ; Lilljeborg, 1900, p. 647, pi. lxxxvi, fig. 18, pi. Ixxxvii, figs. 1-3;
Apstein, 1910, p. 43 ; Scott, 1912, p. 580.
Occurrence.-— Station 17. 2(5 17' N., 20 54' W. Plankton, at 10 metres depth.
Many specimens.
IV'PddlMi'l Station G5. 28 28' N., 34 45' \V. Plankton, surface. Two specimens.
■ • - HfP Remarks. — According to Hansen, this widely-distributed species is especially
characteristic of and abundant in the central southern area of the North Atlantic.
Apstein states that its occurrence in the oceanic plankton is associated with the
presence of Sargasso weed.
STOMATOPODA — CUM ACE A- PH YLLOCARt D A— -CLADOC ERA.
159
LIST OF PAPERS REFERRED TO.
Apstein, C. — 1910. Cladocera. Bull, trimestr. Explor. mer, Copenhague, Pt. 1, pp. 39-51, pi. vi.
Bigelow, R. P. — 1894. Report upon the Crustacea of the Order Stomatopoda collected by the steamer
“Albatross” between 1885 and 1891, and on other specimens in the IJ.S. National Museum.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. XVII, pp. 489—550, pis. xx-xxii, 28 text-figs.
Brady, G. Stewardson. — 1914. On some pelagic Entomostraca collected by Mr. J. Y. Gibson in Durban
Bay. Ann. Durban Mus. I, pp. 1—9, pis. i-iv.
Brady, G. Stewardson. — 1915. Notes on pelagic Entomostraca of Durban Bay. Ann. Durban Mus.
I, pp. 134-146, pis. ix-xiv.
Brooks, W. K. — 1886. Report on the Stomatopoda collected by H.M.S. “Challenger” during the years
1873-1876. Rep. Voy. “ Challenger,” Zool. XVI, 116 pp., 16 pis.
Calman, W. T. — 1907a. Cumacea. National Antarctic [“Discovery”] Exp. 1901—1904, Nat. Hist. 11,
6 pp., 1 pi., 4 text -figs.
Calman, W. T. — 1907b. On new or rare Crustacea of the Order Cumacea from the collection of the
Copenhagen Museum. Part I. The Families Bodotriidae, Vauntompsoniidae, and Leuconidae.
Trans. Zool. Soc. XVIII, pp. 1—58, p>ls. i-ix.
Calman, W. T.- — 1908. Notes on a small collection of plankton from New Zealand. I. Crustacea
(excluding Cojiepoda). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (S') I, pp. 233-239, 5 text-figs.
Calman, W. T. — 1916. A new species of the Crustacean Genus Squill a from West Africa. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8) XVIII, pp. 373-376, 2 text-figs.
Chilton, C. — 1891. Notes on the New Zealand Squillidae. Trans. New Zealand Inst. XXIII,
pp. 58—68, pi. x.
Claus, C. — 1872. Die Metamorphose der Squilliden. Abh. k. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, XVI, pp. 111-163,
8 pis.
Claus, C. — 1877. Zur Kenntniss des Baues und der Organisation der Polyphemiden. Denkschr. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Math.— Nat. Cl. XXXVII, pp. 137-160, 7 pis.
Dana, J. D. — 1849. Conspectus Crustaceorum quae in orbis terrarum circumnavigatione, Carolo Wilkes e
classe Reipublicae Foederatae duce, lexit et descripsit. Pars. II. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci.,
Boston, II, pp. 9-61.
Dana, J. D. 1852. Crustacea. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838—1842,
under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. XIII, Part 2. Philadelphia, 1852. Atlas,
1855.
Hansen, H. J. — 1895. Isopoden, Cumaceen u. Stomatopoden der Plankton-Expedition. Ergebn. d.
Plankton-Exped., Bd. II, G.c., 105 pp., 8 pis.
Hansen, H. J. — 1899. Die Cladoceren und Cirripedien der Plankton-Expedition. Ergebn. d. Plankton
Exped., Bd. II, G.d., 58 pp., 3 pis., 1 chart.
Hansen, H. J. — 1908. Schizopoda and Cumacea. Res. Voy. Belgica, Zool., 20 pp., 3 pis.
Juday, Chancey. — 1907. Cladocera of the San Diego region. Univ. California Publ. Zool. Ill,
pp. 157-158, 1 text-fig.
Jurich, B. — 1904. Die Stomatopoden der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Wiss. Ergebn, D. Tiefsee-
Exped. “ Valdivia,” VII, pp. 361-408, pis. xxv-xxx.
Kemp, S. — 1913. An account of the Crustacea Stomatopoda of the Indo-Pacific region based on the
collection in the Indian Museum. Mem. Ind. Mus. IV, pp. 1—217, 10 pis., text-figs.
Kramer, Augustin. — 1895. On the most frequent pelagic Copepods and Cladoceresof the Hauraki Gulf.
Trans. New Zealand Inst. XXVII, pp. 214—223, pis. xv— xxiii.
Leder, Heribert. — 1915. Ueber Penilia schnncheri, Richard, in der Adria. Zool. Anz. XLV,
pp. 350-360, 4 text-figs.
Lilljeborg, W. — 1900. Cladocera Sueciae. Nova Acta reg. Soc. Sci. Upsal. (3) XIX, vi + 701 pp.,
87 pis.
Muller, P. E. — 1868. Danmarks Cladocera. Nat. Tidsskr. (3) V, pp. 53-240, 6 pis.
Poppe, S. A. — 1888. Ein neuer Podon aus China, nebst Bemerkungen zur Synonymie der bisher
bekannten Podon- Arten. Abh. naturw. Ver. Bremen, X, pp. 295-300.
Richard, J. — 1894. Revision des Cladoceres. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (7), XVIII, pp. 279-389, pis. xv
and xvi.
160
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Richard, J. — 1905. Sur des instruments destines a la recolte et a l'examen preliminaire du plankton
microscopique, et sur la presence du genre Penilia dans la Mediterranee. (Kun resumo
Esperanta.) Bull. Mus. oceanogr. Monaco. No. 52. 12 pp., 1 pi.
Scott, Thomas. — 1894. Report on Entomostraca from the Gulf of Guinea. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser.,
Zool. VI, pp. 1—161, pis. i-xv.
Scott, Thomas. 1912. The Entomostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition, 1902-1904.
Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh, XLVIII, Pt. 3, pp. 521-599, 14 pis.
Stebbing, T. R. R. — 1913. Cumacea (Sympoda). Das Tierreich. Lief. 39, 210 pp., 137 text-figs.
Sudler, Mervin T. — 1899. The development of Penilia schmackeri, Richard. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist, XXTX, pp. 109-131, 3 pis.
Thiele, Joh. — 1904. Die Leptostraken. Wiss. Ergebn. D. Tiefsee Expedition “Valdivia,” VIII.
jip. 1-26, pis. i-iv.
Thiele, Joh. — 1905. Ueber die Leptostraken der Deutschen Siidpolar Expedition 1901-1903.
D. Siidpolar-Exp. 1901-1903, IX. (Zool. I), pp. 61-68, pi. ii.
Thiele, Joh. — 1907. Leptostraca. National Antarctic [“Discovery”] Exp. 1901-1904, Nat. Hist. Ill,
2 pp., 2 text-figs.
Thomson, G. M. -1879. On a new species of Nebalia from New Zealand. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5),
IV, pp. 418-419, pi. xix, figs. 7-9.
Thomson, G. M. — 1882. Additions to the Crustacean Fauna of New Zealand. Trans. New Zealand Inst.
XIV, pp. 230—238, pis. xvii and xviii.
Thomson, G. M. -1892. On the occurrence of two species of Cumacea in New Zealand. Journ. Linn.
Soc., Zool. XXIV, pp. 263-271, pis., xvi-xviii.
Zernov, S. A. — 1909. Penilia selimackeri, Richard, dans la Mer Noire. Note preliminaire (Russian),
Annuaire Mus. Zool. St. Petersbourg, XI II, pp. 500-502, 1 text-fig.
Zimmer, Carl. — 1902. Die von Prof. Dr. Thilenius gesammelten Cumaceen. Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst.
XVII, pp. 444-456, 22 text-figs.
Zimmer, Carl. — 1907. Neue Cumaceen von der Deutschen und der Schwedischen Siidpolarexpedition
aus den Eamilien der Cumiden, Vauntompsoniiden, Nannastaciden und Lampropiden. Zool.
Anz. XXXI, pp. 367-374.
Zimmer, Carl. — 1908. Die Cumaceen der “ Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition.” Wiss. Ergebn. D. Tiefsee-
Exp. “Valdivia,” VIII, pp. 157-196, pis. xxxvi-xlvi.
Zimmer, Carl. — 1913. Die Cumaceen der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901-1903. I). Siidpolar-
Exp. 1901—1903, XIV (Zool. VI), pp. 439-491, pis. xl-xlvi, 2 text figs.
STOMATOPODA — CUMACEA — PHYLLOCARIDA — CLADOCERA.
101
INDEX.
The more important references are indicated by black type.
africana, Squilla, 141.
Alima dilatata, 142.
,, macrocephala, 142.
„ macrophthalma, 142.
antarctica, Campylaspis, 155.
argus, Cyclaspis, 148.
armatus, Coroniderichthus, 144.
aspinosa, Evadne, 158.
avirostris, Penilia, 157.
bipes, Nebalia, 156.
biplicata, Cyclaspis, 148.
bistriata, Cyclaspis, 148.
bradyi, Coronida, 144.
brasiliensis, Squilla, 139.
brazieri, Lysiosquilla, 144.
Campylaspis antarctica, 155.
,, frigida, 155.
,, undata, 155.
,, verrucosa, 155.
ciliata, Pseudosquilla, 142.
coelebs, Cyclaspis, 150.
Colurostylis lemurum, 153.
,, pseudocuma, 153.
communis, Pseudericlithus, 142.
Coronida bradyi, 144.
Coroniderichthus armatus, 144.
Cyclaspis argus, 148.
,, biplicata, 148.
,, bistriata, 148.
,, coelebs, 150.
„ elegans, 147.
„ gigas, 146.
,, glacialis, 147.
,, levis, 149.
,, pusilla, 149.
„ similis, 147.
„ thomsoni, 149.
Diastylis insularum, 152.
,, neozealanica, 152.
Diastylopsis neozealanica, 152.
dilatata, Alima, 142.
dubia, Squilla, 141.
edwardsii, Lysierichthus, 143.
elegans, Cyclaspis, 147.
elongatus, Pseudericlithus, 143.
empusa, Squilla, 141.
Evadne aspinosa, 158
,, gibsoni, 158.
,, spinifera, 158.
,, tergestina, 158.
frigida, Campylaspis, 155.
gibsoni, Evadne, 158.
gigas, Cyclaspis, 146.
glabriuscula, Lysiosquilla, 143.
glacialis, Cyclaspis, 147.
insularum, Diastylis, 152.
latifrons, Lysiosquilla, 144.
lemurum, Colurostylis, 153.
levis, Cyclaspis, 149.
longicornis, Nebalia, 156.
Lysierichthus edwardsii, 143.
Lysiosquilla brazieri, 144.
,, glabriuscula, 143.
,, latifrons, 144.
,, spinosa, 144.
macrocephala, Alima, 142.
macrophthalma, Alima, 142.
magellanica, Nebalia longicornis, 156.
mantis, Squilla, 141.
Nebalia bipes, 156.
,, longicornis, 156.
„ magellanica, 156.
neozealanica, Diastylis, 152.
,, Diastylopsis, 152.
Odonterichthus, 145.
Odontodactylus, 145.
orientalis, Penilia, 157.
pacifica, Penilia, 157.
panamensis, Squilla, 141.
Penilia avirostris, 157.
,, orientalis, 157.
,, pacifica, 157.
,, schmackeri, 157.
Pseudericlithus communis, 142.
,, elongatus, 143.
VOL. in.
A
162
pseudocuma, Colurostylis, 153.
Pseudosquilla ciliata, 142.
pusilla, Cyclaspis, 149.
quadridens, Squilla, 141.
schmackeri, Penilia, 157.
similis, Cyclaspis, 147.
■spinifera, Evadne, 158.
spinosa, Lysiosquilla, 144.
Squilla africana, 141.
,, brasiliensis, 139.
,, dubia, 141.
“ TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
Squilla empusa, 141.
„ mantis, 141.
, , panamensis, 141.
,, quadridens, 141.
,, tridentata, 144.
tergestina, Evadne, 158.
thomsoni, Cyclaspis, 149.
tridentata, Squilla, 144.
undata, Campylaspis, 155.
verrucosa, Campylaspis, 155.
LONDON : PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET. S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W.
t
)
V
"Tv' : < -
A
BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY).
BRITISH ANTARCTIC (“TERRA HOVA") EXPEDITION, 1910.
NATURAL HISTORY REPORT.
ZOOLOGY. VOL. Ill, No. 7. Pp. 175-190.
CRUSTACEA.
PART V.— OSTRACODA.
BY
R. W. BARNEY, B.A.
(Lecturer in Biology, University of Hong Kong.)
WITH SIX FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
i>$- 7 '
LONDON :
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
Sold by Longmans, Green & Co., 39, Paternoster Row, E.C. 4 ; B. Quaritch, Ltd., 11, Grafton Street, New Bond
Street, W. 1 ; Dulau & Co., Ltd., 34-36, Margaret Street, Cavendish Square, W, 1 ;
AND AT THE
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W, 7.
1920.
[All rights reserved.)
Price Four Shillings and Sixpence.
[Issued 22nd January, 1921,]
CRUSTACEA.
PART V.-OSTRACODA.
BY R. W. BARNEY, B.A.
( Lecturer in Biology, University of Hong Kong).
WITH SIX FIGURES IN THE TEXT.
I. — Introduction 175
II. — Methods . . • • • • 175
III. — List of Species ......... 176
IV. — List of Stations at which Ostracoda were obtained . . . 176
V. — Systematic Account . • • • • • • 178
VI.— Distribution .......... 186
VII. — List of References • . • • • • • 188
Index . 189
I— INTRODUCTION.
The material collected by the “ Terra Nova ” Expedition was received in fifty-one tubes
of various sizes, some containing only one or two, others many hundreds of specimens.
It was entirely preserved in formalin. Many of the plankton jars were also examined,
and yielded ten additional species. Altogether twenty-two species, representing six
genera, have been identified.
The examination of the collection was carried out in the laboratory of Prof.
E. W. Mac-Bride, F.R.S., in the Imperial College of Science and Technology. South
Kensington.
II. — METHODS.
The specimen was placed in four per cent, formalin in a watch glass, and the entire
animal removed from its shell by means of fine needles. To accomplish this, the
occlusor muscle was cut through on one side, and the valve thus freed was turned back.
Next the muscles attached along the hinge-line were cut, and lastly the occlusor muscle
on the other side. The shell was usually none the worse for this operation, and
frequently the shape of the rostral tooth and notch and occasionally the sculpture could
176
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
be made out more clearly. The shell was now balanced against the sloping side of
the watch glass, so that the uppermost valve was in a horizontal position for drawing.
The valves could generally be separated along the hinge-line, simply by opening them
out fully and gently pulling them apart at one end. The specimen could then be
dissected, and drawings of the parts made in formalin or spirit.
For permanent preparations the dissection could most conveniently be done in oil
of cloves after staining. The best results were obtained by staining in Congo Red,
which stains the chitin remarkably well, showing the fine teeth and hairs very clearly.
Specimens may be stained for thirty seconds in a half per cent, solution of Congo Red
in ninety per cent, alcohol. Better results were obtained by diluting this solution with
two to ten times its volume of ninety per cent, alcohol, and staining for a longer time.
Oil of cloves was used for clearing, and permanent preparations were made of all the
species by mounting in Canada Balsam, using a cavity-slidc for the larger species in
order to minimise distortion. The shells were stained in the same way and mounted
alono- with the dissection.
O
The measurements of length were made parallel to the hinge-line from the most
anterior point below the rostral notch, and do not include the rostral tooth.
Ill— LIST OF SPECIES.
Codonocera cruenta, Brady.
Philomedes assimilis, Brady.
Cy.clasterope lobiancoi, Muller.
llalocypris globosa, Claus.
,, inflatci, Dana.
Conchoecia acuticosta, Muller.
,, (data, Muller.
,, antipoda, Muller.
,, belgicae, Muller.
,, bispnnosa, Claus.
,, chuni, M tiller.
Conchoecia daphnoides , Claus.
,, discophora, M idler.
,, edentata, Muller.
,, hettacra, Muller.
,, imbricata (pars Brady) Muller.
,, oblonga, Claus.
,, serrulata, Claus.
,, spinirostris, Claus.
,, stigmatica, Muller.
,, subarcuata, Claus.
Euconchoecia chierch iae, Muller.
IV— LIST OF STATIONS AT WHICH OSTRACODA
WERE OBTAINED.
Atlantic (Mostly Tropical).
Station 39.
April 26/27, 1913
55
40.
>> 2 O ,,
55
49.
May 6, .,
55
50.
„ 7, ,,
55
64.
26, ,,
5 5
65. .
,, 26, ,,
5 5
66.
27
55 ^ 1 5 55
5 5
67.
27
5 5 1 5 5 5
55
68.
„ 28, „
6 miles off mouth of Rio de Janeiro, 2 metres, 11 p.m-1.30 a.m.
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 2.30—5 a.m.
18° 5T S., 33 40' W., surface, 4.30-5 a.m.
18° S., 31° 45' W., surface, 12.35-1.15 a.m.
23° 28' N., 34° 45' W., surface, 1.30-2 a.m.
23° 28' N., 34° 45' W.,
25° 35' N., 34° 10' W.,
25° 35' N., 34° 10' W.,
27° 22' N., 33° 40' W.,
OSTRACODA, V. -BARNEY.
177
New Zealand (off north end of).
From C. Maria van Diemen Light, W.N.W., 24 miles, 2 metres
1—5 a.m.
From Summit, Gt. King, S. W., 10 miles, 30 metres, Noon.
From Summit, Gt. King, S. by W., 24 miles, surface, 9 p.m.-4 a.m.
From West Island, Three Kings Islands, S.W., 5 miles, surface,
5-6 p.m.
Same locality, surface, 7—8 p.m.
,, ,, „ 8 p.m. -5. 30 a.m.
34J 4' S., 171° 55' E., surface, 9 p.m.— 4 a.m.
Off Three Kings Islands, surface, 10 a.m.-l p.m.
33° 37' S., 171° 30' E„ 3 metres, Noon-4 p.m.
Spirits Bay, near North Cape, 20 metres, 8 p.m. -6 a.m.
,, ,, ,, 3 metres, 9 p.m.— 6.30 a.m.
,, ,, ,, surface, 9 p.m.-6.30 a.m.
South of
New
Zealand
TO Ross
Sea.
Station 172.
Dec.
10, 1910,
66°
38'
S„ 178°
47' W., 0-400 metres, 10 a.m.
5?
178.
33
15,
67°
23'
S„ 177°
59' W., 0-500 metres, 9 p.m.
33
180.
, .
99
, 3 3
68°
26'
S„ 179°
08' W., 100 metres, 5 p.m.
33
235.
Mar.
26, 1912,
52°
41'
S., 168°
15' E., 10 metres, 7-10 p.m.
3 3
238.
33
27, „
52°
11'
S., 167°
25' E., 30 metres, 10-10.30 a.m.
3 3
240.
3 3
28, „
51°
57'
S., 167
38' E., 4 metres, 8.30-9 a.m.
3 3
248.
Dec.
18, „
51°
22'
S., 179°
18' W., surface, 7 p.m.
33
259.
3 3
99
33
55°
34'
S„ 174°
35' W., 20 metres, 9 p.m.
33
267.
3 3
27, „
66°
30'
S„ 166°
8' W., surface, 8-8.30 p.m.
3 3
270.
33
90
/J D , J J
69°
51'
S., 166°
17' W., 0-600 metres, 8 p.m.
3 3
272.
Jan.
1, 1913.
71°
35'
S., 166°
OF W., 80 metres, 4 p.m.
3 3
275.
5)
3, „
71°
29'
S., 166°
0' W., 160 metres, 1—5 p.m.
3 3
276.
3 3
5, „
71°
41'
S„ 166°
47' W., 0-1750 metres, 10.30-11.30 p.m.
3 3
282.
3 3
6/7, „
J?
J 5
,, 0-1000 metres, 8 p.m. -8 a.m.
3 3
285.
3 3
8, „
71°
49'
S., 167°
32' W., 0-600 metres, 8-10 p.m.
3 3
288.
„ 10
/ 11, „
71°
59' S„ 168°
43' W., 60 metres, 8 p.m.-9 a.m.
33
302.
Feb.
o
°) !)
58°
21'
S., 158°
5' E., 20 metres, 8.30 p.m.
Station 85.
July 24, 1911
> 5
87.
» 25,
. .
J >
92.
„ 26/27,
5 5
J 5
103.
Aug. 4,
J 5
>5
106.
L
J 5
107.
„ 4/5,
J ?
j j
110.
» 6/7,
J ?
) 5
111.
» 7,
J J
>>
112.
,, 8,
J 5
133.
„ 30/31,
3 J
5J
135. Aug. 31 /Sept. 1
33
J J
136.
Sept. 1 / 2,
33
South America (off south end of).
Station 308. Apr. 9, 1913, 55° 29' S., 78' 54' W., 4 metres, 9.30-11 a.m.
Antarctic (McMurdo Sound, Ross Sea).
Station
5 3
3 3
5 3
3 5
33
3 5
3 3
33
317.
323.
342.
343.
344.
345.
346.
350.
351.
33
352.
June 7-Oet. 14, 1911, Hole in ice between Cape Evans and Inaccessible Island, 175
metres.
Oct. 16-Dec. 23, ,, Do., 168 metres.
Jan. 31, 1912, Off Cape Royds, 0-350 metres, 4 p.m.
Feb. 1, ,, ,, 0-600 metres, noon.
,, 1, ,, ,, 0-400 metres, 3 p.m.
,, 2, „ McMurdo Sound, 0-500 metres, 8.30-9.30 a.m.
„ 3, ,, ,, 0-450 metres, 9 a.m.-5 p.m.
Mar. 4, ,, Off Glacier Tongue, McMurdo Sound, 250 metres, 2-4 p.m.
Apr. 26-June 7, 1912, Hole in ice between Cape Evans and Inaccessible Island, 205
metres.
Aug. 29-Sept. 26, ,, Do., 112 metres
2 D 2
178
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
V— SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT.
Sub-order MYODOCOPA.
Family 1.— ( TPRIDINIDAE.
Sub-Family 1.— CYPRIDININAE.
Genus CODONOCERA, Brady.
1. Codonocera cruenta, Brady. (Text-fig. 1.)
2 . J Jf. Codonocera cruenta, Brady, 1902,* p. 188, pi. XXII, figs. 1-10 ; Muller, 19066, p. 25, pi. VIII,
(isy-ISK Tmtszr. figs. 1 6, 10, pi. IX, tigs. 7, 8; id. 1912, p. 22.
Stations 110, 111 (N. of New Zealand). Surface. Four specimens.
Fig. 1. — Codonocera cruenta. Male. A, Right valve, X 19 ; It, Anterior part of shell, x 48.
Two males and two females were obtained. The males, although undoubtedly
O J
to be referred to this species, present some peculiarities. The rostrum bends steeply
downwards from the dorsal margin, but ends in a point turned slightly forwards. The
posterior process is wider than in Muller’s figure, and terminates posteriorly in a blunt
angle. The right and left processes when apposed form a tube or siphon. The
appendages agree exactly with Muller’s description.
Sub-Family 2.— PHILOMEDINAE.
Genus PHILOMEDES, Lilljeborg.
2. Philomedes ctssnnilis, Brady.
Philomedes assimilis, Brady, 1907, p. 5, pi. I, figs. 16-21, pi. II, figs. 1-6; Muller, 1908, p. 87,
pi. VI, figs. 9-17, pi. VII, figs. 14-16 ; id. 1912, p. 31.
P. antarctica, Brady, 1907, p. 5, pi. Ill, figs. 1-6.
Stations 317, 351 (Hole in ice, McMurdo Sound). 10 to 175 metres. About ten
specimens.
* Names of authors, followed by a date, refer to the “List of References” on p. 188.
OSTRACODA, V.— BARNEY.
179
3. Gy clast er ope
Sub-Family 3.— ASTEROPINAE.
Genus CYCLASTEROPE, Brady.
. Cy chaster ope lobiancoi (Miiller). (Text-fig. 2.)
If.
Ut - //; ) Cyclasterope
1 yclasterope Lobiancoi, id. 1912, p. 48.
Stations 133 and 135 (North of New Zealand). 3 to 20 metres. Twenty -four
specimens.
Big. 2. _ Cyclasterope lobiancoi. A, Female. Right valve, X 6 ; B, Female, Stage II. Furca, x 65;
C, Female, Stage III. Furca, x 65.
The specimens are all females, and only one is mature. This is an immense
specimen from Station 133, the right valve measuring 8-45 mm. by 7 • 7 mm.
The surface of the valves is marked with short wavy lines, giving it a scaly appear¬
ance. The f ureal spines are relatively shorter and stouter than in Muller’s figure, but
in other respects this adult agrees well with his description.
None of the young females has the cleaning foot developed, and the number of
bristle-like post-furcal appendages is in all cases much less than nine. That they are
developmental forms of C. lobiancoi is fairly certain ; for besides the fact that they were
obtained in the same haul at Station 135, and were the only species taken there, they
show a gradual advance towards the adult characters which can best be understood by
considering two stages. These I call Stages II and III, using the terms with the same
significance as Dr. Fowler has done (1909, p. 227), Stage II being the older. The
characteristics of the adult are given for comparison.
ISO
“TERRA NOVA ” EXPEDITION.
Adult. $ 8*45 mm. by 7‘ 7 mm. (Fig. 2a.)
First Antennae. — The second and third segments bear over twenty bristles on the
dorsal surface.
Second Antennae. — The basal joint of the secondary branch bears eight or ten hairs,
second joint five hairs.
Mandibles. — First sensory joint bears numerous hairs on ventral edge. Second
joint about ten. Third joint very many.
Cleaning foot. — Well developed.
Furca. — Three pairs of stout, finely serrated spines, followed by about nine pairs of
plumose bristles.
Stage II. $ 2’ 5 mm. by 2 • 1 mm. (Fig. 2b.)
First Antennae. — Second, third and fourth segments each bear one large plumose
hair or bristle on the dorsal surface.
Second Antennae. — The basal joint of the secondary branch bears one or two hairs,
second joint hairless.
Mandibles. — First sensory joint bears about sixteen hairs, second joint two,
third joint many.
Cleaning foot. — Undevelc >ped.
Furca. — Three pairs of more slender, finely serrated spines, followed by three or
four pairs of plumose bristles.
Stage III. $ 1‘9 mm. by 1'65 mm. (Fig. 2c.)
First Antennae. — Third segment alone bears a single hair.
G o
Second Antennae. — Secondary branch hairless.
Mandibles. — First sensory joint bears five hairs, second joint two, third joint about
twelve hairs.
Cleaning foot.- — U ndevel oped.
Furca. — Three pairs of spines, the third not serrate, imperfectly separated from
furcal plate, and followed by a few simple hairs.
There may be an older stage between Stage II and the adult, which is not
represented by the specimens obtained.
Measurement of Specimens ( ? ? ), in mm.
Adult. 8 ’45 x 7*7
r2‘97 x 2 • 65 (right valve 2 • 60)
2 ’75 x 2 • 55 (right valve 2 • 45)
2‘50 x 2‘09
2 • 35 x 2 • 04
Stage II. 2 • 30 x 2 • 04
2-30 x 2-01
2-30 x 2-09
2-30 x 2-09
.2-24 x 1-99
Stage III. c
' 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
89 x 1-66
89 x 1-64
89 x 1-63
84 x 1-62
84 x 1-62
84 x 1-61
84 x 1-61
84 x 1-61
79 x 1-60
79 x 1-60
79 x D60
OSTRACODA, V.— BARNEY.
181
Family HALOCYPRIDAE.
Sub-Family CONCHOECIINAE.
Genus HALOCYPRIS, Dana.
4. Halocypris globosa (Claus).
. , Halocypria globosa, Claus, 1874, p. 7, pi. Ill, figs. 36-39; id. 1890, p. 25; Miiller, 1890,
■ p. 270, pi. XXVIII, fig. 20 ; Claus, 1891, p. 79, pi. XXII, figs. 13-18.
fjl'P -Trucur. Halocypris globosa, Muller, 1 9 0 6 « , p. 47, pi. VIII, figs. 13-16, 18, 19, pi. XXXV, fig. 1 ; Fowler,
1909, p. 255 , pis. XXV, XXVI, figs. 263-278 ; Muller, 1912, p. 57.
Stations 65, 67, 68 (Atlantic) ; 235, 238 (S. of New Zealand). Surface to thirty
metres. Numerous specimens.
5. Halocypris injlata (Dana).
i>-2.Z5-3if . Conchoecia injlata, Dana, 1849, p. 52.
yy N Halocypris injlata, Muller, 1906a, p. 50, pi. VII, figs. 19-28 ; id. 1912, p. 58.
Stations 50, 64-68 (Atlantic) ; 85, 92, 103, 106, 107 (N. of New Zealand) ; 235,
238, 240 (S. of New Zealand). Surface to thirty metres. Numerous specimens.
!6ej
'Tru&W.
Genus CONCHOECIA, Dana.
cjzy.^.7.. ijz
'YrU&rtf. jy/efv .
6. Conchoecia acuticosta, Muller.
Conchoecia acuticosta, Muller, 1906a, p. 87, pi. XXX, figs. 18-21 ; id. 1912, p. 78.
Stations 50, 64, 65, 67, 68 (Atlantic). Surface. Stations 85 and 87 (North of
New Zealand). Two to thirty metres.
The Terra Nova records extend our knowledge of the distribution of this species
northwards to 29° N. in the Atlantic, and eastwards to the Pacific Ocean, from which
ocean it has not been previously reported. Dr. G. W. Muller has recorded it from the
Indian Ocean (91° E.) and from the Atlantic (4° N. to 35° S.).
The sculpture is very variable, even in specimens from the same haul, and it is
sometimes almost invisible.
7. Conchoecia alata, Muller. (Text-fig. 3.)
lQZ/f.-P.2.l'j3 Conchoecia alata, Muller, 1906a, p. 121, pi. XXIX, figs. 1-10; id. 1912, p. 92.
jirejiCj Station 67 (Atlantic). Surface.
I
Eig. 3. — Conchoecia alata. Immature male, x 29 ; A, Right valve from inside ; H, Shell from above.
The wing-like expansion of the left valve is injured.
A single young male measuring 1 ’08 mm. The wing-like expansions are rounded
oft' posteriorly. First antennae of female type. Penis large and conspicuous.
182
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
/JZjf.e.H. 36'- SJf .
(tjjf ’I*]1] 'Yrat-tD'-
8. Conchoecia antipoda, Muller.
ConcJioecia antipoda, Muller, 1906a, p. 110, pi. XXVI, figs. 5-16 ; id. 1912, p. 87.
Stations 178, 270, 276, 282, 285, 346 (Antarctic). Surface to one thousand seven
hundred and fifty metres.
9, Conchoecia belgicae, Muller. (Text-fig. 4.)
iqZL 5.Z.5$ -JJU .
J -> Conchoecia belgicae, Muller, 1906c, p. 4, figs. 1—11 ; id. 1912, p. 92.
pSC' 1 iTl Conchoecia innoviinata, Brady, 1907, p. 1, pi. II, figs. 7-14.
Stations 112, 136 (North of New Zealand). Surface to ten metres. Stations 172,
178, 235, 270, 317, 323, 343-6, 350-352 (Antarctic). Surface to six hundred metres.
Certainly the most numerous species in the nettings of the Expedition, occurring
in more gatherings than any other Ostracod, and in many cases forming the hulk of the
plankton and giving it a characteristic appearance.
The percentage of young in these swarms is low.
Thus in No. 317 fourteen per cent, were larvae, in
No. 112 only twelve per cent.
Two larval stages may be distinguished.
C
Fig. 4. — Conchoecia belgicae. A, Male ;
B, Male, Stage II ; C, Male,
Stage III ; Right valves, X 25.
Stage II. % mean length, 2 ’08 nun. (Fig. 4b.)
Rostrum relatively slightly larger and shoulder-
ridge less prominent than in adult. Anterior
and posterior margins more evenly curved. First
antennae of £ type, principal bristle slightly hairy
in its middle one-third.
Frontal oman, head not clearly marked off from
stem, slightly hairy below, club-shaped with acute
point bent slightly downwards.
Stage III. $ mean length, 1 • 36 mm. (Fig. 4c.)
Shell very similar to that of Stage II. Left
asymmetrical gland with prominent mouth. First antennae, sense-tubes about half
as long as principal bristle.
10. Conchoecia bispinosa, Claus.
JQZJf.S-Z IlS-Ilh Conchoecia bispinosa, Claus, 1890, p. 10 ; id. 1891, p. 59, pi. V, figs. 1-10, pi. VI, fig. 1, pi. VIII,
. / / \ figs. 7, 8; Muller, 1906a, p. 90, pi. XVIII, figs. 12-19 ; id. 1912, p. 79.
/ < s Conchoecia secernenda, Vavra, 1906, p. 59, pi. VI, figs. 121-127.
Conchoecia miilleri, J uday, 1906, p. 24, pi. V, figs. 5-7, pi. VI, figs. 1—5.
Stations 92, 107 (North of New Zealand). Surface. Stations 235, 238 (South of
New Zealand). Ten to thirty metres.
* In a copy of this paper received from the author by Dr. W. T. Caiman the name, C. miilleri, has
been altered in manuscript to C. striola, Muller.
l&Z'ltf?) 'mieYtr j
OSTRACODA, V. — BARNEY.
18
11. Conchoecia chuni, Muller.
/CjZ/,.6.2.. / %lf- . Conchoecia chuni, Miiller, 1906a, p. 124, pi. XXXI, figs. 16-28 ; id. 1912, p. 93, fig. 25.
Station 106 (North of New Zealand). Surface. One specimen.
Muller lias recorded C. chum from deep gatherings only, seven hundred metres
being the shallowest.
O
12. Conchoecia daphnoicles dapimoides (Claus).
Conchoecilla dapimoides, Claus, 1890, p. 18; id. 1891, p. 68, pi. XV, figs. 1-12 ; Brady and
iQP/f-.iC Z.I'S!) . Norman, 1896, p. 697, p. LX1V, fig. 22.
Conchoecilla lacerta , Brady and Norman, 1896, p. 697, pi. LXII, figs. 1-4, pi. LXY, figs. 1-10.
')rr*e*r- ' Conchoecia dapimoides, Muller, 1901, p. 6, figs. 1 1-14; Fowler, 1909, p. 233, pi. XVII, figs. 55-57.
Conchoecia dapimoides, var. typica, Muller, 1906a, p. 126, pi. XXXI, figs. 4-8, 10-14.
Conchoecia daphnoicles daphnoicles, Muller, 1912, p. 94.
Station 87 (North of New Zealand). Thirty metres.
A single young male measuring '88 mm. to the end of the posterior spine.
The shell closely resembles Dr. Fowler’s figure of Stage 111 (l.c., pi. XVII, fig. 56).
The mouth of the right asymmetrical gland is slightly prominent, and the other three
pairs of glands conspicuous. First antennae of female type.
/y?y. ir.ufa
'yyu&rtr.
i
3. Conchoecia discophora, Muller.
Conchoecia discophora, Muller, 1906a, p. 67, pi. XIII, figs. 1-9, 12-18 ; id. 1912, p. 71, figs. 16, 17.
Station 87 (North of New Zealand). Thirty metres. Four specimens.
14. Conchoecia edentata, Muller. (Text-fig. 5.)
I<]2U -S-2- Conchoecia edentata, Miiller, 190Ga, p. 76, pi. XV, figs. 24-29; id. 1912, p. 74. •
'»****'■ M*- Station 282 (Antarctic). 0-1,000 metres. Two males (one young), two females
(one young).
Shell of female. Height rather more than half the length. The greatest height
a little behind the middle. Ventral margin scarcely arcuate, passing in a broad even
curve to the posterior margin, which is broadly arched, and meets the straight dorsal
margin in a rounded obtuse angle. The antero -ventral curve viewed from the inside
has an imbricate appearance. Glands : Right asymmetrical gland opens at about half
the height of the shell. Left asymmetrical gland at the nastero -dorsal angle. The
posterior margin of the left valve bears a row of glandular cells. The remarkable
group of gland-cells in the centre of the ventral margin of each valve, though present, is
less noticeable than in the male.
First antenna bears four sense-tubes of unusual length.
Frontal organ slender, unjoin ted. Head almost straight, hairy except at the tip,
which is rounded, scarcely wider than the stem.
Second antenna. One bristle of the secondary branch is longer than the other
four, sword-shaped, broadening towards the tip, acutely pointed.
184
“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
/JZ4..S.Z
- ICJ2U ■
-ryu*JP
First leg (sixth appendage) unusually long, the last joint bearing a long curved
claw and two bristles.
Length, 1'62 mm.
The only specimens of this species previously recorded are a somewhat imperfect
male and a young female, described by Muller, from the “ Valdivia ” Expedition, from
one thousand metres and two thousand metres respectively.
inside, x 87 ; C, First Antenna, X 87 : D, Part of same, x 345 ; E, Second Antenna, secondary
branch, X 87 ; F, First leg, x 87.
in-13h 15. Conchoecia hettacra, Muller.
Conchoecia hettacra, Muller, 1906«, p. 121, pi. XXIX, figs. 11-19; id. 1912, p. 92; Brady,
1918, p. 7, pi. XVII, figs. 1-5.
Stations 178, 180, 267, 270, 272, 275, 276, 282, 285, 288 (Antarctic). Surface to
one thousand seven hundred and fifty metres.
S-Z if
jy^y ■
16. Conchoecia imbricata (Brady).
«
Ealocypris imbricata (part.), Brady, 1880, p. 167, pi. XLI, figs. 1, 3-9, pi. XLII, figs. 1-8.
Conchoecissa armata, Claus, 1890, p. 19 ; id. 1891rp. 70, pi. XVI, figs. 1-5, pi. XVII, figs. 1-4,
pi. XVIII, figs. 1-11.
Conchoecissa imbricata, Brady, 1897, p. 96.
Conchoecia imbricata, Muller, 1890, p. 277 ; id. 1906a, p. 118, pi. XXVIII, figs. 1-6 ; Fowler,
1909, p. 238, pi. XX, figs. 110-121 ; Muller, 1912, p. 91.
Station 285 (Antarctic). Surface to six hundred metres.
Only two specimens were obtained. This locality is the most southerly from
which the species has been recorded.
OSTRACODA, Y. — BARNEY.
185
17. Conclioecia oblonga (Claus). (Text-fig. 6.)
HjZJf
Iniew.
Paraconchoecia oblonga, Claus, 1890, p. 13 ; id. 1891, p. 63, pi. VIII, figs. 10, 1 1 , pi. IX, figs. 1-14.
Conclioecia variabilis, Muller, 1890, p. 273, pi. XXVIII, figs. 27, 38.
Conclioecia oblonga, Muller, 1906a, p. 58, pi. IX, figs. 11-13, 16-25; id. 1912, p. 69.
(non Conclioecia oblonga, Muller, 1890, p. 272, pi. XXVIII, figs. 26, 31, 32, 36, 37.)
Stations 50, 64, 65, 68 (Atlantic). Surface.
A small number of specimens were taken in four
nettings. One or more small globular glands with granular
O O O
contents were visible along the anterior curve of the shell
as described by Claus. The shell bears a few long stiff
hairs almost equal in length to the height of the valve.
These hairs are symmetrically arranged and may be tactile. '
Length of $ 1 * 53 mm. Length of $ 1 • 42 mm.
18. Conclioecia serrulata serrulata, Claus.
Conclioecia serrulata, Claus, 1874, p. 6, pi. I, figs. 2-7, 9, 10, pi. II, figs. 12, 13, 17, 19 ; Muller,
1906a, P. 97, pi. XXII, fig. 24, pi. XXIII, figs. 20-20 ; Brady, 1918, p. 6, pi. XVII, figs.
10-16.
Conclioecia serrulata serrulata, Muller, 1912, p. 81.
Halocypris atlantica, Lubbock, Brady, 1880, p. 164, pi. XL, figs. 1-15, pi. XLI, figs. 11-12.
Pseudoconchoecia serrulata, Claus, 1890, p. 20 ; id. 1891, p. 72, pi. XIX, figs. 1-14, pi. XXIII,
figs. 1-13 ; Brady, 1897, p. 96, pi. XVII, .figs. 22-24.
Station 107 (North of New Zealand). Surface. Station 235 (South of New
Zealand). Ten metres.
)Cj2/r5.Z. )^3
aywtvv jyrejt- -
19. Conclioecia serrulata laevis, Brady.
Conclioecia serrulata, var. laevis, Brady, 1907, p. 2.
Conclioecia serrulata laevis, Muller, 1912, p. 82.
Stations 235, 238, 240, 248, 259, 302, 308 (South Pacific).
Surface to thirty metres.
By far the greater number of serrulata, taken belong to this variety.
20. Conclioecia spinirostris, Claus.
Conclioecia spinirostris, Claus, 1874, p. 6, pi. I, figs. 1, 6 'a, 8, pi. II, figs. 11, 14, 15 ; id, 1890,
p. 7 ; id. 1891, p. 56, pi. I, figs. 1-12 ; Muller, 1894, p. 227, pi. VI, figs. 1-9, 13 ; Brady
CZJt ■ and Norman, 1896, p. 689, pi. LX, fig. 22 ; Muller, 1906a, p. 104, pi. 22, figs. 21-23, 25-28 ;
• Fowler, 1909, p. 252, pis. XXIV, XXV, figs. 236-246 ; Muller, 1912, p. 84.
Conclioecia pellucida, Sars, 1887, p. 252, pi. XI, figs. 1-4, pi. XII, pi. Ill, figs. 1-4.
Conclioecia porrecta, Claus, 1890, p. 12 ; id. 1891, p. 61, pi. VII, figs. 1-13.
Stations 49, 50, 64, 65, 67, 68 (Atlantic). Surface. Stations 87, 106 (North of
New Zealand). Surface to thirty metres.
2 e 2
186 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
21. Conchoecia stigmatica, Muller.
Conchoecia stigmatica, Muller, 1906a, p. 88, pi. XXX, figs. 22-28 ; id. 1912, p. 78.
Conchoecia curta (Lubbock) (part.), Fowler, 1909, p. 231, pi. XVII, figs. 30-34, 43-47.
Stations 50, 64, 65, 67, 68 (Atlantic). Surface. Stations 87, 106 (North of
New Zealand). Surface to thirty metres.
This species is now recorded from the Pacific for the first time.
22. Conchoecia subarcuata, Claus.
Conchoecia subarcuata, Claus, 1890, p. 9 ; id. 1891, p. 58, pi. Ill, figs. 3-9, pi. IV, figs. 1-8 ;
M filler, 1906a, p. 102, pi. XXI, figs. 10-16, 19 ; id. 1912, p. S3.
Conchoecia striata (part.), Claus, 1890, p. 12 ; id. .1891, p. 62, pi. VIII, figs. 1-6.
Station 87 (North of New Zealand). Thirty metres.
A small number of specimens in different stages of development seem to he
referable to this species. Only one adult, a female (1 '96 mm.), agreeing exactly with
Claus’s figures and description, was seen. The remainder represent three larval stages.
23. Euconclioecia chierchiae, Muller.
Euconehoeeia chierchiae, Mfiller, 1890, p. 277, pi. XXVIII, figs. 1-10; id. 1906a, p. 128,
pi. XXXII, figs. 8-17 ; id. 1912, p. 96.
Stations 39, 40 (Atlantic). Two metres.
Swarms of this species occurred in these two hauls. Many of the females were
carrying developing ova between the valves of their shells. The body of the female
is relatively small compared to the size of the shell, which can therefore accommodate a
number of eggs. In one case as many as twelve large eggs were counted.
VI.— DISTRIBUTION.
The methods adopted in collecting the material were not such as to furnish precise
data of the bathymetrical distribution of the several species. It may be of value,
however, to record that, of the species discussed in this report, the great majority were
taken in nets that had not descended to a depth greater than thirty metres. Ph Homed es
assimilis, Conchoecia antipoda, C. edentata, and ('. imbricata were only captured by
nets that fished from a greater depth. It may also be of significance that C. antipoda
was not found in any haul from less than four hundred and fifty metres, and C. edentata
only in a net hauled from one thousand metres to the surface.
Ostracoda were collected in three areas : —
1. Atlantic Ocean, collected on Outward and Homeward Voyages.
2. South Pacific Ocean (New Zealand).
3. Antarctic ( )cean.
The greatest number of species is from the Pacific Ocean.
fojUf-d'.z. tfe
W, jr ■
/gzif.s z.icjtE
: Jrffj* .
OSTRACODA, V.— BARNEY.
187
There are only six species from the Antarctic, but one of these ( Conchoecia belgicae)
far outnumbers any other species, both in individuals and in the number of hauls in
which it was captured.
Atlantic.
South Pacific.
Antarctic.
Halocypris globosa.
,, inflata.
Concho ec ia acuticosta.
,, olata.
,, oblonga.
,, spinirostris.
,, stigmatica.
Euconch oec ia ch ierch iae.
Coclonocera amenta.
Ph ilomedes assimilis.
Cyclasterope lohiancoi.
Halocypr is globosa.
,, inflata.
Conchoecia acuticosta. *
,, belgicae.
,, bispinosa.
,, chuni.
,, daphnoides.
,, discophora .*
,, serrulata.
,, spinirostris.
,, stigmatica .*
,, subarcuata.
Conchoecia antipoda.
,, belgicae.
,, edentata.
,, hettacra.
,, imbricata,
* Not previously recorded froru Pacific Ocean,
188
“TERRA ROY A ” EXPEDITION.
VII— LIST OF REFERENCES.
Brady, G. S. — 1880. “Report on tlie Ostracoda, dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ during the years
1873-1876.’’ ‘Challenger’ Reports, Zool. I, 184 pp., 44 pis.
„ — 1897. “A Supplementary report on the Crustaceans of the group Myodocopa obtained
during the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition, with notes on new or imperfectly known species.”
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XIV, pp. 85—100, pis. XV— XVII.
,, — 1902. “On new or imperfectly known Ostracoda, chiefly from a collection in the
Zoological Museum, Copenhagen.” Trans. Zool. Soc., London, XVI, pp. 179-204, pis. XXI-
XXV.
,, — 1907. “Crustacea. A". — Ostracoda.” National Antarct. [“Discovery”] Exped., 1901-1904.
Nat. Hist., Ill, 9 pp., 3 pis.
,, — 1918. “ Cladocera and Halocypridse.” Australasian Antarct. Exped. Sci. Rep., Ser. C,
V, pt. 4, 11 pp., pis. XVI. and XVII.
,, and Norman, A. M. — 1896. “A Monograph of the marine and freshwater Ostracoda of the
North Atlantic and of North-western Europe.” Pt. II. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. (2) V,
pp. 621-7S4, pis. L-LXVIII.
Claus, C. — 1874. “ L>ie Familie der Halocypriden.” Schriften zool. Inhalts. Heft I, pp. 1-16, pis. I-III.
,, — 1890. “ Die Gattungen unci Arten der mediterranen und atlantischen Halocypriden.” Arb.
zool. Inst., Wien, IX, pp. 1-34.
,, — -1891. “ Die Halocypriden des atlantischen Oceans und Mittelmeeres.” 4to. Wien, 83 pp.,
26 pis.
Dana, J. D. — 1849. “ Conspectus Crustaceorum . . . . ” Pt. II. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., II,
pp. 9—6 1 .
,, — 1852-55. “ Crustacea.” U.S. Expl. Exped., 1838-1842. XIII. 2 vols. and atlas.
Fowler, G. H. — 1909. “Biscayan Plankton collected during a cruise of H.M.S. ‘Research,’” 1900.
Pt. XII. — “The Ostracoda.” Trans. Linn. Soc., London (2) Zool., X, pp. 219-336, pis. XVI-
XXVII.
Juday, C. — 1906. “ Ostracoda of the San Diego region.” I. — Halocypridae.” Univ. California Pub.
Zool. Ill, pp. 13-38, pis. Ill- VII.
Lubbock, J. — 1860. “ On some oceanic Entomostraca collected by Captain- Toynbee.” Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, XXIII, pp. 173-191, pi. XXIX.
Muller, G. W. — 1890. “Ueber Halocypriden.” Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., V, pp. 253-280, pis. XXVII,
and XXIX.
,, — 1894. “ Ostracoden.” Fauna u. Flora d. Golfes v. Neapel. Monogr., XXI, viii -f-
404 pp., 40 pis.
— 1901. “ Ostracoden.” Nordisches Plankton, IV, pt. 7, 10 pp., 19 text-figs.
— 1906«, “Ostracoda.” Wiss. Ergeb. Deutsch. Tiefsee- Exped. “Valdivia.” VIII,
pp. 29-154, pis. V-XXXV.
—19066. “ Die Ostracoden der Siboga-Expedition. ” Siboga-Expeditie, Monogr. XXX,
40 pp., 9 pis.
,, ■ — 1906c. “ Ostracoden.” Res. Voy. ‘ Belgica.’ Zoologie. 8 pp., 1 pi.
,, — 1908. “ Die Ostrakoden.” Deutsche Siidpolar Exped., X, pp. 51-182, pis. IV-XIX.
,, — 1912. “Ostracoda.” Das Tierreich, Lief. 31, xxxiii + 434 pp.
Sars, G. O. — 1887. “ Nye Bidrag til kundskaben om Middelhavets invertebratfauna.” IV'. “Ostracoda
Mediterranean’ Arch. Math. Naturvid, XII, pp. 173-324, 20 pis.
Vavra, V. — 1906. “Die Ostracoden (Halocypriden und Cypridiniden ) der Plankton-Expedition.”
Ergeb. Plankton-Exped., II Gg. 76 pp., 8 pis.
OSTRACODA V. — BARNEY.
189
INDEX.
y
Codonocera cruenta, 178, 187,
Conchoecia acuticosta, 181, 187.
,, alata, 181, 187.
,, antipoda, 182, 186, 187.
,, belgicae, 182, 187.
,, bispinosa, 182, 187.
,, chuni, 183, 187.
„ curta, 186.
,, daphnoides dapbnoides, 183, 187.
,, dapbnoides, var. typica, 183.
,, discophora, 183, 187.
,, edentata, 183, 186, 187.
,, bettacra, 184, 187.
., imbricata, 184, 186, 187.
,, inflata, 181.
„ innominata, 182.
,, mlilleri, 182.
,, oblonga, 185, 187.
,, pellucida, 185.
„ por recta, 185.
„ secernenda, 182.
,, serrulata laevis, 185, 187.
„ „ serrulata, 185, 187.
Concboecia spinirostris, 185, 187.
,, stigmatica, 186, 187.
,, striata, 186.
„ striola, 182, n.
,, subarcuata, 186, 187.
,, variabilis, 1 85.
Conclioecilla dapbnoides, 183.
,, lacerta, 183.
Concboecissa arrnata, 184.
,, imbricata, 184.
Cyclasterope lobiancoi, 179, 187.
Cylindroleberis lobiancoi, 179.
Euconc-boecia cbiercbiae, 186, 187.
Halocypria globosa, 181.
Halocypris atlantica, 185.
„ globosa, 181, 187.
,, imbricata, 184.
,, inflata, 181, 187.
Paraconcboecia oblonga, 185.
Pbilomedes antarctica, 178.
,, assimilis, 178, 186, 187.
Pseudoconcboecia serrulata, 185.
s
LONDON :
PRINTED B V WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED,
DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E. I, AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET, W. I.
S-. V- • , :
' “ ' v? . v _ •>' -- ::
******* >.-.«•*■ V! sj.v'y%;7:
xT^Zjy
....-• .■ - - - ■■ ■ ,V-:-
.., - . - ; - - • •
: - - ' -•■■ . • -. - . . " -• • - -.: -:•.-. - - : -f • -• ■ ,^.J<
- ;;. ' ^ -vT* • • •• •. - - - • c ■ - -. • .* •-- r' - • • ' - ' ; - ■ -. . •
-
' - • . ' ' • ' " ~ •
- i .. . -- ■ -;- ■•: -V .- - ■ ... ..
ttk >-w - - - - ■ - W0 s -
- ' •' ~ v ■ - ^
' - - - ' ;/ - -- V- MhP - - ; '
■
-
^r; i£g ~
:s . .vw^ ,;r,w '' -; -?'■■
sr "•.-.-2 xt. ,v . - * -*$ • < .. \ - . -. * ^ . - if, - ;•** 'c-1 . v r>- > - -% «'•- -•> --t.-. . <5-
. . ' v : K::* /'• - v,"
- ' . - » -->-K
- - - ' ' ■ ‘ 5 ‘ - ■
■ . :-r - - -• ■ ■' - - ^ ^ . sc ■ %■■
- - - - - - - - -
• .'•■■■• ' x v .•?■ ■■■ -:_ - . -r- ••.--• . - ■ ' •• ^ ^ - - - • - • - .. v / •. .. .. _ rtfz ' • . . . . . ■ .
-i- .. :r .- •
v _ •. r ' . ,-v^'^ iff ^ ’ «:•■• >.*v.
:: ^ \ • ?- • ••
^rr? V ■; , *•-*■•-.- - ■: . - - " . . .
• >- -* . • • . ; ■-■ • '
T ; •' ••"■ - V ' • ^ .- •’V .*v r .■-■:• .
- . ' ' ‘ - ■ • ■ ■• - k , - ■
7---- r?'\ ■ * .‘v i ^r^-r .« - j ; ••-. • r-‘.' ‘
ipg
V ■■
■V- ■. ; • -s - ufv • JHHi
... ••• - • ' • •""-
• • •.••;•. '•• V
.
’
-s! . _ _ _ _
I *_ i > ’J. v vSS'v^'
S r s ■ SPSS . ! - T& ' v -^
•-
. - - ^ - . ■ •• • - "
• ; / - - - ■ . - -
- • • >- v-. •*•• .v •- •■ ■ u. -j '• • •-* r • ■ - -tv - - . •
" • - ^ * r>v' ' i ■ • r •.. ••• - .
•” - ^ -:.4? - ■ ', ; - ■ -
• - • ?--••- . ■ - . • - " - .; ' • • . . . ~ ^
^ ' - -
-;v
b. a Q. - . - - ■ . . ' '
' - -■ . ■ - ■ - _ ' - - ; - ■
mm
SEgj
■■- ' j- s
WXiX
■ -- .
smi
C&r ■
Uf
r-j. - ^ C ^
si^- ;
y'-r£.SA
; • -a.-.' -L- .;r~X ■-
Y‘
v^';’
■ 's'-' ■'
. • ■
i sSiwS
. -T--
■ m$Q
y.. ■ - V '^-A
, i.’’-, -X '■ . <, V<*
f < ..r-c-v- *••• -- - - T
r -• • ■''•• ■ w '>•"•■
■i'PtZ*' V T; -f* -t -v. . ;•- ; •. . jr >- . •. n -. . -> *- . r
r ■ . . - ...... • : ;.2>-«,rC - .
- -- -.:X: ^ ’ '■
; v- * ' -'••) . - ' ' ;?* : -v £g - - u'Xisia^'S ; 1 .■-• . .v .' % *< — - •••* ' - --- - --- ‘ v- -
-- . -»'■ - ;••. . ... - . -v -- •
b>^. • ■ . — ’ -■ •- ; ■- • - ■ - - - ; 1 -• ■ -.?»■ - - .* -
- .- -.- *..» - • - . ----- -
- - ■ _■ - > - • . • - - - • -V-. ■ ~.K ■ ' ' - '
:
. ■
- . “C :-:V -
' ‘ ■ ; .. '
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11